The entire scope of work described above includes all necessary surface preparation and painting for the areas described. Additional information regarding the scope of work is contained in the Bid Item Descriptions, Special Provisions, and Technical Provisions.
Bids must be accompanied by a Proposal guarantee amounting to ten (10%) percent of the bid as described in the specifications. Said guarantee shall be forfeited to the City in case the bidder depositing the same does not, within fifteen days after written notice that the contract has been awarded to the Contractor (1) enter into a contract with the City and (2) furnish Performance and Payment Bonds as described in the specifications.
The City Council reserves the privilege of rejecting any and all proposals or to waive any irregularities or informalities in any proposals or in the bidding. No bidder may withdraw their proposal for a period of ninety (90) calendar days after the date set for opening of proposals.
As a “Public Works” project and pursuant to Section 1773 of the Labor Code, the general prevailing wage rates for San Mateo County shall apply to this contract, as determined by the Director of the California Department of Industrial Relations.
Plans and specifications, forms of proposals, bonds and contracts may be inspected or obtained from ARC Document Solutions at 829 Cherry Lane, San Carlos, CA 94070, (650) 631-2310; email at sancarlos@earc.com; or visit the City of San Carlos Website at www.cityofsancarlos.org. Bidders must register with ARC Document Solutions to obtain further information.
Crystal Mui, City Clerk
Published: January 29 and February 4, 2026
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 260
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 261
CITY OF SAN CARLOS
SAN MATEO COUNTY, CALIFORNIA
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1. Proposal Requirements: Bidder's attention is directed to the General Provisions of these Specifications for the requirements and conditions which must be adhered to in the preparation of the proposal form and submission of this proposal.
2. Receipt of Bids and Bid Opening: Proposals shall be received at the office of the City Clerk, 600 Elm Street, San Carlos, CA 94070, not later than the bid deadline described in the Notice Inviting Sealed Proposals. Proposals shall be submitted in a sealed envelope, plainly marked on the outside "Library Building Painting Project, Project, No. C2519”.
All sealed bid proposals will be opened at 10:30 a.m. on Tuesday, February 17, 2026 at the City Clerk's office at City Hall, 600 Elm Street, San Carlos, California 94070.
Sealed bids and proposal forms will be examined and declared on the same day by the City Clerk.
3. Time of Completion and Liquidated Damages: All work shall be diligently prosecuted to completion before the expiration of Sixty (60) Calendar Days from the date of receipt of the “Notice to Proceed”. If the Contractor fails to complete the work within the abovespecified time limit, the Contractor shall pay liquidated damages to the City, computed at the rate of Five Hundred Dollars ($500) for each calendar day beyond the specified time limit until the project is completed. See the Special Provisions for additional time of completion milestone requirements.
4. Bid Security: Pursuant to California Public Contract Code Section 20170, each proposal shall be accompanied by a bid security in the form of cash, cashier’s or certified check, or bidder’s bond made payable to the “City of San Carlos” for an amount equal to at least ten percent (10%) of the Bid Amount and no bid shall be considered unless such security is enclosed therewith.
5. Bid Guarantee: No bid shall be withdrawn except as provided for pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 5103, and the bidder shall guarantee the Total Bid Price for a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the date of the bid opening.
6. Contractor’s License: Bidders are to be licensed in accordance with the provisions of the “Contractor’s License Law,” Chapter 9 of Division 3 of the State Business and Professions Code. In addition, at the time of submitting the bid, bidder must have the following classification of contractor’s license: Class C-33, Contractor’s License.
7. Additional Registration and Licensing Requirements: In accordance with Labor Code Section 1725.5, Contractor and all Subcontractors shall be registered with the California Department of Industrial Relations (DIR) as a condition of being listed on the proposal form. All 2nd and lower tier subcontractors working on the project shall be registered with the Department of Industrial Relations prior to the work being performed. Contractor and all Subcontractors shall also obtain a City business license prior to the work being performed.
8. Prevailing Wage: The work contemplated by this contract is a “public work” subject to prevailing wages under California Labor Code Section 1770 et. seq. The successful bidder will be required to pay not less than the prevailing rate of per diem wages as
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 262
determined by the California Department of Industrial Relations or Federal Minimum Wage Rates as determined by the United States Secretary of Labor in effect on the date the work is performed.
9. Bonds and Insurance: All contractors are required to furnish to the City faithful performance, labor and materials, and 2-year warranty bonds and insurance, as required in the specifications.
10. Security Substitution: Pursuant to California Public Contract Code Section 22300, and at the request and expense of the Contractor to whom the Contract is awarded, securities of a value equivalent to the retention amount, in a form approved by the City, shall be permitted in substitution for money withheld by the City to ensure performance under the Contract.
11. Pre-Bid Conference: A MANDATORY Pre-Bid meeting has been scheduled for this project on Wednesday, February 4, 2026 at 11:00 AM. The meeting will commence in front of the San Carlos Library main entrance.
12. Requests for Clarification and Project Communication: In the event the bidder has any questions as to the meaning of any part of the plans and specifications, or if the bidder finds any error, inconsistency, or ambiguity in the Contract Documents, the bidder shall make a written request for clarification prior to submitting its bid. All questions and comments regarding the plans and specifications should be directed to the Project Manager indicated below and will only be responded to if received in writing at least five (5) working days before the bid opening. Questions received after this time and date may not be addressed.
Sean Rose, S.R. Rose Engineering Inc. Contract
Project Manager for the City of San Carlos
Public Works Department
Email: [email protected]
Telephone: (650) 400-1462
13. These “Instructions to Bidders” are hereby made a part of the Contract Documents.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 263
SCHEDULE OF REQUIRED
BID DOCUMENTS AND AGREEMENT FORMS
Submit with Bid Proposal - The following documents must be completed, signed and submitted as part of the Bid Proposal, prior to the bid opening:
Completed Bid Proposal consisting of:
A. Bid Schedule
B. Designation of Subcontractors
C. Certifications and Affidavits:
1. Non-Collusion Affidavit
2. Bidder’s Qualifications
3. Bidder’s References
4. Bidder’s Personnel
D. Signature Pages
E. Bid Guarantee (Bid Bond attached)
F. Addendum, if any (not attached) – signature page to be signed and submitted by bidder.
Submit Prior to Notice to Proceed -The following documents must be completed, signed and submitted after approval and award of the Contract, prior to the Notice to Proceed:
A. Agreement
B. Payment Bond
C. Performance Bond
D. Insurance Endorsements
1. General Liability
2. Automobile Liability
3. Worker’s Compensation
E. Certifications
1. Workers Compensation
2. Safety Requirements for Contractors and Vendors
3. Drug-Free Workplace
Submit Prior to Final Acceptance - The following documents must be completed, signed and submitted prior to final acceptance:
A. Guarantee
B. Stop Notice Releases, if any (form not included)
C. Record Drawings (NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS PROJECT)
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 264
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 265
Bid Proposal Library Building Painting Project
Page P-1 Project No. C2519
CITY OF SAN CARLOS
PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
600 Elm Street
San Carlos, CA 94070
BID PROPOSAL
FOR:
Library Building Painting Project
City Project No. C2519
IN
CITY OF SAN CARLOS, COUNTY OF SAN MATEO
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
NOTE: All portions of all pages included within this section, and acknowledgement of receipt of any issued addenda must be properly completed, signed, and submitted with the bid. Failure to do so may result in the bid being deemed non-responsive by the City.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 266
Bid Proposal Library Building Painting Project
Page P-2 Project No. C2519
BID PROPOSAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bid Proposal Cover Page P-1
Bid Proposal Table of Contents P-2
BID PROPOSAL PAGES TO BE SUBMITTED WITH BID:
Bid Proposal P-3
Bidding Requirements P-4
Bid Schedule P-6
Designation of Subcontractors P-8
Department of Industrial Relations Registration Requirement P-9 Certifications and Affidavits
Non-Collusion Affidavit P-10
Bidder’s Qualifications P-11
Bidder’s References P-12
Signature Pages P-13
Bid Bond P-15
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 267
Bid Proposal Library Building Painting Project
Page P-3 Project No. C2519
BID PROPOSAL
Library Building Painting Project
CITY PROJECT NO. C2519
Bid To: Honorable Mayor and City Council
City of San Carlos, City Hall
San Carlos, CA 94070
Bid From:
Bidder’s Company Name:
Contact Person:
Business Street Address:
City, State, Zip Code:
Phone No.: ( )
E-mail: __ __________________
Contractor License No.:
Contractor License Expiration Date: ____
Dear Mayor and Members of the City Council:
I, as bidder, declare that I have satisfied myself as to the actual conditions and requirements of the work by careful examination of the location of the proposed work, by examination of the plans and specifications including the Instructions to Bidders, and by other measures, and that after submission of the bid, I will not dispute, complain or assert that there was any misunderstanding in regards to the nature or amount of work to be done.
I hereby certify that only those parties interested in this proposal as principals are named in this proposal and that this bid is genuine, and not sham, collusion, or made in the interest or in behalf of any person not named. I have not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder, person, firm or corporation to put in a sham bid, or refrain from bidding, and have not in any manner sought by collusion to secure for myself an advantage over any other bidder.
I agree that if this proposal is accepted, I will contract with the City of San Carlos in the form of agreement proposed, will provide all bonds and insurance certificates as required by the agreement and will furnish all equipment and materials and perform all the labor required to complete the work in accordance with the plans, specifications and other contract documents, for the unit or lump sum prices set forth in the Bid Schedule.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 268
Bid Proposal Library Building Painting Project
Page P-4 Project No. C2519
I have carefully checked all of the figures in the Bid Schedule and understand that the City shall not be responsible for any errors or omissions on my part in making up this bid. I agree that this bid may not be withdrawn for a period of ninety (90) calendar days from the date of the bid opening and that the City reserves the right to reject any or all bids, waive any informality in bids received, and may at its option make the award that in the judgment of the City is to the best interest of the City.
BIDDING REQUIREMENTS
The work to be done and referred to here is in the City of San Carlos, County of San Mateo, State of California, and shall be constructed in accordance with all provisions of the project specifications and project plans including: any addenda; the Instructions to Bidders, the Agreement; the Standard Specifications and Standard Plans of the California Department of Transportation, current edition; the Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates; and payment of not less than the higher of the prevailing rate of per diem wages as determined by the Director of the California Department of Industrial Relations or Federal minimum wage rate as predetermined by the United States Secretary of Labor in effect on the date the work is performed.
For each of the various contract items of work designated on the Bid Schedule, the bidder shall set forth a unit or lump sum price which the bidder shall then use to calculate and designate a total cost for each item of work based upon the designated estimate of the quantities of work to be done, all in clearly legible figures in the respective spaces of the Bid Schedule provided for this purpose.
The bidder shall include in the unit or lump sum prices paid for the various contract items of work full compensation for conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents and for completing all of the work required. No additional compensation shall be granted for any additional items unless categorized and approved as extra work under the terms of the agreement.
The estimate of construction quantities set forth in the Bid Schedule is approximate only, being given only as a basis for the comparison of bids, and the City does not expressly or by implication agree that the actual amount of work will correspond with those estimated quantities. The City reserves the right to increase the amount of any class or portion of the work or to omit portions of the work as may be deemed necessary or expedient by the Engineer. There shall be no claim for damage or loss of anticipated profit for any bid item omitted in its entirety, and payment will only be made on the basis of actual quantities of work performed.
If the City accepts this proposal and the bidder fails to enter into the contract and/or fails to furnish bonds as required by the specifications with sureties satisfactory to the City within ten (10) calendar days after the bidder has received notice from the City that the contract has been awarded, the City may, at its option, determine that the bidder has breached and abandoned the contract, and thereupon, the bid security accompanying this proposal shall be forfeited and become the property of the City.
The Notice to Proceed will not be issued until after the contract has been fully executed. The contractor shall commence the work under the contract within ten (10) days following the date of the Notice to Proceed, or as otherwise specified in the project specifications or negotiated with the City, and shall diligently prosecute the project to completion within the time specified. The contract completion period is inclusive of the time needed for material delivery.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 269
Bid Proposal Library Building Painting Project
Page P-5 Project No. C2519
Bidder shall comply with the requirements of the California Labor Code, including sections 1770 et seq., and pay not less than the prevailing rate of per diem wages as determined by the Director of the California Department of Industrial Relations. Copies of such prevailing rate of per diem wages are on file at the office of the City Engineer, which copies shall be made available to any interested party upon request. The Contractor shall post a copy of such determination at the job site.
As required by Section 6705 of the California Labor Code and in addition thereto, for any excavation of any trench or trenches five feet (5’) or more in depth, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for acceptance, a detailed plan showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for worker protection from the hazard of caving ground during the excavation of such trench or trenches. Structural calculations prepared, stamped and signed by a Registered Engineer licensed to practice in the State of California shall accompany the plan to verify the structural safety and adequacy of the sheeting, shoring and bracing to be used on the project. No such plan shall allow any shoring, sloping or a protection system less effective than that required by the Construction Safety Orders of the State Division of Occupational Safety and Health.
In accordance with the provisions of Section 1860 of the Labor Code, prior to performing work on the Contract, each Contractor to whom a public works contract is awarded shall sign and file with the City the Worker’s Compensation Certification included in the “Agreement and Agreement Forms” section of these specifications.
Bidder’s attention is directed to Section 2 of the General Provisions for additional information and requirements pertaining to the submission of a bid, and which is incorporated here by reference.
Bidder’s attention is directed to Section 2.13, “Required Contractor and Subcontractor Registration,” of the General Provision. All contractors shall register with the Department of Industrial Relations according to Labor Code Section 1725.5.
Any protest of the proposed contract award must be submitted in writing to the City no later than 5:00 p.m. on the fifth business day following the date of the bid opening. Bidder is directed to the “Bid Protest Procedure” Section of the General Provisions for additional information.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 270
Bid Proposal Library Building Painting Project
Page P-6 Project No. C2519
BID SCHEDULE
Bids are to be submitted for the entire work. All applicable sales taxes, state and/or federal, and any other special taxes, patent rights or royalties are included in the prices quoted in the bid.
In the case of a discrepancy between the product of the “Estimated Quantity” and the “Unit Price” with the “Item Total”, the product of the “Estimated Quantity” and the “Unit Price” shall prevail and the figure shown as the “Item Total” shall be adjusted accordingly, except as provided in cases involving (a) or (b) below:
(a) If the amount set forth as a unit price is unreadable or otherwise unclear, or is omitted, or is the same as the amount entered in the item total column, then the amount set forth in the item total column for the item shall prevail and shall be divided by the estimated quantity for the item and the price thus obtained shall be the unit price; (b) (Decimal Errors) If the product of the entered unit price and the estimated quantity is exactly off by a factor of ten, one hundred, etc., or one-tenth, or one-hundredth, etc. from the item total, the discrepancy will be resolved by using the entered unit price or item total, whichever most closely approximates percentage-wise the unit price or item total in the Engineer’s Estimate.
If both the unit price and the item total are unreadable or otherwise unclear, or are omitted, the bid may be deemed irregular. Likewise if the item total for a lump sum item is unreadable or otherwise unclear, or is omitted, the bid may be deemed irregular unless the project being bid has only a single item and a clear, readable total bid is provided.
In the case of a discrepancy between the sum of the figures in the item total column (adjusted per the previous paragraphs, if necessary) and the amount set forth as the total base bid amount, the sum of the figures in the item total column shall prevail and the amount shown as the total base bid amount shall be adjusted accordingly.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 271
Bid Proposal Library Building Painting Project
Page P-7 Project No. C2519
BID ITEMS ARE AS FOLLOWS:
Library Building Painting Project
CITY PROJECT NO. C2519
BID SCHEDULE
Item
No.
Item
Description
Estimated
Quantity Unit Extension
1 Library Main-Level Foyer
and Entry Areas 1 LS $
2 Library Upper-Level Rotunda
Area 1 LS $
3 Library Lower-Level
Underground Parking Lot 1 LS $
4 Library Upper-Level Parking
Lot 1 LS $
TOTAL BID AMOUNT: $
LS: Lump Sum
Notes:
1. The Contract will be compared and awarded on the basis of the Total Bid Amount.
2. All items on the Bid Schedule must be bid. Partial bids will not be accepted.
3. The City reserves the right to reject all bids for any reason whatsoever.
4. Issuance of the “Notice to Proceed” will constitute the beginning of the Contract.
IMPORTANT NOTE TO BIDDERS: The project is being bid as a lump sum for the items of work set forth described in the Contract Documents. Particular attention is directed to the Bid Item Descriptions Section, Section 1-Description of Work of the Special Provisions, and Section 099000-Painting and Finishing of the Technical Provisions. There are no Plans for this project.
There is a Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting for this project at the time and location specified in the Instructions to Bidders. The purpose of the Pre-Bid Meeting is to ensure that all contractors have the opportunity to see the work areas and ask any clarifying questions prior to bidding. Bidders shall carefully examine the Contract Documents and measure and document the quantities of the work described in the Contract Documents at the project site prior to submitting a lump sum bid.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 272
Bid Proposal Library Building Painting Project
Page P-8 Project No. C2519
DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS
The Contractor shall perform work equaling at least 30 percent of the value of the original total bid with the Contractor’s own employees and equipment, owned or rented, with or without operators. The Contractor’s Applicator must have manufacturer’s certification or pre-training letter approving of applicator from GSS Coatings, LLC.
In accordance with the Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act, Public Contract Code sections 4100 et seq. (the “Subcontracting Act”), the Bidder hereby certifies and submits, as required by law, the following concerning subcontractors:
1. The portion of the work, which will be done by each such subcontractor; and
2. The name and location of the place of business of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor, fabricate a portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings in the project plans, or render service to the Contractor in or about the construction of the work in an amount in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Contractor’s total bid.
Portion of Work to be
Performed by Subcontractor
Subcontractor Name,
Address and License Number
(License No. Required under AB 44)
Registered
with DIR?
✔ check if yes
1. 2.
3. 4.
5. 6.
7. (For additional Subcontractors, attach copies of this sheet as necessary) NOTE: THIS CERTIFICATE MUST BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED ALONG WITH THE CONTRACTOR’S BID PROPOSAL. ✔ DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS REGISTRATION REQUIREMENT In accordance with Labor Code Section 1725.5, all contractors and subcontractors listed on a public works bid proposal must be registered with the DIR.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 273
Bid Proposal Library Building Painting Project
Page P-9 Project No. C2519
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
Title 23 United States Code Section 112 and
Public Contract Code Section 7106
State of California )
) ss.
County of _______________ )
(name of person signing affidavit), being first duly
sworn, deposes and says under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California, that he/she/they have the right, power, legal capacity, and authority to execute this Affidavit as (sole owner, partner, president, secretary, etc) of
(legal name of Bidder), the Bidder,
that the Bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to put in any false or sham Bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any Bidder or anyone else to put in a sham Bid, or that anyone shall refrain from Bidding; that the Bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the Bid price of the Bidder or any other Bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the Bid price, or of that of any other Bidder, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the Contract or anyone interested in the proposed Contract; that all statements contained in the Bid are true; and, further, that the Bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted their Bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company association, organization, Bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham Bid.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, as bidder, represent and warrant that they have the right, power, legal capacity, and authority to enter into and execute this document on behalf of the Bidder, and have executed this document by setting hereto their names, titles and signature.
(Signature of Representative of Bidder)
Subscribed and sworn to before me, a Notary Public in and for the State of California, County of _____________________, this ______ day of _________________, 20____.
Signature of Notary Public:________________________
My Commission expires __________________, 20_____ (Seal) NOTE: THIS AFFIDAVIT MUST BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED AS PART OF THE CONTRACTOR’S BID PROPOSAL.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 274
Bid Proposal Library Building Painting Project
Page P-10 Project No. C2519
BIDDER’S QUALIFICATIONS
The following statements as to the financial qualifications and experience of the Bidder are submitted as a part of this Bid and the Bidder guarantees the truthfulness and accuracy of the information. Pursuant to Public Contract Code 10165, financial statements and experience questionnaires are not public records and are not open to public inspection.
Financial Data
Reference is hereby made to the following bank or banks as to the financial responsibility of the bidder.
NAME OF BANK ADDRESS
Experience Data
The Bidder has been engaged in the contracting business, under the present business name for ________ years. Experience in work of a nature similar to that covered in this Bid extends over a period of __________ years.
The Bidder as a Contractor has never failed to satisfactorily complete an awarded contract from a governmental entity, except as follows: (Name all exceptions and reasons therefore):
Bidder’s Personnel
The following is a list of key personnel including an listing of the person’s knowledge, ability or trade along with a brief description of their experience. If Bidder is awarded the Contract, it is understood that the work will be directed and actively supervised by one of these persons.
List of Personnel Knowledge/Skills Experience
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 275
Bid Proposal Library Building Painting Project
Page P-11 Project No. C2519
BIDDER’S REFERENCE
List three (3) major projects which the Bidder has performed comparable work within the last four (4) years. Provide a contact person and description of the project, or other such information that will demonstrate the ability to vigorously prosecute the work.
1. PROJECT NAME LOCATION YEAR COMPLETED
AGENCY CONTACT PERSON TELEPHONE NO. FINAL CONSTRUCTION COST
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK AND/OR MANNER OF EXECUTION
2. PROJECT NAME LOCATION YEAR COMPLETED
AGENCY CONTACT PERSON TELEPHONE NO. FINAL CONSTRUCTION COST
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK AND/OR MANNER OF EXECUTION
3. PROJECT NAME LOCATION YEAR COMPLETED
AGENCY CONTACT PERSON TELEPHONE NO. FINAL CONSTRUCTION COST
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK AND/OR MANNER OF EXECUTION
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 276
Bid Proposal Library Building Painting Project
Page P-12 Project No. C2519
SIGNATURE PAGES
The terms and conditions of the final contract when executed shall control and supersede anything herein to the contrary or inconsistent with such contract.
The bidder has inspected the site of the propose work in order to satisfy the bidder, by personal examination, or by such other means as the bidder prefers, of the location of the proposed work and as to the actual conditions of and at the work site. The bidder hereby offers to furnish all labor, materials, equipment, transportation, and services necessary to complete the work on this project in accordance with the Contract Documents and to complete all requirements of the Contract Documents for the sums quoted in this Bid.
Addenda:
(if any) bidder has received and examined all addenda issued during the bid period and agrees that all addenda shall be made a part of the Contract Documents. The bidder acknowledges receipt and incorporation of all impacts resulting from all addenda issued by inserting the number of each addendum below OR by signing and submitting with the bid proposal the signature page from each addendum.
Addendum Nos. _____, _____, _____, _____, _____, _____, _____, _____ Bidder’s Guarantee:
In accordance with Public Contract Code Section 20170, accompanying this Bid is _______________ (insert the word “Cash”, “Cashier’s Check”, “Certified Check” or “Bidder’s Bond” as the case may be) made payable to the City of San Carlos in the amount of ___________________________________________________($_______________) equal to at least ten percent (10%) of the total amount of this bid. This amount is given as a guarantee that, in case the undersigned defaults in executing a contract and/or furnishing the necessary bonds after contract award, the said guarantee and the money payable thereon shall become and remain the property of the City as liquidated damages.
Company Profile:
The names of all persons interested in the foregoing bid as principals are as follows:
(Note: If bidder or other interested person is a corporation, state the legal name of corporation, also names of the president, secretary, treasurer and manager thereof; if partnership, state true name of firm, also names of all individual partners composing firm; if bidder or other interested person is an individual, state first and last name in full).
Firm Name:
Business Address:
Names and Titles of Company Officers:
1. 2.
3. 4.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 277
Bid Proposal Library Building Painting Project
Page P-13 Project No. C2519
Proposal Execution:
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, as bidder, represent and warrant that they have the right, power, legal capacity and authority to enter into and execute this document on behalf of the Bidder, and have executed this document by setting hereto their names, titles, and signatures. The representations made herein, including but not limited to the above contractor’s license, expiration date and name of bidder, are true and correct, shall be complied with and are made under penalty of perjury.
IF SOLE OWNER, sign here:
I sign as sole owner of the business named above.___________________________ Social Security Number:_________________________________________________ Employer Identification Number:___________________________________________ IF PARTNERSHIP, sign here:
The undersigned certify that we are partners in the business named above and that we sign this contract proposal with full authority to do so. (one or more partners sign) ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ Federal Tax Identification No. (EIN):_________________________________________ State Tax Identification No.:_______________________________________________ IF CORPORATION, execute here:
The undersigned certify that they sign this contract proposal with full and proper authorization to do so.
Corporate name _________________________________________________________ By_____________________________________ (Title) _________________________ By_____________________________________ (Title) _________________________ Incorporated under the laws of the State of ___________________________________ Federal Tax Identification No. (EIN):_________________________________________ State Tax Identification No.:_______________________________________________ Subscribed and sworn to before me, a Notary Public in and for the State of California, County of _____________________, this ______ day of _________________, 20____.
Signature of Notary Public:________________________
My Commission expires __________________, 20_____ (Seal)
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 278
Bid Proposal Library Building Painting Project
Page P-14 Project No. C2519
BIDDER’S BOND
To Accompany Contract Proposal
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS:
That we, the undersigned _________________________________________, as principal and __________________________________, as surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of San Carlos as OWNER in the penal sum of TEN PERCENT (10%) of the total amount of the bid of the principal, for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, successors and assigns.
The condition of the above obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to OWNER a certain BID attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof to enter into a contract in writing, for the Library Building Painting Project, Project No. C2519.
NOW, THEREFORE
(a) If said BID shall be rejected, or
(b) If said BID shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a contract in the Form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in accordance with said BIDS including all required bonds for faithful performance and labor and material, as well as all required evidence of insurance) then this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect.
In the event the City brings suit upon this Bond, surety shall pay reasonable attorney’s fees and costs incurred by the City in such suit.
The Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its BOND shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the City of San Carlos may accept such BID; and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals, and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers, this day and year first set forth.
By: (L.S.) By:
(Principal) (Seal) (Surety) (Seal)
Subscribed and sworn to before me, a Notary Public in and for the State of California, County of _____________________, this ______ day of _________________, 20____.
Signature of Notary Public:________________________ (Seal) My Commission expires __________________, 20_____
IMPORTANT: Surety companies executing BONDS must be authorized to transact Surety insurance in the State of California. If Contractor is Partnership, all partners should execute BOND.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 279
Bid Proposal Library Building Painting Project
Page P-15 Project No. C2519
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 280
Agreement Library Building Painting Project
Page A-1 Project No. C2519
AGREEMENT AND AGREEMENT FORMS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Public Project Agreement A-2
Exhibit A: Contractor’s Bid Proposal A-12
Exhibit B: Insurance Coverage A-13
Resolution of Construction Claims A-14
Agreement Forms
Payment Bond A-16
Performance Bond A-18
Workers Compensation Certification A-20
Certification of Safety Requirements for Contractors and Vendors A-21 Drug Free Workplace Certification A-22
Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits in Lieu of Retention (Optional) A-23 Guarantee A-25
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 281
Agreement Library Building Painting Project
Page A-2 Project No. C2519
AGREEMENT FOR PUBLIC PROJECTS
This Agreement is made and entered into as of __________________ by and between the City of San Carlos hereinafter called "CITY" and ____________________ hereinafter called "CONTRACTOR.”
RECITALS
This Agreement is entered into with reference to the following facts and circumstances:
A. That CITY desires to engage CONTRACTOR to provide a product and/or services to the CITY;
B. That CONTRACTOR is qualified to provide the product and/or services to the CITY and;
THEREFORE, the CITY has elected to engage CONTRACTOR upon the terms and conditions as hereinafter set forth.
1. Services. The services to be performed by CONTRACTOR under this Agreement are described in Exhibit A, the CONTRACTOR’S bid proposal which is, by this reference, incorporated herein and made a part hereof as though it were fully set forth herein.
Performance of the services specified in said Exhibit is hereby made an obligation of CONTRACTOR under this Agreement, subject to any changes that may be made subsequently hereto upon the mutual written agreement of the said parties.
Where in conflict, the terms of this Agreement supersede and prevail over any terms set forth in Exhibit A.
2. Term; Termination. (a) The term of this Agreement shall commence upon the date hereinabove written and shall expire upon the date enumerated in Exhibit A, delivery of the product or completion of performance of services hereunder by CONTRACTOR, whichever date shall first occur. (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of (a) above, CITY may terminate this Agreement without cause by giving written notice not less than thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of termination, which date shall be included in said notice. CITY shall compensate CONTRACTOR for any product delivered and/or for services rendered, and reimburse CONTRACTOR for costs and expenses incurred, to the date of termination, calculated in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 3. In ascertaining the services actually rendered to the date of termination, consideration shall be given both to completed work and work in process of completion. Nothing herein
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 282
Agreement Library Building Painting Project
Page A-3 Project No. C2519
contained shall be deemed a limitation upon the right of CITY to terminate this Agreement for cause, or otherwise to exercise such rights or pursue such remedies as may accrue to CITY hereunder.
3. Compensation; Expenses; Payment. CITY shall compensate CONTRACTOR for all products supplied or services performed by CONTRACTOR hereunder as shown in Exhibit A attached hereto and by this reference incorporated herein.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the combined total of compensation and reimbursement of costs payable hereunder shall not exceed the sum of __________________$_________, as provided in the approved bid documents or in this Agreement unless additional amounts have been authorized in the acceptance of the bid and approved in advance of supplying the product, performing the services or incurring the costs and expenses by CITY’s City Manager (for contracts less than $175,000 or authorized by City Council action for contracts $175,000 or more by motion duly made and carried).
Compensation and reimbursement of costs and expenses hereunder shall be payable upon CONTRACTOR meeting contract milestones as defined in Exhibit A. Billing shall include an itemized statement, briefly describing by task and labor category or cost/expense items billed.
4. Contractor affirms that its employees and contractors comply with California Prevailing Wage Law.
5. Additional Services. In the event the public project requires the delivery of additional products or performance of additional services not otherwise included within Exhibit A, such products or services must be authorized in advance by CITY’s City Manager (for contracts less than $175,000 or authorized by City Council action for contracts $175,000 or more. Such amendment to this Agreement shall include a description of the project or services to be performed thereunder, the maximum compensation and reimbursement of costs and expenses payable therefore, the time of performance thereof, and such other matters as the parties deem appropriate. Any additional services causing the total contract price to exceed $175,000, shall require approval by the City Council. Except to the extent modified by written amendment, all other terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be deemed incorporated in each such amendment.
6. Records. CONTRACTOR shall keep and maintain accurate records of products delivered or of all time expended in performing services and costs and expenses incurred relating thereto. Said records shall be available to CITY for review and copying during regular business hours at
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 283
Agreement Library Building Painting Project
Page A-4 Project No. C2519
CONTRACTOR’s place of business or as otherwise agreed upon by the parties.
7. Authorization. This Agreement becomes effective when endorsed by both parties in the space provided below.
8. Reliance on Specialized Professional Skill of CONTRACTOR.
CONTRACTOR represents that it has the necessary professional skills to perform the services required and the CITY shall rely on such specialized skills of the CONTRACTOR to do and perform the work. In performing services hereunder CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the standards generally prevailing for the performance of services similar to those to be performed by CONTRACTOR hereunder.
9. Documents. All documents, plans, drawings, renderings, and other papers, or copies thereof, as finally rendered, prepared by CONTRACTOR pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, shall, upon preparation and delivery to CITY, become the property of CITY
10. Relationship of Parties. It is understood that the relationship of CONTRACTOR to the CITY is that of an independent contractor and all persons working for or under the direction of CONTRACTOR are its agents or employees and not agents or employees of the CITY.
11. Schedule. CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the schedule set forth in Exhibit A; provided, that CITY shall grant reasonable extensions of time for the delivery of products or performance of services occasioned by governmental reviews of CONTRACTOR’s work product or other unavoidable delays; provided, further, that such unavoidable delay shall not include strikes, lockouts, work stoppages, or other labor disturbances conducted by, or on behalf of, CONTRACTOR’s officers or employees.
CONTRACTOR acknowledges the importance to CITY of timely delivery of products or services and agrees to put forth its best professional efforts to perform in a manner consistent with that schedule.
12. Indemnity. CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless City, its officers, employees, agents and volunteers from and against all liability, loss, damage, expense, and cost (including, without limitation, reasonable legal counsel fees, expert fees and all other costs and fees of litigation) of every nature arising out of or in connection with CONTRACTOR’s negligence, recklessness, or willful misconduct in the performance of work hereunder, or its failure to comply with any of its obligations contained in this Agreement, except such loss or damage caused by the active negligence or willful misconduct of the City. It is expressly understood and agreed that the foregoing provisions are intended to be as broad and
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 284
Agreement Library Building Painting Project
Page A-5 Project No. C2519
inclusive as is permitted by the law of the State of California and will survive termination of this Agreement.
Nothing herein contained shall be construed to require CONTRACTOR to indemnify CITY, its officers, employees, agents and volunteers against any responsibility or liability in contravention of Section 2782 of the California Civil Code.
13. Insurance. CONTRACTOR shall acquire and maintain Workers’ Compensation, employer’s liability, commercial general liability, owned and non-owned and hired automobile liability insurance coverage relating to CONTRACTOR’s services to be performed hereunder covering CITY’s risks in form subject to the approval of the City Attorney and/or CITY’s Risk Manager. The minimum amounts of coverage corresponding to the aforesaid categories of insurance per insurable event shall be as follows:
Insurance Category Minimum Limits
Workers’ Compensation statutory minimum
Employer’s Liability $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury or disease. Contractor shall
submit to City a Waiver of
Subrogation endorsement in favor
of City, its officers, agents,
employees, and volunteers.
Commercial General Liability $2,000,000 per occurrence for Liability bodily injury,
personal injury, and property
damage, including without
limitation, blanket contractual
liability and coverage for
explosion, collapse and
underground property damage
hazards. If a general aggregate
limit applies, either the general
aggregate limit shall apply
separately to this project/location
or the general aggregate limit shall
be twice the required occurrence
limit. Coverage must be at least as
broad as Insurance Services
Office form CG 00 01.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 285
Agreement Library Building Painting Project
Page A-6 Project No. C2519
Automobile Liability $2,000,000 per accident for bodily injury and property damage
(coverage required to the extent
applicable to CONTRACTOR’s
vehicle usage in performing
services hereunder)
Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall furnish CITY with certificates and copies of information or declaration pages of the insurance required hereunder and, with respect to evidence of commercial general liability and automobile liability insurance coverage, original endorsements:
(a) Precluding cancellation or reduction in per occurrence limits before the expiration of thirty (30) days (10 days for nonpayment) after CITY shall have received written notification of cancellation in coverage or reduction in per occurrence limits by first class mail; (b) Contractor’s general liability policies shall be primary and noncontributory, and be endorsed using Insurance Services Office form CG 20 10 to provide that City and its officers, officials, employees, and agents shall be additional insureds under such policies. An endorsement providing completed operations coverage for the additional insured, ISO form CG 20 37, is also required.
Claims Made Policies
If any of the required policies provide claims-made coverage:
1. The Retroactive Date must be shown, and must be before the date of the contract or the beginning of contract work.
2. Insurance must be maintained and evidence of insurance must be provided for at least five (5) years after completion of the contract of work.
3. If coverage is canceled or non-renewed, and not replaced with another claims-made policy form with a Retroactive Date prior to the contract effective date, the CONTRACTOR must purchase “extended reporting” coverage for a minimum of five (5) years after completion of contract work.
Verification of Coverage
CONTRACTOR shall furnish the CITY with original certificates and amendatory endorsements effecting coverage required by this clause. All certificates and endorsements are to be received and approved by the CITY before work commences. However, failure to obtain the required documents prior to the work beginning shall not waive the CONTRACTOR’s obligation to provide them. The CITY reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, including endorsements required by these specifications, at any time.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 286
Agreement Library Building Painting Project
Page A-7 Project No. C2519
Waiver of Subrogation
CONTRACTOR hereby grants to CITY a waiver of any right to subrogation which any insurer of said CONTRACTOR may acquire against the CITY by virtue of the payment of any loss under such insurance. This provision applies regardless of whether or not the CITY has requested or received a waiver of subrogation endorsement from the insurer.
Acceptability of Insurers
Insurance is to be placed with insurers with a current A.M. Best’s rating of no less than A:VII, unless otherwise acceptable to the City.
Special Risks or Circumstances
CITY reserves the right to modify these requirements, including limits, based on the nature of the risk, prior experience, insurer, coverage, or other special circumstances.
Coverage
It is a requirement under this agreement that any available insurance proceeds broader than or in excess of the specified minimum insurance coverage requirements and/or limits shall be made available to the Additional Insured and shall be (1) the minimum coverage and limits specified in this Agreement; or (2) the broader coverage and maximum limits of coverage of any insurance policy, whichever is greater.
CONTRACTOR shall maintain insurance as required by this contract to the fullest amount allowed by law and shall maintain insurance for a minimum of five years following completion of the project. In the event contractor fails to obtain or maintain completed operations coverage as required by this agreement, the city at its sole discretion may purchase the coverage required and the cost shall be paid by CONTRACTOR.
Primary and Non-Contributory Coverage
The Additional Insured coverage under the CONTRACTOR’s policy shall be “primary and non-contributory” as will not seek contribution from the CITY insurance or self-insurance and shall be at least as broad as CG 20 01 04 12.
Excess Insurance
The limits of insurance required in this agreement may be satisfied by a combination of primary and umbrella or excess insurance. Any umbrella or excess insurance shall contain or be endorsed to contain a provision that such coverage shall also apply on a primary and noncontributory basis for the benefit of CITY before the CITY insurance or self-insurance shall be called upon to protect it as a named insured.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 287
Agreement Library Building Painting Project
Page A-8 Project No. C2519
14. SUBCONTRACTORS. CONTRACTOR agrees to include with all subcontractors in their subcontracts the same requirements and provisions of this agreement including the indemnity and Insurance requirements to the extent they apply to the scope of the Subcontractors’ work.
Subcontractors hired by CONTRACTOR agree to be bound to CONTRACTOR and CITY in the same manner and to the same extent as CONTRACTOR is bound to CITY under the Contract documents.
Subcontract shall agree to include these same provisions in any agreement with a sub-subcontractor. CONTRACTOR shall require all subcontractors to provide a valid certificate of insurance and the required endorsements included in the agreement prior to commencement of any work and will provide proof of compliance to the CITY.
Subcontractor shall agree to be bound to CONTRACTOR and CITY in the same manner and to the same extent as CONTRACTOR is bound to CITY under the Contract Documents. Subcontractor shall further agree to include the same requirements and provisions of this agreement, including the indemnity and Insurance requirements, with a Sub-subcontractor to the extent they apply to the scope of the Sub-subcontractors’ work. A copy of the CITY Contract Document Indemnity and Insurance provisions shall be furnished to the subcontractor upon request.
15. WORKERS' COMPENSATION. CONTRACTOR certifies that he/she/it is aware of the provisions of the Labor Code of the State of California which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that Code, and CONTRACTOR certifies that he will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this agreement.
16. NON-DISCRIMINATION. The CONTRACTOR will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex or national origin. The CONTRACTOR will take affirmative action to insure that applicants are employed and the employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, religion, sex or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following:
employment, advancement, demotion, transfer, recruitment, or recruitment advertising, layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times be in compliance with the requirements of the Federal Americans With Disabilities Act (Public Law 101-336) which prohibits discrimination on the basis of disability by public entities. The CONTRACTOR agrees to post in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment any notices provided by the CITY setting forth the provisions of this non-discrimination clause.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 288
Agreement Library Building Painting Project
Page A-9 Project No. C2519
17. Notice. All notices required by this Agreement shall be given to the CITY and CONTRACTOR in writing, by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:
CITY: City of San Carlos
600 Elm Street
San Carlos, CA 94070
Attention: City Manager
CONTRACTOR: _____________________
Address
Phone
Attention: ______________
18. Non-Assignment. This Agreement is not assignable either in whole or in part.
19. Amendments. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by written agreement signed by both parties.
20. Business Registration. CONTRACTOR agrees to comply with Chapter
5.04 of the Municipal Code and pay all fees required to be paid.
21. Validity. The invalidity in whole or in part of any provision of this Agreement shall not void or affect the validity of any other provision of this Agreement.
22. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California and any suit or action initiated by either party shall be brought in the County of San Mateo, California. In the event of litigation between the parties hereto to enforce any provision of the Agreement, the unsuccessful party will pay the reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses of litigation of the successful party.
23. Mediation. Should any dispute arise out of this Agreement, the parties shall meet in mediation and attempt to reach a resolution with the assistance of a mutually acceptable mediator. Neither party shall be permitted to file legal action without first meeting in mediation and making a good faith attempt to reach a mediated resolution. The costs of the mediator, if any, shall be paid equally by the parties. If a mediated settlement is reached neither party shall be deemed the prevailing party for purposes of the settlement and each party shall bear its own legal costs. If a party refuses or fails to participate in mediation in good faith prior to filing a lawsuit, then that party shall be barred from recovery of attorneys fees and costs of suit.
24. Conflict of Interest. CONTRACTOR may serve other clients, but none who are active within the City of San Carlos or who conduct business that would
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 289
Agreement Library Building Painting Project
Page A-10 Project No. C2519
place CONTRACTOR in a "conflict of interest" as that term is defined in State law.
25. Entire Agreement. Each party acknowledges that this agreement, the exhibits hereto, and the documents incorporated by reference herein constitute the complete agreement and exclusive statement of the terms and conditions between the parties, which supercedes and merges all prior proposals, understandings and all other agreements, verbal and written, between the parties relating to the subject matter of this agreement. This agreement may not be modified or altered except by written instrument duly executed by both parties.
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 290
Agreement Library Building Painting Project
Page A-11 Project No. C2519
SIGNATURE PAGE
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed on the date first above written by their respective officers duly authorized in that behalf.
CITY OF SAN CARLOS:
Dated:
Jeff Maltbie, City Manager
ATTEST:
Dated:
Crystal Mui, City Clerk
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
Dated:
Gregory J. Rubens, City Attorney
CONSULTANT/CONTRACTOR/VENDOR:
I acknowledge that I have full authority to execute this agreement on behalf of the Consultant/Contractor/Vendor, and have read, understand, and agree to comply with the provisions of this Agreement, including the Insurance and indemnity requirements set forth herein.
Dated:
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 291
Agreement Library Building Painting Project
Page A-12 Project No. C2519
EXHIBIT A
CONTRACTOR’S BID PROPOSAL
[This page to be used for other Exhibits to add on, if any]
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 292
Agreement Library Building Painting Project
Page A-13 Project No. C2519
EXHIBIT B
This INSURANCE COVERAGE FORM modifies or documents insurance provided under the following:
Named Insured: _________________Effective Work Date(s):________________ Description of Work/Locations/Vehicles: ________________________________________ ADDITIONAL INSURED: City of San Carlos
600 Elm Street, San Carlos, CA 94070
Attention:
Contract Administrator
Endorsement and Certificates of Insurance Required
The Additional Insured, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees and volunteers are included as insureds with regard to damages and defense of claims arising from: (Check all that apply) Insurer Policy No.
General Liability: (a) activities performed by or on behalf of the Named Insured, (b) products and completed operations of the Named Insured, (c) premises owned, leased occupied or used by the Named Insured, and/or
(d) permits issued for operations performed by the Named Insured. {Note: MEETS OR EXCEEDS ISO Form # CG 20 10 11 85}
Auto Liability: the ownership, operation, maintenance, use, loading or unloading of any auto owned, leased, hired or borrowed by the Named Insured, regardless of whether liability is attributable to the Named Insured or a combination of the Named Insured and the Additional Insured, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees or volunteers.
Other:
Certificates of Insurance Required (no endorsement needed) (Check all that apply)
Insurer Policy No.
Workers Compensation: work performed by employees of the Named Insured while those employees are engaged in work under the simultaneous directions and control of the Named Insured and the Additional Insured.
Professional Liability:
PRIMARY/NON-CONTRIBUTORY: This insurance is primary and is not additional to or contributing with any other insurance carried by or for the benefit of Additional Insureds.
SEVERABILITY OF INTEREST: The insurance afforded by this policy applies separately to each insured who is seeking coverage or against whom a claim is made or a suit is brought, except with respect to the insurer’s limit of liability.
PROVISIONS REGARDING THE INSURED'S DUTIES AFTER ACCIDENT OR LOSS: Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policy shall not affect coverage provided to the Additional Insured, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, or volunteers.
CANCELLATION NOTICE. The insurance afforded by this policy shall not be suspended, voided, canceled, reduced in coverage or in limits except after thirty (30) days' prior written notice (ten (10) days if canceled due to non-payment) by regular mail return receipt requested has been given to the Additional Insured. Such notice shall be addressed as shown above.
WAIVER OF SUBROGATION: The insurer(s) named above agree to waive all rights of subrogation against the CITY/Public Works Departmentt, its elected or appointed officers, officials, agents, volunteers and employees for losses paid under the terms of this policy which arise from work performed by the Named Insured for the CITY/Public Works Department.
Nothing herein contained shall vary, alter or extend any provision or condition of the Policy other than as above stated.
SIGNATURE OF INSURER OR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE INSURER I, (print/type name), warrant that I have authority to bind the above-named insurance company and by my signature hereon do so bind this company.
SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE (original signature required) DATE ISSUED ORGANIZATION: TITLE:___________
ADDRESS: TELEPHONE:__________
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 293
Agreement Library Building Painting Project
Page A-14 Project No. C2519
RESOLUTION OF CONSTRUCTION CLAIMS
Any public works claims arising under this contract which the Contractor wishes to assert against the Governing Agency shall be governed by California Public Contract Code Section 9204. Claims which do not exceed three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000) are also subject to the provisions of Article 1.5 of the California Public Contract Code (commencing with Section 20104). Pursuant to California Public Contracts Code Section 9204, claims shall be resolved as follows:
(d) (1) (A) Upon receipt of a claim pursuant to this section, the public entity to which the claim applies shall conduct a reasonable review of the claim and, within a period not to exceed 45 days, shall provide the claimant a written statement identifying what portion of the claim is disputed and what portion is undisputed.
Upon receipt of a claim, a public entity and a contractor may, by mutual agreement, extend the time period provided in this subdivision.
(B) The claimant shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the claim. (C) If the public entity needs approval from its governing body to provide the claimant a written statement identifying the disputed portion and the undisputed portion of the claim, and the governing body does not meet within the 45 days or within the mutually agreed to extension of time following receipt of a claim sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, the public entity shall have up to three days following the next duly publicly noticed meeting of the governing body after the 45-day period, or extension, expires to provide the claimant a written statement identifying the disputed portion and the undisputed portion.
(D) Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim shall be processed and made within 60 days after the public entity issues its written statement. If the public entity fails to issue a written statement, paragraph (3) shall apply.
(2) (A) If the claimant disputes the public entity’s written response, or if the public entity fails to respond to a claim issued pursuant to this section within the time prescribed, the claimant may demand in writing an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon receipt of a demand in writing sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, the public entity shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute. (B) Within 10 business days following the conclusion of the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion of the claim remains in dispute, the public entity shall provide the claimant a written statement identifying the portion of the claim that remains in dispute and the portion that is undisputed. Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim shall be processed and made within 60 days after the public entity issues its written statement. Any disputed portion of the claim, as identified by the contractor in writing, shall be submitted to nonbinding mediation, with the public entity and the claimant sharing the associated costs equally. The public entity and claimant shall mutually agree to a mediator within 10 business days after the disputed portion of the claim has been identified in writing. If the parties cannot agree upon a mediator, each party shall select a mediator and those mediators shall select a qualified neutral third party to mediate with regard to the disputed portion of the claim. Each party shall bear the fees and costs charged by its respective mediator in connection with the selection of the neutral mediator. If mediation is unsuccessful, the parts of the claim remaining in dispute shall be subject to applicable procedures outside this section.
(C) For purposes of this section, mediation includes any nonbinding process, including, but not limited to, neutral evaluation or a dispute review board, in which an independent third party or board assists the parties in dispute resolution through negotiation or by issuance of an evaluation. Any mediation utilized shall conform to the timeframes in this section.
(D) Unless otherwise agreed to by the public entity and the contractor in writing, the mediation conducted pursuant to this section shall excuse any further obligation under Section 20104.4 to mediate after litigation has been commenced.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 294
Agreement Library Building Painting Project
Page A-15 Project No. C2519
(E) This section does not preclude a public entity from requiring arbitration of disputes under private arbitration or the Public Works Contract Arbitration Program, if mediation under this section does not resolve the parties’ dispute.
(3) Failure by the public entity to respond to a claim from a contractor within the time periods described in this subdivision or to otherwise meet the time requirements of this section shall result in the claim being deemed rejected in its entirety. A claim that is denied by reason of the public entity’s failure to have responded to a claim, or its failure to otherwise meet the time requirements of this section, shall not constitute an adverse finding with regard to the merits of the claim or the responsibility or qualifications of the claimant.
(4) Amounts not paid in a timely manner as required by this section shall bear interest at 7 percent per annum.
(5) If a subcontractor or a lower tier subcontractor lacks legal standing to assert a claim against a public entity because privity of contract does not exist, the contractor may present to the public entity a claim on behalf of a subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor. A subcontractor may request in writing, either on their own behalf or on behalf of a lower tier subcontractor, that the contractor present a claim for work which was performed by the subcontractor or by a lower tier subcontractor on behalf of the subcontractor. The subcontractor requesting that the claim be presented to the public entity shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the claim. Within 45 days of receipt of this written request, the contractor shall notify the subcontractor in writing as to whether the contractor presented the claim to the public entity and, if the original contractor did not present the claim, provide the subcontractor with a statement of the reasons for not having done so.
A waiver of the rights granted by this section is void and contrary to public policy, provided, however, that (1) upon receipt of a claim, the parties may mutually agree to waive, in writing, mediation and proceed directly to the commencement of a civil action or binding arbitration, as applicable; and (2) a public entity may prescribe reasonable change order, claim, and dispute resolution procedures and requirements in addition to the provisions of this section, so long as the contractual provisions do not conflict with or otherwise impair the timeframes and procedures set forth in this section.
Nothing in this section shall impose liability upon a public entity that makes loans or grants available through a competitive application process, for the failure of an awardee to meet its contractual obligations.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 295
Agreement Library Building Painting Project
Page A-16 Project No. C2519
PAYMENT BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that
WHEREAS, The City of San Carlos (hereinafter referred to as “Owner”) and (hereinafter referred to as “Principal”) have entered into a contract for the construction of Library Building Painting Project, Project No. C2519 and WHEREAS, under the terms of said contract Principal is required to furnish a bond securing payment of the claims to which reference is made in Section 3248 of the Civil Code; NOW, THEREFORE, we, the Principal, and
, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the
“Owner” in the penal sum of /l00 Dollars ($ )
lawful money of the United States, being not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the amount payable by the terms of the contract, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
The condition of this obligation is such that if said Principal or any of its subcontractors fails to pay any of the persons named in Section 3181 of the Civil Code, or amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to work or labor performed under the contract, or for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the Franchise Tax Board from the wages of employees of the Principal or its subcontractors pursuant to Section 18806 of the Revenue and Taxation Code, with respect to such work and labor that the Surety will pay for the same, in an amount not exceeding the amount hereinabove set forth and also will pay, in case suit is brought upon this bond, a reasonable attorney’s fee, to be fixed by the court. We hereby state and confirm that we are a “California admitted insurer” as defined by the California Department of Insurance.
This bond shall inure to the benefit of any of the persons named in Section 3181 of the Civil Code so as to give a right of action to such persons or their assigns in any suit brought upon this bond.
This bond is given to comply with Sections 3247 and 3248 of the Civil Code. The liability of the Principal and Surety hereunder is governed by the provisions of said Code, all acts amendatory thereof, and all other statutes referred to therein, including Section 3225 of the Civil Code.
The Surety hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed there under or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any ways affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above bounded parties have executed this instrument under their seals this _________ day of __________________, 20 , the name and corporate seal of
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 296
Agreement Library Building Painting Project
Page A-17 Project No. C2519
each corporate body being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative, pursuant to authority of its governing body.
(Principal)
NOTE: By
To be signed by By
Principal and Surety
and acknowledgment
and nortarial seal
(Surety)
By
By
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 297
Agreement Library Building Painting Project
Page A-18 Project No. C2519
PERFORMANCE BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that
WHEREAS, The City of San Carlos (hereinafter referred to as “Owner”) has entered into a contract with _ ___________________ (hereinafter referred to as “Principal”) for the construction of Library Building Painting Project, Project No. C2519, and WHEREAS, said Principal is required under the terms of said contract to furnish a bond of faithful performance of said Contract;
NOW, THEREFORE, we, the Principal, and
, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the
“Owner” in the penal sum of _____________________________/100 Dollars($ ) lawful money of the United States, being a sum equal to the total amount payable under the contract, for the payment of which sum, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the above bounded Principal shall in all things stand to and abide by and well and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions and agreements in the said contract and any alteration thereof made as therein provided, on the Contractor’s part to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to the Contractor’s true intent and meaning, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and virtue.
As a condition precedent to satisfactory completion of the said contract, the above obligations to the amount of and-00/100 Dollars ($ ) being not less than ten percent (10%) of the total amount payable under the contract, shall hold good for a period of two (2) years after the completion and acceptance of said work, during which time if the above Principal shall fail to make full, complete and satisfactory repair and replacement or totally protect the “Owner” from loss or damage made evident during said period of two (2) years from the date of acceptance of said work, and resulting from or caused by defective materials or faulty workmanship in the prosecution of the work done, the above obligations in the said sum of and-00/100 Dollars ($ ) shall remain in full force and virtue; otherwise the above obligation shall be void.
And the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be performed there under of the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any ways affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the Specifications. We hereby state and confirm that we are a “California admitted insurer” as defined by the California Department of Insurance.
In the event that the “Owner” or its successors or assigns, shall be the prevailing party in an action brought upon this bond, then, in addition to the penal sum hereinabove specified, we agree to pay to the “Owner” for its successors or assigns, a reasonable sum on account of attorney’s fees in such action, which sum shall be fixed by the court.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 298
Agreement Library Building Painting Project
Page A-19 Project No. C2519
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above bounded parties have executed this instrument under their seals this _________ day of __________________, 20 , the name and corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative, pursuant to the authority of its governing body.
(Principal)
NOTE: By
To be signed by By
Principal and Surety
and acknowledgment
and nortarial seal
(Surety)
By
By
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 299
Agreement Library Building Painting Project
Page A-20 Project No. C2519
WORKERS' COMPENSATION CERTIFICATION
Labor Code Section 1861
The Bidder hereby certifies as follows:
"I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code, which requires every employer to be insured against liability for Workers' Compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions and furnish proof of said insurance before commencing the performance of the work of this contract."
Name of Contractor
Signature of Contractor Representative
Dated: __________________________
NOTE: THIS CERTIFICATION MUST BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED BY THE SUCCESSFUL BIDDER PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 300
Agreement Library Building Painting Project
Page A-21 Project No. C2519
CERTIFICATION OF SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR
CONTRACTORS AND VENDORS
California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Section 1509
To work as a contractor or vendor with the City of San Carlos, your organization is required to certify that it has an active on-the-job written Injury and Illness Prevention Program. This program is essential to make the job as accident-free as possible and to comply with Federal and State Safety Standards.
The undersigned hereby certifies that the Contractor’s organization has an active written Injury and Illness Prevention Program, as required by Cal-OSHA under California Code of Regulations, Title 8, General Industry Safety Orders, Section 3203 and/or Construction Safety Orders, Section 1509, that ensures compliance with, and enforcement of, current minimum CalOSHA Safety Standards, and that the Contractor’s organization has knowledge of these standards that are applicable to the job operations. This includes a program for ensuring employees have been trained to recognize hazards of their job.
The undersigned also hereby certifies that the Contractor’s organization has an active written Hazard Communication Program with evidence that all employees have been trained in safe use and handling of chemicals on the job site, and a file will be made available for review by the City of San Carlos of each Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) on those chemicals kept on the site.
Name of Contractor
Signature of Contractor Representative
Dated: __________________________
NOTE: THIS CERTIFICATION MUST BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED BY THE SUCCESSFUL BIDDER PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 301
Agreement Library Building Painting Project
Page A-22 Project No. C2519
DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE CERTIFICATION
The bidder_________________________________________________________________, hereby certifies compliance with Government Code Section 8355 in matters relating to providing a drug-free workplace. The contractor will:
1. Publish a statement notifying employees that unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensation, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited and specifying actions to be taken against employees for violations, as required by Government Code Section 8355(a).
2. Establish a Drug-Free Awareness Program as required by Government Code Section 8355(b), to inform employees about all of the following:
(a) The dangers of drug abuse in the workplace,
(b) The person’s or organization’s policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace, (c) Any available counseling, rehabilitation and employee assistance programs, and (d) Penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations.
3. Provide as required by Government Code Section 8355(c), that every employee who works on the proposed contract or loan:
(a) Will receive a copy of the company’s drug-free policy statement, and (b) Will agree to abide by the terms of the company’s statement as a condition of employment on the contract or loan.
I, the official named below, hereby swear that I am duly authorized legally to bind the contractor to the above described certification. I am fully aware that this certification, executed on the date below, is made under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California.
Dated:_______________________, 20____.
________________________________
Contractor’s Signature
NOTE: THIS CERTIFICATION MUST BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED BY THE SUCCESSFUL BIDDER PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 302
Agreement Library Building Painting Project
Page A-23 Project No. C2519
ESCROW AGREEMENT FOR SECURITY DEPOSITS IN LIEU OF RETENTION (Optional) Public Contract Code Section 22300
This Escrow Agreement is made and entered into by and between _______________________________ whose address is __________________________________________________ hereinafter called "Owner,"________________________________ whose address is ______________________________
____________________hereinafter called "Contractor" and ____________________________________ whose address is __________________________________________ hereinafter called "Escrow Agent." For the consideration hereinafter set forth, the Owner, Contractor, and Escrow Agent agree as follows:
(1) Pursuant to Section 22300 of the Public Contract Code of the State of California, Contractor has the option to deposit securities with Escrow Agent as a substitute for retention earnings required to be withheld by Owner pursuant to the Construction Contract entered into between the Owner and Contractor for __________________ in the amount of _______________ dated __________ (hereinafter referred to as the "Contract"). Alternatively, on written request of the Contractor, the Owner shall make payments of the retention earnings directly to the Escrow Agent. When the Contractor deposits the securities as a substitute for Contract earnings, the Escrow Agent shall notify the Owner within 10 days of the deposit. The market value of the securities at the time of the substitution shall be at least equal to the cash amount then required to be withheld as retention under the terms of the Contract between the Owner and Contractor. Securities shall be held in the name of ____________________, and shall designate the Contractor as the beneficial owner. (2) The Owner shall make progress payments to the Contractor for those funds which otherwise would be withheld
from progress payments pursuant to the Contract provisions, provided that the Escrow Agent holds securities in the form and amount specified above.
(3) When the Owner makes payment of retentions earned directly to the Escrow Agent, the Escrow Agent shall hold them for the benefit of the Contractor until the time that the escrow created under this contract is terminated.
The Contractor may direct the investment of the payments into securities. All terms and conditions of this agreement and the rights and responsibilities of the parties shall be equally applicable and binding when the Owner pays the Escrow Agent directly.
(4) Contractor shall be responsible for paying all fees for the expenses incurred by Escrow Agent in administering the Escrow Account and all expenses of the Owner. These expenses and payment terms shall be determined by the Owner, Contractor, and Escrow Agent.
(5) The interest earned on the securities or the money market accounts held in escrow and all interest earned on that interest shall be for the sole account of Contractor and shall be subject to withdrawal by Contractor at any time and from time to time without notice to the Owner. (6) Contractor shall have the right to withdraw all or any part of the principal in the Escrow Account only by written notice to Escrow Agent accompanied by written authorization from the Owner to the Escrow Agent that Owner consents to the withdrawal of the amount sought to be withdrawn by Contractor. (7) The Owner shall have a right to draw upon the securities in the event of default by the Contractor. Upon seven (7) days written notice to the Escrow Agent from the owner of the default, the Escrow Agent shall immediately convert the securities to cash and shall distribute the cash as instructed by the Owner.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 303
Agreement Library Building Painting Project
Page A-24 Project No. C2519
(8) Upon receipt of written notification from the Owner certifying that the Contract is final and complete, and that the Contractor has complied with all requirements and procedures applicable to the Contract, Escrow Agent shall release to Contractor all securities and interest on deposit less escrow fees and charges of the Escrow Account.
The escrow shall be closed immediately upon disbursement of all moneys and securities on deposit and payments of fees and charges.
(9) Escrow Agent shall rely on the written notifications from the Owner and the Contractor pursuant to Sections (5) to (8), inclusive, of this agreement and the Owner and Contractor shall hold Escrow Agent harmless from Escrow Agent's release and disbursement of the securities and interest as set forth above. (10) The names of the persons who are authorized to give written notice or to receive written notice on behalf of the Owner and on behalf of Contractor in connection with the foregoing, and exemplars of their respective signatures are as follows:
On behalf of Owner: On behalf of Contractor: On behalf of Escrow Agent:
___________________________ ___________________________ _______________________________ Title Title Title
___________________________ ___________________________ _______________________________ Name Name Name
___________________________ ___________________________ _______________________________ Signature Signature Signature
___________________________ ___________________________ _______________________________ Address Address Address
At the time the Escrow Account is opened, the Owner and Contractor shall deliver to the Escrow Agent a fully executed counterpart of this Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement by their proper officers on the date first set forth above.
Owner: Contractor:
______________________________ ___________________________________ Title Title
______________________________ ___________________________________ Name Name
______________________________ ___________________________________ Signature Signature
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 304
Agreement Library Building Painting Project
Page A-25 Project No. C2519
GUARANTEE
(To Be Submitted Prior to Project Acceptance)
FOR THE
City of San Carlos
San Carlos, CA 94070
Library Building Painting Project
City Project No. C2519
We hereby guarantee that the work we have installed for the above named project has been done in accordance with the Plans and Specifications and that the work installed will fulfill the requirements of the guarantee.
We agree to repair or replace any or all of our work, together with any other adjacent work which may be displayed in so doing that may prove to be defective in its workmanship or material within a period of two (2) years from the date of acceptance of the above-named work by the City of San Carlos, without any expense whatsoever to the City of San Carlos, ordinary wear and tear and unusual abuse or neglect excepted.
Within fifteen (15) days after being notified in writing by the City of San Carlos of any defects in the work, we agree to commence and prosecute with due diligence all work necessary to fulfill the terms of this guarantee, and to complete the work within a reasonable period of time, and in the event of our failure to so comply, we collectively and separately, do hereby authorize said City of San Carlos to proceed to have such work done at our expense and we will honor and pay the cost and changes therefore upon demand.
Dated:
By:
NOTE: THIS CERTIFICATION MUST BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED BY THE SUCCESSFUL BIDDER PRIOR TO PROJECT ACCEPTANCE.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 305
GENERAL PROVISIONS
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 306
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 307
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1 – TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
1.01 Terms 1
1.02 Definitions 1
SECTION 2 – PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS
2.01 General 6
2.02 Proposal Forms 6
2.03 Qualifications of Bidders 6
2.04 Rejection of Proposals Containing Alterations, Erasures, or Irregularities 6
2.05 Submission of Bids 6
2.06 Approximate Estimate 7
2.07 Examination of Plans, Specifications and Work Site 7
2.08 Withdrawal of Proposals 7
2.09 Proposal Guarantee 7
2.10 Disqualification of Bidders 7
2.11 Bid Protest Procedures 8
2.12 List of Subcontractors 8
2.13 Required Contractor and Subcontractor Registration 8 SECTION 3 – REVIEW OF BIDS, CONTRACT AWARD AND EXECUTION
3.01 Public Bid Opening and Initial Review 9
3.02 Determination of Lowest Responsible Bidder 9
3.03 Notice of Award 10
3.04 Contract Execution 10
3.05 Status of Contractor 10
3.06 Assignment 10
3.07 Recognition of Subcontractors 10
3.08 Return of Bid Security 11
3.09 Forfeiture of Proposal Guarantee 11
3.10 Contract Bonds 11
3.11 Notification of Surety Companies 12
3.12 Power of Attorney 12
3.13 Insurance Requirements 12
3.14 Special Requirements 12
3.15 Builders Risk Insurance 13
3.16 Certificates 13
3.17 Legal Address of Contractor 13
3.18 Office of Contractor at Site 13
SECTION 4 – SCOPE AND CONTROL OF THE WORK
4.01 Work to be Done 14
4.02 Plans and Specifications 14
4.03 Reference to Standards and Codes 14
4.04 Authority of the Engineer 15
4.05 Contract Documents and Precedence 15
4.06 Interpretation of Specifications and Drawings 15
4.07 Figured Dimensions 16
4.08 Errors or Discrepancies 16
4.09 Drawings to be Furnished by Contractor 16
4.10 Additional Drawings by City 16
4.11 Lines and Grades 16
4.12 Record Documents 16
4.13 Record Drawings 17
4.14 Reuse of Documents 17
4.15 Subsurface Data 17
4.16 Right-of-Way 17
4.17 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work 17
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 308
4.18 Acceptance of Defective Work 17
4.19 Submittals 18
4.20 Substitutions 18
4.21 Construction Staking Lines and Grades 19
4.22 Inspection of the Work 19
4.23 Testing 20
SECTION 5 – CHANGES IN WORK
5.01 Limited City Authority to Approve Change Orders 21
5.02 Contractor Liability for Unapproved Change Orders 21
5.03 Non-Material Change Requests by the Contractor 21
5.04 Effect of Extension of Time 21
5.05 Letters of Instruction 21
5.06 Requests for Information, Inconsistencies and Changed Conditions 21
5.07 Extra and Omitted Work 22
5.08 Change Orders 22
5.09 Disputed Work 24
SECTION 6 – CONTROL OF MATERIALS
6.01 Materials and Workmanship 26
6.02 Protection of Work and Materials 26
6.03 Trade Names or Equals 26
6.04 Inspection of Materials by City 27
6.05 Inspection of Materials by Others 27
6.06 Tests of Materials 27
6.07 Certification 27
6.08 Weighing and Metering Equipment 27
6.09 Calibration of Testing Equipment 28
SECTION 7 – UTILITIES
7.01 City’s Statutory Obligation 29
7.02 Contractor’s Obligation to Identify and Protect Subsurface Infrastructure 29
7.03 Location 29
7.04 Protection 30
7.05 Shut Down Notification 30
7.06 Removal 30
7.07 Relocation 31
7.08 Delays 31
7.09 Cooperation 31
SECTION 8 – PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
8.01 Notice to Proceed 32
8.02 Commencement of Work 32
8.03 Subcontracting 32
8.04 Administrative Duties 32
8.05 Baseline Construction Schedule 32
8.06 Three-Week Look Ahead Schedule 33
8.07 Construction Sequence 33
8.08 Recording Existing Conditions 33
8.09 Preconstruction Conference 33
8.10 Progress Meeting 33
8.11 Hours of Construction 33
8.12 Prosecution of Work 34
8.13 Suspension of Work 34
8.14 Default by the Contractor and Termination of Control 34
8.15 Contractor’s Right to Stop Work or Terminate Contract 35
8.16 City’s Right to Terminate Contract 36
8.17 Time of Completion and Days Charged 36
8.18 Liquidated Damages 37
8.19 Delays and Extension of Time 37
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 309
8.20 Substantial Completion 39
8.21 Project Closeout 39
8.22 Final Completion 40
8.23 Final Acceptance 40
8.24 Risk of Loss 40
8.25 Use of Improvements During Construction 40
SECTION 9 – RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR
9.01 Contractor’s Responsibility for the Work 41
9.02 Contractor’s Responsibility for Subcontracted Work 41
9.03 Superintendent 41
9.04 Character of Workers 41
9.05 Laws to be Observed 42
9.06 Permits and Fees 43
9.07 Coordination and Cooperation 44
9.08 Use of Premises 44
9.09 Construction Staging and Field Office 45
9.10 Site Security 45
9.11 Construction Water 45
9.12 Project Site Maintenance 45
9.13 Preservation of Property 48
9.14 Protection of Buried Utilities 48
9.15 Protection of Bridges 49
9.16 Protection of Traffic Signal Facilities 49
9.17 Restoration of Adjacent and Existing Improvements 49
9.18 Archeological Remains 49
9.19 Access to Private Property 50
9.20 Traffic Control and Public Convenience 50
9.21 Safety 52
9.22 Patent Fees or Royalties 54
9.23 Advertising 55
9.24 Antitrust Claims 55
9.25 Audit and Examination of Records 55
9.26 Notice of Entrance 55
9.27 Additional and Emergency Protection 55
9.28 Placing Portions of Work in Service 55
9.29 Rights of Way 55
SECTION 10 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
10.01 Measurement of Quantities for Unit Price Work 56
10.02 Bid Items 56
10.03 Bid Quantities 57
10.04 Progress Payments 57
10.05 Retentions 59
10.06 Final Payment 59
10.07 Acceptance 60
10.08 Compensation for Extra Work Omitted 60
10.09 Compensation to City for Extension of Time 60
10.10 Claims 60
10.11 Time Limit on Claims 61
10.12 City Response to Claims 61
10.13 Appeal of Engineer’s Decision 61
SECTION 11 – GUARANTEE
11.01 Contractor’s Guarantee 62
11.02 Correction of Defective Work During the Guarantee Period 62 * * *
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 310
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-1 Project No. C2519
GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 1 – TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
1.01 Terms – Unless otherwise stated, the words “directed, required, permitted, ordered, instructed, designated, considered necessary, prescribed, approved, acceptable, satisfactory,” or words of like meaning, refer to actions, expressions, and prerogatives of the Engineer.
1.02 Definitions – Except as amended or supplemented, whenever in the Contract Documents the following terms are used, the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows:
Agreement - The written contract documents between the City and the Contractor covering the performance of the work.
As Shown, As Indicated, As Detailed - Where these words or words of similar import, are used, it shall be understood that reference to the drawings accompanying these specifications is made unless stated otherwise. Where "As Directed", "As Permitted", "Approved", or words of similar import, are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirements, permission, approval, or acceptance of the Engineer is intended unless stated otherwise. As used herein, "Provide" shall be understood to mean "Provide Complete in Place" that is, "Furnish and Install”, and "Install" shall mean the installation complete in place of an item of equipment furnished by the City.
ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials specifications.
AWWA - American Water Works Association and its Standard Specifications.
Addenda - Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of bids which clarify, correct or change the bidding documents or the Contract Documents.
Bid - The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed forms setting forth the prices for the work to be performed.
Bid Forms - Includes the Bid Schedule, Designation of Subcontractors, Bidders Statement of Responsibility, Bidder’s Non-Collusion Affidavit, Bid Security, and all other information requested by the Bid Proposal Documents.
Bidder – Any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof submitting a bid for the work, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative. After the City awards the Contract, the term “Bidder” shall be equivalent to the term “Contractor” for the purpose of identifying the Contractor’s rights and obligations under the Contract Documents.
Bidding Documents - The Notice Inviting Sealed Proposals, Instruction to Bidders, Bid Proposal forms and Bidders Bond.
Bonds - Bid, performance, labor and material, and warranty bonds and other instruments of security.
Change Orders – A written order by the Engineer to the contractor making changes in the plans or specifications which is signed by the Contractor and City authorizing an addition, deletion or revision in the work, with possible adjustment in the contract price or the contract time, issued on or after the effective date of the Agreement. If the change involves items for which there is no contract unit price, the order shall so state and stipulate that the changes shall be performed as extra work or work omitted.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 311
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-2 Project No. C2519
City - The City of San Carlos acting through the City Council or any other board, body, official(s) to which or to whom the power belonging to the City Council has been properly delegated.
City Regulations - All written laws, rules, and policies established by the City, including those set forth in the General Plan, San Carlos Municipal Code, ordinances, resolutions, policies, procedures, and City design documents (including the Standard Specifications, design standards, and relevant Public Facility Master Plans).
Code – The terms Government Code, Labor Code, etc., refer to codes of the State of California.
Contract – See definition for “Agreement”.
Contract Documents - See Agreement, Section 2.1, “List of Contract Documents and Precedence”.
Contract Drawings or Plans - All drawings which may have been prepared by or in behalf of the City, as a basis for proposals, when duly signed and made a part of this contract by incorporation or reference, all drawings submitted in pursuance of the terms of this contract by the successful bidder with their proposal and by the contractor to the City and reviewed by the Engineer; and all drawings submitted by the Engineer to the contractor during the progress of the work as provided for herein.
Contract Price - The total amount of money for which contract is awarded and as amended.
Contract Time - The number of days or the date stated in the contract as the duration for completing work.
Contract Unit Price - The Contractor’s original bid for a single unit of an item of work in the proposal.
Contractor - An individual, partnership, corporation, developer, joint venture, subdivider or other legal entity entering into a contract or agreement with the City to perform the work covered by this contract, and their authorized agents or legal representatives. After the City awards the Contract, the term “Contractor” shall be equivalent to the term “Bidder” for the purpose of identifying the Contractor’s rights and obligations under the Contract Documents.
Day or Days - Unless herein otherwise expressly defined, shall mean a calendar day of twenty-four hours each.
Defective Work - Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, omitted, incomplete, deficient, or does not conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, directives of the Engineer, or requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test, or approval specified in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to the Engineer’s recommendation of final acceptance. See General Provisions Section
6.01, “Materials and Workmanship”.
Directive – Any document, signed by the City, with instruction to the Contractor pertaining to the completion of a project objective; including, but not limited to responses to requests for information, clarifications, letters of instruction, the notice of award and the notice to proceed.
Engineer - The Engineer duly and officially appointed by the City to represent the City and to observe the work of construction under this contract, acting personally or through agents or assistants duly authorized by the Engineer, such agents or assistants acting within the scope of the particular duties entrusted to them.
Extra Work - Performance or furnishing of work or material found necessary for the proper completion of the improvements, the payment of which is not covered by any item of the bid schedule and for which no means of payment, direct or indirect, has been provided in the contract.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 312
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-3 Project No. C2519
Final Completion - The point at which work has been completed in accordance with the contract documents, plans and specifications to the satisfaction of the Engineer and there are no items of work remaining to be completed. See General Provisions, Section 8.22, “Final Completion”.
Force Account Work – Force account work is a method of compensation utilized to pay for extra work typically needed to overcome unanticipated work, resulting from the project work scope, necessary to complete the project work scope that cannot be well defined prior to the start of extra work. General Provision, Section 5.08 “Change Orders“ establishes the specific methods of compensation for labor, materials and equipment used to perform the force account work.
Greenbook - The Standard Specifications and Plans written and promulgated by Public Works Standards, Inc., entitled “Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction”, and “Standard Plans for Public Works Construction”, current editions.
Hold Harmless - Agreement by one party to bring no claim for negligence, breach of contract, indemnity or otherwise against another party. See Agreement Section 17, “Indemnification”.
Inspector - The engineering or technical inspector(s) duly authorized or appointed by the Engineer or City, limited to the particular duties entrusted to them.
Liquidated Damages - The amount of dollars assessed for each and every calendar day required to complete the contract in excess of the contract time. See General Provisions, Section 8.18, “Liquidated Damages”.
Losses - Any and all losses, costs, liabilities, claims, damages, and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses.
Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) or California Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (CAMUTCD) – The latest edition of the California Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices.
Modification – Modifications to the Agreement are executed by change orders, and may only be issued after the effective date of the contract.
Notice - Any notice allowed or required to be given by the City may be given by the Engineer.
Notice of Award – The written notice by the City to the successful Bidder stating that upon completion of required conditions the City will execute the contract.
Notice to Proceed – A written notice by the City to the Contractor authorizing the Contractor to proceed with the work and fixing the date on which the contract time will start.
Plans - The contract plans and/or supplemental drawings approved by the Engineer which show the location, character, dimensions and details of the work.
Project - The total construction of which the work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by the City or by separate Contractors.
Proposal - The offer of a bidder when submitted on the proposal form, properly signed and guaranteed.
Reference Specifications - Those standards, rules, method of tests or analysis, codes, and specifications of other agencies, engineering societies, or industrial associations referred to in the Contract Documents. These refer to the current edition or amendments in effect at the time of advertising the project unless specifically referred to by edition, volume or date. Unless otherwise stated in the plans or
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 313
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-4 Project No. C2519
specifications, the reference specification in effect shall be that edition which was in effect on the date of the Notice Inviting Bids.
Shop Drawings - All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by or for the Contractor to illustrate some portion of the work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a supplier and submitted by the Contractor to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the work. See General Provisions, Section 4.19, “Submittals”.
Special Provisions - Any provisions which supplement or modify these standard specifications.
Specifications – The information, directions, provisions and requirements pertaining to the work, and contained herein including Special Provisions, Technical Specification, General Provisions, those administrative subsections of Caltrans’ Standard Specification that are specifically referenced in this Contract and the non-administrative sections (Section 10 through 95) of the Caltrans’ Standard Specification dated 2010.
Standard Plans - The Standard Details of the City of San Carlos, current edition, including the Parks and Streetscape Standard Plans, current edition, identifying construction standards for the various items of work indicated and/or referred to on the plans, specifications or special provisions.
Standard Specifications - The Standard Specifications of the City of San Carlos.
Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction - The Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, “Greenbook”, current edition.
State - State of California.
State Standard Plans - The Standard Plans of the Department of Transportation of the State of California, (Caltrans’) Standard Plans dated 2010.
State Standard Specifications - The Standard Specifications of the Department of Transportation of the State of California Caltrans’ Standard Specification dated 2010.
Subcontractor - Any individual, firm or corporation having a direct contract with the Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the work at the site. Unless otherwise specifically provided, the term Subcontractor includes Subcontractor of any tier, suppliers, manufacturers and distributors. See Section 3.07 of the General Provisions.
Substantial Completion – When the work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where it is sufficiently complete and in accordance with the Contract Documents. See General Provisions, Section 8.20, “Substantial Completion”.
Superintendent – The executive representative of the contractor responsible for the site supervision of the work at all times during progress, authorized to receive and fulfill instructions from the Engineer and to accept orders for changed and extra work.
Surety - Any individual, firm or corporation, bound with and for the Contractor for the acceptable performance and completion of the work, and the satisfaction of all obligations incurred.
Surveyor - A land surveyor licensed in the State of California.
Unbalanced Bid - See Materially Unbalanced Bid and Mathematically Unbalanced Bid.
Work - The construction and services required by the Contract Documents as amended by contract modifications, whether completed or partially completed, including all labor, materials, equipment, tools,
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 314
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-5 Project No. C2519
and services provided or to be provided, by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor’s obligations. The work may constitute the whole or a part of the project
Working Day – Any day except Saturday, Sunday, Holidays observed by the City, or days in which the Contractor is entitled to an excusable delay. Holidays observed by the City are: Thanksgiving, day after Thanksgiving, Christmas Day, New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, and Veteran’s Day. See General Provisions, Section 8.19, “Delays and Extension of Time”. In addition, at the option of the Engineer, the contractor may be required to suspend all work and activities during the City’s annual Holiday Closure in late December and early January of each year. No work shall be done during this suspension except such work as is necessary for the proper care and protection of work already performed, or except in case of an emergency, and in any case, only with prior written permission of the Engineer. This suspension of work will be at no cost to the City. Working days will not be assessed during this suspension of work.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 315
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-6 Project No. C2519
SECTION 2 – PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS
2.01 General - Bidders may obtain complete sets of the Contract Documents, including the proposal forms to be used for bidding, at the location designated in the Notice to Bidders. Bidders shall use complete sets of Contract Documents in the preparation of bids. The City makes copies of the Contract Documents available, on the above terms, for the sole purpose of obtaining Bids for the work and does not confer a license or grant permission for any other use of the Contract Documents.
2.02 Proposal Forms – The portion of the Contract Documents entitled “Bid Proposal” focuses the Bidders attention on the requirements for submitting a proposal, including the Notice to Bidders, and the Bid Proposal Forms.
Bids are required for the entire work described herein and shall be submitted on the blank forms prepared by the City and provided herein. The Bid Proposal submitted to the City shall consist of the completed Bid Schedule, Designation of Subcontractors, Bidders Statement of Responsibility, Bidder’s Non-Collusion Affidavit, Bidder’s Qualifications, Bidders References, Signature of Bidder, Bid Guaranty, and all other information requested by the Bid Proposal documents.
All proposals shall type or print legibly in ink the proposed prices both in writing and in figures and shall be signed, with address included, by the bidder or the bidder's authorized representative. Corrections must all be individually initialed by the Bidder. Bidder shall not modify or qualify the Bid Forms in any manner.
The Bid Forms shall be signed by a person or persons legally authorized to bind the Bidder to the Contract. The individuals signing each document shall warrant that they are authorized to bind the legal entity of the Bidder. Proposals made by individuals must show the individual's signature and post office address; if made by a firm or partnership and the signature of one or all of the partners must be shown.
Proposals submitted by corporations must show the name and post office address of the corporation, the name of the state, under whose laws the corporation is chartered, and the signature and title of the person signing on behalf of the corporation.
2.03 Qualifications of Bidders - Each bidder shall be licensed as specified in the Notice to Bidders and in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 9, Division 3, of the Business and Professions Code, State of California, and shall be skilled and regularly engaged in the general class or type of work called for under this contract.
It is the intention of the City to award a contract only to a bidder who is able to furnish satisfactory evidence that he has the requisite experience and ability and that the bidder has sufficient capital, facilities and plant to enable them to prosecute the work successfully and promptly, and to complete it within the time set forth in the contract.
In determining the degree of responsibility to be credited to a bidder, the City will weigh any evidence indicating the bidder, or personnel guaranteed to be employed in responsible charge of the work, has satisfactorily performed other contracts of like nature and magnitude.
2.04 Rejection of Proposals Containing Alterations, Erasures, or Irregularities - Proposals may be rejected if they show any alterations of form, additions not called for, conditional or alternative bids, incomplete bids, irregularities of any kind, or corrections and erasures without initials by the Bidder.
2.05 Submission of Bids - All Bid Forms, including all documents required to be submitted with the Bid, shall be enclosed in a sealed opaque envelope. The envelope shall be clearly marked on its face with the Bidder’s name and address, and the notation “SEALED BID ENCLOSED, CITY OF SAN CARLOS”, with an identification of the project name and number as identified in the Notice to Bidders. If the Bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope. Oral, telephonic, facsimile, telegraphic, or electronically transmitted Bids are invalid and will not be accepted.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 316
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-7 Project No. C2519
Bids may be mailed or delivered by messenger. It is the Bidder’s responsibility alone to ensure that the Bid is received prior to the bid opening deadline at the place specified in the Notice to Bidders.
Whether or not bids are opened exactly at the time fixed in the public notice inviting bids, any bid received after that time shall be returned unopened.
2.06 Approximate Estimate - The quantities listed in the bid schedule are approximate only, supplied as a general indication of the scope of work and to be used as a basis for comparing bids. The City does not expressly or by implication agree that the actual amount of work will correspond therewith, and reserves the right to increase or decrease the amount of any class or portion of the work, or to delete any portions of the work in their entirety, from the quantities listed on the bid schedule, as may be deemed necessary or advisable by the Engineer.
2.07 Examination of Plans, Specifications and Work Site - Bidder shall examine carefully the plans, specifications, proposal and contract forms, and the physical site of the work contemplated, regardless of if a site walk or pre-bid meeting has been scheduled by the City or not. It will be assumed that the bidder has investigated and is aware of the conditions to be encountered in carrying out the proposed work, and is fully satisfied as to the scope, character, quality, quantity and requirements of the proposed work, and the submission of a bid will be an acknowledgement of that assumption.
The bidder shall receive no additional compensation for obstacles or difficulties due to surface or subsurface conditions actually encountered. Where investigations of surface or subsurface conditions have been made by the City in respect to foundation or other structural design, and that information is shown in the plans, said information is included only for the convenience of bidders. The City assumes no responsibility whatsoever as to the sufficiency or accuracy of borings, or of the log of test borings or other investigations or tests, or of the interpretation thereof; there is no guaranty, warranty or representation, express or implied, that the conditions indicated thereby in fact exist or are representative of those existing throughout the work. Such information shall be used as a basis for bids at the bidder's own and sole risk; making such information available to bidders is not to be construed in any way as a waiver of the other provisions of this paragraph, and bidders must satisfy themselves through their own investigation as to the surface and subsurface conditions to be encountered at the site. By submitting a Proposal, the Bidder has certified that they have examined all items indicated in Section 2.07, "Examination of Plans, Specifications, and Site of the Work."
Each proposal shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope and endorsed as specified in the Notice Invited Sealed Proposals. Bidders are warned the proposals containing irregularities of any kind, including erasures, omissions, conditions, alterations, or additional proposals may be rejected.
2.08 Withdrawals of Proposals - Any proposal may be withdrawn at any time prior to the time fixed in the Notice Inviting Sealed Proposals for the opening of bids, provided that a request in writing, executed by the bidder or their duly authorized representative, for the withdrawal of such bid, is filed with the City. The withdrawal will not prejudice the right of a bidder to file a new proposal.
2.09 Proposal Guaranty - Each proposal shall be accompanied by either a certified check, cashier's check, or bidder's bond of a surety company acceptable to the City in an amount not less than ten percent (10%) of the bid amount, and shall be made payable to the City.
2.10 Disqualification of Bidders - More than one proposal from an individual, firm or partnership, a corporation, or an association under the same or different names will not be considered. Reasonable grounds for believing that any bidder is interested in more than one proposal for the work will be the cause of the rejection of all proposals in which such bidder is interested. If there is a reason to believe that collusion exists among the bidders, none of the participants in such collusion will be considered. Proposals in which the prices obviously are unbalanced may be rejected.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 317
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-8 Project No. C2519
2.11 Bid Protest Procedures – Any protest of the proposed contract award shall be submitted in writing to the City Clerk no later than 5:00 p.m. on the fifth (5th) business day following the date of the bid opening. If the fifth day falls on a weekend or holiday, the last day of the protest period shall be the first working day following the fifth day.
The protest must include the name, address, and telephone number of the person representing the protesting party. In addition,
(a) The party filing the protest must have submitted a bid for the Project. A Subcontractor of a party filing a bid for the project may not submit a bid protest. (b) The protest must contain a complete statement of the basis for the protest, and refer to the specific portion of the Contract Documents or the specific statute that forms the basis for the protest.
(c) The party filing the protest must concurrently transmit a copy of the protest to the proposed awardee.
Any bidder’s failure to fully comply with these procedures shall constitute a waiver of any right to further pursue a bid protest, including filing of a challenge of the award pursuant to the California Public Contract Code, filing of a claim pursuant to the California Government Code, or filing of any other legal proceedings.
The City shall review all timely protests prior to the award of contract. The City shall not be required to hold an administrative hearing to consider any protests, but may do so at its option. The City Council or the City Manager as designee if the authority to award the contract has already been granted by the City Council, may either reject the protest and award the project to the lowest responsible bidder or accept the protest and award the project to the next lowest responsible bidder. Nothing in this section shall be construed as a waiver of the City Council’s right to reject all bids.
2.12 List of Subcontractors - In accordance with the provisions of Section 4104 of the Public Contract Code, each proposal shall list the name, address and license number of each subcontractor to whom the bidder proposes to sublet portions of the work. A subcontractor is defined as one who contracts with the contractor to furnish materials and labor, or labor only, for performance of work. Subcontractors shall be listed on the form provided in the Bid Proposal.
2.13 Required Contractor and Subcontractor Registration - In accordance with Labor Code Section 1725.5 and 1771.1, the contractor and all subcontractors shall be registered with the California Department of Industrial Relations (DIR) prior to the bid opening. All 2nd and lower tier subcontractors working on the project shall be registered with the Department of Industrial Relations prior to the work being performed. An inadvertent error in listing a subcontractor who is not registered may not be grounds for considering the bid non-responsive providing that any of the provision in Labor Code Section 1771.1(c) are satisfied.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 318
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-9 Project No. C2519
SECTION 3: REVIEW OF BIDS, CONTRACT AWARD AND EXECUTION
3.01 Public Bid Opening and Initial Review - Bids which have been submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Bidding Documents, and which are received on or before the bid deadline will be opened publicly, and the dollar amounts of each bid shall be read aloud.
The City shall have the right to reject all bids. The City shall have the right to reject any bid not accompanied by the required bid security or any other item required by the Bidding Documents, or a bid which is in any other way incomplete or irregular. The City shall have the right to waive irregularities in a bid, and to award the Contract to the Lowest Responsible Bidder (as determined by the City), only if the irregularities are non-material and inconsequential.
3.02 Determination of Lowest Responsible Bidder - Criteria for determining low bid in all contracts with the City involving an expenditure of $5,000.00 or more shall be determined as the “Lowest Monetary Bidder” on the basis of the Engineer’s approximate estimate of the quantities of work to be done as set forth in the Bid Schedule, in accordance with the calculation criteria set forth on the bid.
After the Lowest Monetary Bidder has been determined, the Engineer shall review that Bidder’s bid in order to determine whether or not that Bidder is the “Lowest Responsible Bidder.” The term Lowest Responsible Bidder shall mean the Lowest Monetary Bidder whose bid is responsive, and who is responsible to perform the work, as required by the Contract Documents.
The term “responsive” is defined by California law, but generally means that the bid has been prepared and submitted in accordance with the Bidding Requirements. The term “responsible” is defined by California law, but generally means that the Bidder is able to demonstrate that it possesses: (1) the capacity to perform the work required by the Contract Documents with respect to financial strength, resources available, and experience; and (2) the integrity and trustworthiness to complete performance of the work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
The City will make its determination of responsibility based upon information submitted by Bidders contained in the Bidders Qualifications and Bidders References included in the Bid Forms and, if necessary, through interviews with previous cities, clients, design professionals, or subcontractors with whom the Bidder has worked. In determining whether or not a Bidder is responsible, the City may consider the following factors in relation to the work to be performed for this Project:
(a) Demonstrated financial strength including, but not limited to, resources available, bonding capacity, and available insurance.
(b) Demonstrated safety record including, but not limited to, Experience Modification Rate. (c) Successful completion of projects of similar scope and size. In reviewing this factor, the City may consider elements including, but not limited to, contract amount of completed projects, experience on public works projects, experience implementing prevailing wage certified payroll requirements, timeliness of performance and, if necessary, evaluation of the Bidder’s work by previous cities, clients, design professionals, or subcontractors. (d) Sufficiency of contract administration and construction management systems including, but not limited to, proposed scheduling tools, proposed subcontract forms, proposed progress payment applications, and proposed certification of payroll documents. (e) History of claims, litigation, termination or disqualification from projects.
If the Engineer finds that the Lowest Monetary Bidder submitted a responsive Bid and that the Bidder is responsible, then that Bidder shall be deemed the apparent “Lowest Responsible Bidder,” and the Engineer shall report the findings to the City Council.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 319
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-10 Project No. C2519
If the Engineer finds that the Lowest Monetary Bidder’s bid is not responsive, or that the Lowest Monetary Bidder is not responsible, then the Engineer may review the responsiveness and responsibility of the next Lowest Monetary Bidder. If the Engineer finds that the next Lowest Monetary Bidder is responsive and responsible, then that next lowest Bidder shall be deemed the apparent “Lowest Responsible Bidder,” and Engineer shall report its findings as recommendations to the City Council. This process may continue until the Engineer finds the Lowest Monetary Bidder which is also responsive and responsible.
In the event that one or more Low Monetary Bidders are found by the Engineer to be nonresponsive or non-responsible, those Bidders will be given notice and a reasonable opportunity to present additional relevant evidence to the Engineer for consideration, within five (5) working days after the Bidder receives the notice.
All findings by the Engineer shall be reported as recommendations to the City Council. The City Council reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, and to waive any irregularity. No Bid shall be binding upon the City until after the Agreement is signed by both the Contractor and the City. If the City Council determines that it is in the City’s best interest to award the Agreement, a Notice of Award shall be sent to the Lowest Responsible Bidder as determined by the City Council. The City Council’s decision shall be final.
The City may investigate the responsibility and qualifications of all Bidders to whom the award is contemplated for a period not to exceed ninety (90) calendar days after the Bid opening, during which time no bid shall be withdrawn by the Bidders. The ninety (90) day review period may be extended upon the written request by the Engineer and written approval by the affected Bidder.
3.03 Notice of Award – Should the City decide to proceed with the award of contract the City shall issue a Notice of Award to the lowest responsible bidder.
3.04 Contract Execution - Within fifteen (15) calendar days after receipt of the Notice of Award, the bidder shall submit to the City two (2) originals of the signed agreement, the required contract bonds and certificates of insurance. If the bidder fails or refuses to enter into a contract to do the work, then the proposal guaranty accompanying the bid shall be forfeited to the City. After the Bidder has properly submitted these documents, the City will execute the Agreement and issue a Notice to Proceed.
3.05 Status of Contractor - The right of general supervision by the City shall not make the contractor an agent of the City, and the liability of the contractor for all damages to persons or to public or private property arising from the contractor's execution of the work shall not be lessened because of such general supervision.
3.06 Assignment - No agreement or portion thereof maybe assigned without consent of the Council, except that the Contractor may assign money due which will accrue to them under the Agreement.
If given written notice, such assignment will be recognized by the City to the extent permitted by law, but any assignment of money shall be subject to all proper setoffs and withholdings in favor of the City and to all deductions provided for in the Agreement. All money withheld, whether assigned or not, shall be subject to being used by the City for completion of the work, should the Contractor be in default.
Any attempt to assign or delegate the Agreement without the written consent of the City shall be void and of no force and effect. Consent by the City to one assignment shall not be deemed to be consent to any subsequent assignment.
3.07 Recognition of Subcontractors - No subcontractors will be recognized as such, and all persons engaged in the work of construction will be considered as employees of the contractor and their work shall be subject to the provisions of the contract, including specifically these general stipulations, the specifications and the contract drawings.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 320
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-11 Project No. C2519
3.08 Return of Bid Security - Within ten (10) working days after the execution of the Agreement, the City will return the proposal guarantees accompanying the proposals that are not to be considered in making the award. All other proposal guarantees will be held until the Agreement has been fully executed, after which, they will be returned to the respective bidders whose proposals they accompanied.
3.09 Forfeiture of Proposal Guaranty - If Bidder does not properly execute the contract and submit the acceptable bonds, insurance and certifications within the specified time; this shall be just cause for the annulment of the award and the forfeiture of the proposal guaranty to the City. The City may then award the contract to next Lowest Responsible Bidder. The forfeited proposal guaranty may be utilized by the City in accordance with Public Contract Code, Sections 20170 through 20174.
3.10 Contract Bonds - Before execution of the contract by the City, the Contractor shall file with the City surety bonds satisfactory to the City in the amounts, and for the purposes, noted below. Said bond shall be on the form furnished by the City herein. (a) Performance Bond - The contractor shall furnish and bear the cost of a bond of a surety company acceptable to the City, which bond is conditioned upon the faithful performance of all covenants and stipulations under this contract within the time prescribed, in a manner satisfactory to the City, and that all materials and workmanship will be free from original or developed defects. The amount of the bond shall be one hundred percent (100%) of the total contract price; as such sum is set forth in the agreement.
Said bond shall be on the form furnished by the City herein.
As a condition precedent to satisfactory completion of this contract, an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the estimated contract cost shall hold good for the period specified in said bond after completion and acceptance of the work by the City. (b) Labor and Material Bond – The contractor shall furnish and bear the cost of a bond of a surety company acceptable to the City in the sum not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the total contract price, as such sum is set forth in the agreement, for the payment in full of all persons, companies, or corporations who perform labor upon or furnish materials to be used in the work under this contract, in accordance with the provisions of Section 4200 to 4208, inclusive (Chapter 3, Division 5), of the Government Code of the State of California, and any acts amendatory thereof. The bond shall be maintained by the Contractor in full force and effect until the work is accepted by the City and until all claims for materials and labor are paid.
Said bond shall be on the form furnished by the City herein. (c) Warranty Bond - The Contractor shall furnish a warranty bond in the amount of ten percent (10%) of the final contract price (total cost including change orders) to guaranty his work for two (2) years after acceptance of the work by the City Council.
Bonds shall be duly executed by a responsible corporate Surety, licensed and authorized to issue such bonds in the State of California and secured through an authorized agent with an office in California. Each bond shall be signed by both the Contractor and Surety and the signature of the authorized agent of the Surety shall be notarized.
The Contractor shall pay all bond premiums, costs and incidentals. Should any bond become insufficient due to an increase in the contract amount, the Contractor shall obtain supplemental bonding within ten (10) days.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 321
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-12 Project No. C2519
Should any Surety at any time be unsatisfactory to the City, notice will be given the Contractor to that effect. No further payments shall be deemed due or will be made under the Agreement until a new Surety shall qualify and be accepted by the City.
Changes in the work, or extensions of time, made pursuant to the Agreement, shall in no way release the Contractor or Surety from their obligations. The requirement for notifying the Surety of such changes or extensions shall be waived by the Surety.
3.11 Notification of Surety Companies - The surety companies shall familiarize themselves with all conditions and provisions of this contract and they waive the right of special notification of any change or modification of this contract or of extension of time, or of decreased or increased work, or of the cancellation of the contract, or of any other act(s) by the City or City's authorized agents, under the terms of this contract, and failure to so notify the aforesaid surety companies of changes shall in no wise relieve the surety companies of their obligation under this contract.
3.12 Power of Attorney - Attorneys-in-fact who sign bid bonds or contract bonds must file a certified and effectively dated copy of their Power of Attorney with each bond.
3.13 Insurance Requirements - Contractor shall provide at their own cost and expense from contract award date to acceptance of the work covered by the contract:
(a) Workmen's Compensation and Employer's Liability Insurance of not less than the amount shown in the Special Provisions for all of their employees to be engaged in the work under this contract. Should any such work be sublet, the contractor shall require each of their subcontractors at any tier similarly to provide Workmen's Compensation and Employer's Liability Insurance, all in strict compliance with Federal and State laws. (b) Personal Injury, Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability Insurance (including automobiles, products and/or completed operations coverage) and Aircraft and Watercraft Bodily Injury Liability and Property Damage Liability Insurance if contractor uses owned or non-owned water aircraft in their operation, with Personal Injury and Bodily Injury (including death resulting therefrom) of not less than a combined Personal Injury and Property Damage Liability limit of not less than the amount shown in the Special Provisions. Should any work covered by the contract be sublet contractor shall require each of their subcontractors of any tier similarly to provide the aforesaid coverages. (c) All Risk (excluding Earthquake and Flood) Builder's Risk Insurance in an amount not less than the value of any work under this contract, except for buried pipelines and appurtenances which need not be included in the insurance value. Under the policies of insurance described above, each policy shall contain the provision for thirty (30) days written notice submitted by registered mail from the insurance carrier(s) to the City prior to cancellation or reduction in coverage.
3.14 Special Requirements - Under the policy of insurance described in Section 13.13-b, the policy shall contain the following provisions:
a. The City and the City's officers, representatives, agents and employees shall be named as additional insureds.
b. Endorsement providing that such insurance is primary insurance and no insurance of the additional insureds shall be called on to contribute to a loss. c. Endorsement providing that such insurance shall not contain any exclusion regarding loss or damage to property caused by explosion or resulting from collapse of buildings or structures or damage to property underground, commonly referred to as "XCU" hazards.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 322
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-13 Project No. C2519
d. Standard cross-liability clause covering personal injury, bodily injury (including death resulting therefrom), and property damage.
3.15 Builders Risk Insurance - Under the policy of insurance, the policy shall contain the following provisions:
(a) The City shall be included as insured.
(b) Losses shall be payable to the contractor and City as their interest may appear. (c) Deductible amounts of all losses covered by insurance shall be borne by the contractor.
3.16 Certificates - Prior to beginning work, contractor shall furnish certificates satisfactory to the City as to contents and carriers of such insurance.
3.17 Legal Address of Contractor - Contractor's address as shown in the proposal, as well as such office or headquarters the contractor establishes at the site of work, hereby are designated as addresses to which drawings, samples, notices, letters, articles, or other communications to the contractor may be mailed or delivered. The delivery at either of these places of any item or communication from the City or agents thereof to the contractor shall be deemed sufficient service of such delivery. Contractor's address as shown in the proposal may be changed at any time by notice in writing from the contractor to the City. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to preclude or render inoperative the service of any drawing, sample, notice, letter, or other article of communication to or upon the contractor personally.
3.18 Office of Contractor at Site - During the performance of the contract, Contractor shall maintain a suitable office at the site of work which shall be the headquarters of a representative authorized to receive drawings, instructions or other communications or articles from the City or City's agents; any such thing given to said representative or delivered at the contractor's office at the site of work in when absent shall be deemed to have been given to the contractor. Contractor shall maintain a complete set of plans and specifications at the site office whenever work is in progress.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 323
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-14 Project No. C2519
SECTION 4 - SCOPE AND CONTROL OF WORK
4.01 Work to be Done – The work to be done consists of furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and services necessary to complete the project, as further described in the Notice to Bidders of these Specifications, and as necessary to leave the site in a neat and finished condition with all equipment properly installed and working to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
While the City has endeavored to accurately represent in the plans and specifications the physical conditions which may affect the cost of the proposed work, the City does not warrant the completeness or accuracy of such information. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to ascertain the existence of any such conditions affecting the cost of the work, which would have been disclosed by reasonable examination of the site.
Conclusions pertaining to any test, investigation, statement or estimate of fact incorporated in the plans and specifications shall be considered by the Contractor to be a recommendation only. The Contractor may request equal access to the underlying or background information to arrive at an independent opinion thereon, including the determination of how reliable might be any conclusion appearing in (or inferred from) the information. The Contractor may not rely upon “record drawings” or similar final or accepted drawings or maps constructed on public or private property. Such information may be used for reference only. Actual locations and depths shall be determined by field investigations by the Contractor.
No oral or telephonic agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the City or the Engineer, either before or after execution of the contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations contained in any of the contract documents.
4.02 Plans and Specifications - It is the intent of the Plans and Specifications to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents.
For convenience, the Specifications are arranged in several sections, but such separation shall not be considered as the limits of the work required by any separate trade. The terms and conditions of such limitations are wholly between the Contractor and the project subcontractors. In general, the Special Provisions, General Provisions, and other sections of the specifications indicate the responsibilities of the Contractor and the quality of material and methods of workmanship. The plans indicate dimensions, quantities, positions, and various other details of construction.
Any work, materials or equipment that may be reasonably inferred from the Contract Documents as being required to produce the intended result shall be supplied whether or not specifically called for.
When words, which have a well-known technical or trade meaning, are used to describe the work, materials or equipment, such words shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. See General Provisions, Section 6.03, “Trade Names or Equals”.
Subheadings and titles printed on the drawings in these General Provisions, in the specifications, and elsewhere in the contract documents, are inserted for the convenience of reference only, and shall not be taken or considered as having any bearing on the interpretation thereof.
4.03 References to Standards and Codes - Reference to standard specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the Laws or Regulations of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual, code or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of the opening of bids (or, on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated.
However, no provisions of any referenced standard specifications, manual or code (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents) shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of City, Contractor or Engineer, or any of their consultants, agents or employees, from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to the Engineer, or any of the
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 324
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-15 Project No. C2519
Engineer’s Consultants, agents or employees, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility for the Contractor.
4.04 Authority of the Engineer – The City has the final authority in all matters affecting the work.
Within the scope of the Agreement, the Engineer has the authority to enforce compliance with the Plans and Specifications and the Contractor shall promptly comply with instructions from the Engineer. The decision of the Engineer is final and binding on all questions relating to: quantities; acceptability of materials furnished and work performed; equipment; work execution, rate of progress or sequence of work; and interpretation of the Plans, Specifications, or other drawings. This shall be precedent to any payment under the Agreement, unless otherwise ordered by the City.
4.05 Contract Documents and Precedence - The Contract Documents consist of the documents listed below, in order of precedence. If there is a conflict between component parts of the Contract Documents, the document highest in precedence controls. a. Change Orders.
b. Project Directives.
c. Permits issued by other agencies.
d. Permits issued by the City.
e. Agreement and required agreement forms – Bid Bond, Faithful Performance and Labor and Materials Bonds, Warranty Bond, Insurance Endorsements, Worker’s Compensation Certification.
f. Project Specifications, in the following order - Addenda, Bid Proposal including all Bid Proposal Forms, Notice Inviting Sealed Proposals, Special Provisions, Technical Provisions, Exhibits to the Proposal, and General Provisions. g. Project Plans and Drawings.
h. City Standard Specifications.
i. City Standard Plans.
j. Reference Specifications, in the following order – State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) State Standard Specifications (current edition), Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction “Greenbook”. k. Reference Plans, in the following order – State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) State Standard Plans (2010 edition), Standard Plans for Public Works Construction (2010 edition).
All of the individual components of the Contract Documents are intended to be complementary and what is required by one shall be binding as if required by all. Interpretation of a disputed meaning or intent of the plans and specifications shall be made initially by the Engineer in accordance with the application of the order of precedence. Any final decision required regarding precedence and the clarification of discrepancies in the Contract Documents shall be made by the Engineer.
4.06 Interpretation of Specifications and Drawings - The specifications and the contract drawings are intended to be explanatory of each other. Any work indicated in the contract drawings and not in the specifications, or vice versa, is to be executed as if indicated in both. Should it appear that the work to be done, or any of the matters relative thereto are not sufficiently detailed or explained in these contract documents, including the contract drawings, the contractor shall apply in writing to the Engineer for such further explanations as may be necessary and shall conform thereto as part of this contract so far as may be consist with the terms of the contract. Should any doubt or question arise respecting the true meaning of the specification, the Engineer shall make the final decision.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 325
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-16 Project No. C2519
4.07 Figured Dimensions - Figured dimensions on the contract drawings shall in all cases be given precedence over scaled dimensions. If figured dimensions do not correspond to scaled dimensions, contractor shall request Engineer to verify the accuracy of the figured dimensions. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to ascertain the correct scale of all contract drawings that are in possession, including those which may have been reduced for reproduction.
4.08 Errors or Discrepancies - If the contractor, in the course of the work, discovers any discrepancies between the drawings and the conditions of the ground, or any errors or omissions in the drawings or in the layout given by stakes, points or instructions, it shall have the duty to inform the Engineer immediately in writing, and the Engineer shall promptly verify the same. Any work done after such discovery, until authorized, will be done at the contractor’s risk.
4.09 Drawings to be Furnished by Contractor - As soon as practical after the execution of this contract, the contractor shall supply drawings of devices to be furnished hereunder as are called for herein or as are required by the Engineer to make clear the details of construction and to demonstrate fully that all materials and equipment comply with the intent and provisions of this contract. Unless otherwise herein specified, such drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for review. Should the Engineer take exception with any drawings furnished by the contractor, the contractor shall make the revisions required, and resubmit them to the Engineer for review. After a satisfactory review by the Engineer, these drawings shall become a part of this contract and the work shall be done in conformity therewith. No such work shall be begun or devices purchased until the review of the drawings detailing such items have been completed.
The review of the drawings shall not relieve the contractor of responsibility, or waive or modify any of the provisions or requirements of this contract.
The Engineer's review of drawings submitted by the contractor will be for, and will cover, only generally conformity to the plans and specifications and will not constitute a blanket approval of all dimensions, quantities and details of the material or equipment shown by (nor shall review relieve the contractor of responsibility for errors contained in) such drawings.
All shop drawings submitted by the various subcontractors which require review of the City's representative shall first be sent to the contractor who shall keep a record of the drawing numbers and the date of their receipt. Contractor shall submit the drawings to City's representative for review in time to prevent delays in delivery of materials.
Contractor shall thoroughly check all such shop drawings for measurements, size of member, materials and details to make sure they conform to the intent of the plans and specifications. Drawings found to be inaccurate or otherwise in error shall be returned by the contractor to the subcontractor for correction before they are submitted by the contractor to the City's representative for review.
4.10 Additional Drawings by City - Contract drawings are intended to be comprehensive and to indicate in detail the scope of the work. However, the Engineer may furnish the contractor additional drawings during the progress of the work in order to clarify and define in greater detail the intent of the contract drawings or specifications. Contractor may request such detailed drawings by submitting a request in writing to the Engineer at least two (2) weeks in advance of the time they are required.
4.11 Lines and Grades - All work under this contract shall be constructed to the lines, grades and elevations shown on the contract drawings. Contractor shall establish the lines, grades and elevations unless it is otherwise specified in the Special Provisions.
4.12 Record Documents – The Contractor shall keep at the worksite a record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work Directives, Field Orders and written interpretations and clarifications. These record documents together with all approved submittals, samples and shop drawings will be available to the Engineer as a reference at all times. Upon completion of the work, these record documents will be delivered to Engineer.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 326
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-17 Project No. C2519
4.13 Record Drawings –The Contractor shall prepare and update a master “as-built” set of red ink-lined plans, to be reviewed and approved by the Engineer at the end of every month. Drawings shall contain information showing where actual installation differs from that shown on the original drawings, where underground or concealed features are found noting alignment (to 0.25’) and elevation (to 0.1’ ), field changes or deletions of work, and any additional work by change order. Upon the project’s completion, and prior to the project’s acceptance, the Contractor shall submit to the City the completed as-built record Drawings on one (1) set of full size prints prepared on 22" x 34" paper.
Record Drawings are full size drawings (Plans) which marked up during construction to delineate the actual in-place constructed conditions. Record Drawings shall be provided by the Contractor for this Project. Requirements for Record Drawings as specified elsewhere shall supplement the requirements specified herein.
4.14 Reuse of Documents - Neither the Contractor nor any Subcontractor or supplier or other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect agreement with the City shall have any title or rights to any of the Drawings, Specifications or other documents (or copies thereof) which bear the seal of the design engineer. Such documents shall not be reused on extensions of the project or for any other project without written consent of the City and the design engineer.
4.15 Subsurface Data – If completed, all soil and soil test data, water table elevations, and soil analyses included or referred to in the Contract Documents apply only at the location of the test holes and to the depths indicated. If completed, soil test reports for test holes which have been drilled are available for inspection at the office of the Engineer. Any additional subsurface exploration shall be done by Bidders or the Contractor at their own expense.
The elevation of the water table indicated by soil test reports is that which existed on the date the test hole was drilled. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to determine and allow for the possibility of differing ground water elevations on the date of the project’s construction. A difference in elevation between ground water shown in soil boring logs and ground water actually encountered during construction will not be considered as a basis for extra work.
4.16 Right-of-Way – Acquisition of right-of-way or permanent easements necessary for the improvements as shown on the plans will be provided by the City. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make any required arrangements, pay for, and assume all responsibility for acquiring, using, and disposing of additional work areas, easements, and temporary facilities required. Contractor shall identify and hold the City harmless from all claims for damages resulting from such actions.
4.17 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work - Should the Contractor deliberately proceed with any portion or phase of construction which is obviously incorrectly indicated in the contract plans or documents, he shall be responsible for any corrective measures required to make adequate repairs or adjustment. This shall include any work done beyond the lines and grades shown on the plans or established by the Engineer, or any extra work done without written authority.
All work that has been rejected shall be remedied or removed and replaced by the Contractor in an acceptable manner and no compensation will be allowed for such removal or replacement. If the Contractor fails to remedy rejected work within ten (10) working days after written demand, the City may, without prejudice to other remedies, sell such materials at auction or at private sale, or otherwise dispose of such material. The Contractor shall be entitled to the proceeds of such sale, if any, in excess of the costs and damages for which the Contractor is liable to the City, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and compensation for the City’s services and expenses.
4.18 Acceptance of Defective Work - The City shall have the option, at its sole discretion and by written notice to the Contractor, to accept defective work instead of requiring its removal or correction, in which case the contract sum shall be reduced by an amount equal to the difference between the value to the City such work would have were it complete, correct, and in conformity with the Contract Documents
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 327
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-18 Project No. C2519
and the value to the City of such defective work. Such option shall be exercised solely by written notice to the Contractor and shall not be implied from any act or omission by the City or the Engineer. If the remaining payments and retention are insufficient to cover the amount of the reduction of the contract sum, the Contractor shall promptly pay to the City the amount of any such deficiency.
4.19 Submittals - Within ten (10) working days following the Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall provide a detailed list for review and approval of all individual submittals required to be submitted under the contract. The list shall reference the specification section and paragraph that requires the submittal along with the date the Contractor plans to transmit the submittal to the City for review.
Unless otherwise requested by the Engineer, submittals shall be provided electronically in .pdf format at least twenty-eight (28) calendar days prior to the approval being necessary for the work.
Submittals shall be transmitted with a Submittal Cover Letter form as approved by the Engineer. Large submittals consisting of reports, oversized or colored pages, full sized shop drawings, manuals contained in binders, or submittals in other forms not easily reproduced shall be provided in hard copy format with six (6) copies.
For items requiring shop drawings, no materials shall be furnished, and no work shall be performed, until the drawings have been favorably reviewed. Shop drawings shall be of a size and scale to clearly show all necessary details.
After review by the City of each of the Contractor's submittals, the material will be returned to the Contractor marked with actions defined as follows:
(a) NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN - Accepted subject to its compatibility with future submissions and additional partial submissions for portions of the work not covered in this submission.
Does not constitute acceptance of deletion of specified or required items not shown in a partial submission.
(b) MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED - The same as item (a), except that minor corrections as noted by the City shall be made by the Contractor. No resubmission is required. (c) REVISE AND RESUBMIT - Rejected because of major inconsistencies or errors which shall be resolved or corrected by the Contractor prior to subsequent review by the City. (d) REJECTED - Submitted material does not conform to plans and Specifications in major respects. This material is not expected to be resubmitted. (e) SUBMIT SPECIFIED ITEM - Submittals not reviewed by the City but received for record purposes.
Favorable review of the shop drawings by the Engineer is interpreted to mean that there is substantial and acceptable conformance with the contract plans, but details of design may not necessarily be checked for adequacy or accuracy. Such acceptance shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility for errors or omissions in the shop drawings or from deviations from the contract documents unless such errors, omissions, or deviations were specifically called to the attention of the Engineer in writing. The Contractor shall be responsible for the correctness of the shop drawings, for shop fits and field corrections, and for the results obtained by the use of such plans.
4.20 Substitutions – Proposed requests by the Contractor for changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction required under the Contract Documents after the award of contract are considered "requests for substitutions.” For proposed “or equal” substitutions, attention is directed to General Provision Section 6.03, “Trade Names or Equals.” Each request for substitution shall be prepared and presented to the City in accordance with the procedures for submittals, except that the following additional information shall be provided.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 328
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-19 Project No. C2519
(a) An explanation of the advantages to the City for accepting the substitution. (b) A comparison of significant qualities of the proposed substitution with those specified. (c) A list of changes or modifications needed to other parts of the work and to construction performed by the City and separate Contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate the proposed substitution.
(d) A statement indicating the substitution's effect on the Construction Schedule compared to the Baseline Construction Schedule without acceptance of the substitution. Indicate the effect of the proposed substitution on overall contract time. (e) Cost information, including a proposal of the net change, if any, in the Contract Sum. (f) Certification that the substitution is equal to or better in every respect to that required by Contract Documents, and that it will perform adequately in application indicated. Include Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time extensions, that may be necessary because of the substitution's failure to perform adequately.
No extension of time will be allowed through failure of the Contractor to either transmit requests for substitution sufficiently in advance of the work, or on account of processing time outside the time limits noted.
4.21 Construction Staking Lines and Grades - Unless otherwise stated in the Special Provisions, the Contractor shall provide, preserve, and replace if necessary, all of the necessary construction stakes required for the construction of the project. Grades for underground conduits will be set on the ground surface and shall then be transferred to the bottom of the trench by the Contractor.
Stakes or marks will be set by a California Licensed Surveyor or a California Registered Civil Engineer to establish the lines and grades required for the completion of the work as specified in the Contract Documents. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to notify the Engineer of any discrepancies found between field grades and notes shown within the Contract Documents.
Contractor shall furnish horizontal control and cut sheets to the Engineer immediately upon the setting of construction or boundary markers. Upon completion, all work shall conform to the lines, elevations, and grades shown on the plans.
4.22 Inspection of the Work - All work is subject to inspection and approval of the Engineer.
Unless otherwise stated in the specifications, the City shall perform all required inspections. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer before noon of the working day before inspection is required. Unless otherwise authorized, work shall be done only in the presence of the Engineer. Any work done without proper inspection will be subject to rejection. The Engineer shall at all times have access to the work during its construction at shops and yards as well as the project site. The Contractor shall provide every reasonable facility for ascertaining that the materials and workmanship are in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Inspection of the work shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligation to fulfill all conditions of the contract.
If a portion of the work is covered contrary to the Engineer’s request or direction, or contrary to the requirements of the Contract Documents, it must, if required in writing by the Engineer, be uncovered for the Engineer’s observation and be replaced at Contractor’s expense without adjustment of the contract time or the contract sum.
If a portion of the work has been covered, which is not required by the Contract Documents to be observed or inspected prior to it’s being covered and which the Engineer has not specifically requested to observe prior to it’s being covered, the Engineer may request to see such work and it shall be uncovered and replaced by Contractor. If such work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, the costs of uncovering and replacing the work shall be added to the contract sum by change order; and if the uncovering and replacing of the work extends the contract time, an appropriate adjustment of the contract
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 329
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-20 Project No. C2519
time shall be made by change order. If such work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay such costs and shall not be entitled to an adjustment of the contract time or the contract sum.
Regular working hours for City Construction Inspectors are between 7:30 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding City holidays. If the Contractor works outside these times, the Contractor may be charged for additional inspection. Inspection by the Engineer or by a City inspector, or any order measurement, approved modifications, certificate or payment of money, or acceptance of any part of whole of the work, or any extension of time, or any possession by the City or its agents, shall not operate as a waiver for any provision of this contract or of any power reserved therein to the City, or any right to damage thereunder; no breach of this contract shall be held to a waiver of any or subsequent breach. All remedies shall be taken and construed as cumulative.
4.23 Testing - Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all required testing will either be performed directly by an independent laboratory coordinated and paid for by the Contractor. The Contractor shall submit the resulting certified test results and Certificates of Compliance for all materials requiring such as specified in the Technical Provision. Contractor shall cooperate with the City in coordinating the necessary testing. The coordination of testing, including the number and location of tests, shall be under the direction of the Engineer. All compaction test sites deeper than five (5’) feet below grade shall be properly shored by the Contractor to protect testing personnel.
The cost for performing re-tests due to failures, or additional call-outs if work is not ready to test, will be charged to the Contractor. The City shall require retesting until all required tests are successfully passed.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 330
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-21 Project No. C2519
SECTION 5 – CHANGES IN WORK
5.01 Limited City Authority to Approve Change Orders - The Contractor recognizes that the City is a public agency and that it can only act through its duly authorized agents. In this regard, the Contractor agrees that only written change orders, executed by the governing body of the City, shall be valid. The Engineer shall have no authority to issue a change order unless so specifically authorized, and no person shall have authority to issue any oral change order.
5.02 Contractor Liability for Unapproved Change Orders - Unless a valid change order is issued, all changes in the work performed by the Contractor shall be at the Contractor’s own risk, and shall not be entitled to any additional compensation. Furthermore, the Contractor may be required to make the work conform to the plans and specifications. No act or series of acts by the City during the course of the contract shall be deemed to constitute a waiver of the City’s right to rely upon the provisions of this Section 5, “Changes in Work”.
5.03 Non-Material Change Requests by the Contractor - Changes in the plans and specifications requested in writing by the Contractor, which do not materially affect the work and which are not detrimental to the work or to the interests of the City, may be granted to facilitate the work, when approved in writing by the Engineer. If such changes are granted, they shall be made at a reduction in cost or at no additional cost to the City. Nothing herein shall be construed as granting a right to the Contractor to demand acceptance of such changes or to increase the contract sum or contract time as a result of the proposed change.
5.04 Effect of Extension of Time - The granting of any extension of time due to delays which, in the judgment of the City, are unavoidable delays shall in no way operate as a waiver on the part of the City of its rights under this contract.
5.05 Letters of Instruction - The Engineer may issue letters of instruction in the form of Field Orders, Clarifications, responses to Requests for Information, or any other document which makes interpretations or clarifications to the Contract Documents that do not modify the scope of work or involve an adjustment in the contract sum or contract time. Letters of Instruction shall be binding upon the Contractor, and the Contractor shall promptly carry out the requirements of such Letters of Instruction.
5.06 Requests for Information, Inconsistencies and Changed Conditions - Before undertaking each part of the work, the Contractor shall carefully study all pertinent figures shown in the Contract Documents and verify that all applicable field measurements are free of conflicts, errors, discrepancies, inconsistencies and omissions. If such conditions are discovered, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer by writing a Request for Information, and await direction from the Engineer before proceeding.
If the Contractor encounters a changed condition, as defined by one or more of the conditions below, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer by writing a Request for Information before disturbing the condition further.
(a) Material differing from that represented in the Contract which the Contractor believes may be hazardous waste, as defined by Health and Safety Code, Section 25117 that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provision of existing law; and
(b) Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing materially from those represented in the Contract Documents; and
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 331
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-22 Project No. C2519
(c) Unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual nature, which differ materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in the work and of the character provided for in the Contract Documents.
No extension of Contract time shall be made by the City due to the Contractor’s failure to provide a timely written notice of any inconsistency or changed condition requiring direction. The Engineer will respond to the Contractor’s Request for Information within three working days, providing an interpretation, clarification or change order for an appropriate adjustment in contract time and cost pursuant to General Provisions, Section 5.07, and “Change Orders”. Contractor shall wait for the Engineer’s written response to a Request for Information before proceeding with any work.
The Contractor shall not be liable to the City for failure to report any conflict, error, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents, unless the Contractor had actual knowledge or could foresee such conditions as may be discovered by a reasonable examination of the work site or materials. If the Contractor performs any construction activity in which he knows or should know involves an error, inconsistency, ambiguity, or omission referred to in this Section, without notifying and obtaining the written consent of the Engineer, Contractor shall be responsible for the resultant costs, including, without limitation, the costs of correcting defective work. However, in an emergency affecting the safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall take all reasonably necessary precautions to prevent or minimize damage, injury, or loss.
5.07 Extra and Omitted Work - Whenever corrections, alterations or modifications of the work under this contract are ordered and approved by the Engineer and increase the amount of work to be done, such added work shall be known as Extra Work. When such corrections, alterations or modifications decrease the amount of work to be done, such deleted work shall be known as Omitted Work. The General and Special Provisions shall apply with equal force to all extra and omitted work.
When the Contractor considers that any changes ordered involve extra or omitted work, Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer in writing and subsequently keep them informed as to when and where the alleged extra work is to be performed.
When extra work reports are agreed upon and signed by both parties, they shall become the basis of payment. When extra work is still under negotiation or has not been agreed upon, the Contractor shall keep daily detailed and accurate records itemizing each element of cost and shall provide certified payroll, invoices, and other substantiating records and documentation with records and/or claims for compensation to be provided no later than 30 days following the time in which the work claiming to be extra was performed.
Unless notification of extra work is documented, and unless a complete statement of materials used and expenses incurred is furnished by the Contractor, the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment of such alleged extra work, and any future claims for compensation will be invalid.
Payment for extra work shall be in accordance with General Provisions, Section 5.08 - “Change Orders”. Omitted work shall not constitute a claim for damages on account of anticipated profits on the work that may be omitted.
5.08 Change Orders – At any time during the progress of the work, and without in any way rendering void the Agreement, the City may order alterations, additions or deductions from the work by change order, without notice to sureties. When so ordered in writing, the Contractor shall proceed with work as directed by the change order.
The change order shall describe the change in the work, the adjustment of the contract sum (if any), and the adjustment of the contract time (if any). The Contractor shall not be entitled to any extension of time for the completion of the work by virtue of any change order unless the change order specifically provides for this. If, after receiving a change order, the Contractor requests an extension of time, within five (5) working days the Contractor must file a written claim to that effect for consideration by the Engineer.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 332
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-23 Project No. C2519
The process of submitting a proposed change, a cost proposal, or negotiating an agreed upon change order, or any failure to reach an agreement as to an adjustment in the contract sum or the contract time, shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligation to perform in accordance with the Contract Documents.
A change order may be in the form of a City directed change order or an agreed upon change order. Upon the receipt of either form of change order, the Contractor shall proceed promptly and diligently with the extra work.
(a) City Directed Change Orders - A City directed change order may be issued by the City without the Contractor’s signature where the City determines that it is in the City’s best interest to proceed with the work, and the change does not materially alter the character of the work. The Contractor shall be deemed to have accepted the terms of any City directed change order unless the Contractor asserts a claim with respect to the change order, no later than ten (10) working days following the Contractor’s receipt of the change order. See General Provisions, Section 5.09`, “Disputed Work”.
(b) Agreed Upon Change Orders - Within five (5) working days after receiving a request from the City for a written proposal for an agreed upon Change Order, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a cost proposal in a form satisfactory to the Engineer, setting forth the Contractor’s proposed adjustments to the contract sum and contract time for performing the extra work.
Compensation for agreed upon change orders shall be calculated based upon the unit prices stated in the Bid Schedule and no additional markup for overhead or profit will be provided unless stated otherwise as follows. If there are no unit prices for the extra work, the Contractor and the City may agree upon unit prices or lump sum costs, which shall be used to increase or decrease the contract sum. In the absence of any such agreement, the contract sum shall be adjusted by Force Account.
1. Quantity Adjustments - Unit prices shall govern not only for alterations to work covered by written specifications and drawings, but also for other work incidental or necessary to completing the work for which written specifications and drawings may be later prepared. Whenever an item of work or materials is specified in the contract by unit price and is increased or decreased by more than 25 percent (25%), Section 9-1.06 of the Standard Specifications shall govern payment. This Section allows for a renegotiation of the unit price based upon consideration of the total pay item cost. If, however, a renegotiated price cannot be reached by the Contractor and the City, then the payment for this item shall be adjusted by Force Account.
2. Agreed Upon Price – If there are no unit prices for proposed extra work, the Contractor and the City may agree upon unit prices or lump sum costs, by written change order, prior to commencing work. In the absence of any such agreement, the contract sum shall be adjusted by Force Account.
3. Force Account - When extra work is to be paid on a force account basis, the labor, materials and equipment used in the performance of that work shall be paid in accordance with the 2010 State Standard Specification, Section 9-1.04 “Force Account.” To the total of the direct costs computed, there can be an added markup of up to thirty-five percent (35%) to the cost of labor, up to fifteen-percent (15%) to the cost of materials and up to fifteen-percent (15%) to the cost of equipment. These markups shall constitute full compensation for any and all overhead costs, profit, or other costs not specifically designated as a cost of labor, material or equipment.
When subcontractors perform force account work, an additional tenpercent (10%) markup shall be added to the total cost of the extra work to
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 333
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-24 Project No. C2519
reimburse the Contractor for additional administrative costs. No markup for any Subcontractor beyond the first tier shall be paid.
During the performance of extra work by Force Account, and as a condition to the Contractor’s right to an adjustment of the contract sum, the Contractor shall prepare daily reports itemizing all costs for labor, materials, and equipment rental and provide certified payrolls. For labor costs, the reports shall include names, job classifications, hours worked and rates of pay. For equipment costs, the reports shall include size, type, identification number and hours of operation. All records and reports shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval on a daily basis. Reports shall be made on the State of California, Daily Extra Work Report Form or on a similar form approved by the Engineer.
i. Labor - Labor costs shall be based on the prevailing wage scale for each craft or type of workman, and no compensation shall be allowed for payment in excess of the prevailing wage. Employer payments for payroll taxes and insurance, health and welfare, pension, vacation, and other direct labor costs shall be included and will be calculated as the Labor Surcharge stipulated in the State of California, Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates book.
ii. Materials - Materials cost shall be the cost of all materials purchased by the Contractor and used in the extra work and shall be the actual cost of such materials, including sales taxes, freight and delivery charges. The City reserves the right to reject materials to be furnished by the Contractor, sources of supply or, if necessary, to furnish the materials to the Contractor. No compensation will be paid to the Contractor for any material furnished by the City or for materials not used.
iii. Equipment Rental - The Contractor will be allowed the actual rental rate of equipment, prorated over the time the machinery or equipment is required. For Contractor owned equipment, this rate shall be as stipulated in the State of California, Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates book. In addition, the Contractor will be allowed reasonable move-in and move-out charges, if applicable. All equipment shall, in the opinion of the Engineer, be in good working order, good condition, and suitable for its purpose. Equipment or tools having a replacement value of $200.00 or less, whether or not consumed by use, shall be considered small tools and no payment will be made therefore.
iv. Other Services or Expenditures - The City may authorize and approve payment for work performed by special forces or necessary services and expenditures other than labor, materials, and equipment rental.
5.09 Disputed Work - When the Engineer and Contractor fail to agree as to whether an alteration ordered by the Engineer constitutes a material change or difference in the character of the work, or fail to agree upon the compensation to be allowed for such altered work, the Contractor shall proceed with the altered work and file with the Engineer, within ten (10) working days after receiving direction from the Engineer, a written protest detailing the particulars of the dispute and the amount of additional compensation or time required for the alteration. Failure of the Engineer to recognize a change in the character of work when ordering alterations shall in no way be construed as relieving the Contractor of the Contractor’s duty and responsibility for filing a protest as prescribed above. The City will not consider
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 334
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-25 Project No. C2519
additional compensation for altered work unless the Contractor files a written protest within ten (10) working days after receiving direction from the Engineer.
If the Contractor has complied with the notification requirements of this sub-section, consideration of payment due shall be made as later determined through claim resolution procedures as set forth in General Provisions, Section 10, “Measurement and Payment”.
Although not to be considered as approval for proceeding under extra work provisions, the Contractor shall keep and furnish records of disputed work in accordance with General Provisions, Section
5.07, “Extra Work”.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 335
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-26 Project No. C2519
SECTION 6 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS
6.01 Materials and Workmanship - All materials, parts and equipment furnished by the Contractor in the work shall be new, high grade, and free from defects. Workmanship shall be in accordance with generally accepted standards. Materials and workmanship shall be subject to the Engineer’s approval.
Materials and workmanship not conforming to the requirements of these specifications shall be considered defective and will be subject to rejection. Defective work or material, whether in place or not, shall be removed immediately from the site at the Contractor’s expense, when so directed by the Engineer.
If the Contractor fails to replace any defective or damaged work or material after notice from the Engineer, the Engineer may cause such work or materials to be replaced. The replacement expense shall be deducted from the amount to be paid to the Contractor.
Used or secondhand materials, parts and equipment are permissible only if permitted by the Special Provisions.
Specialized material or equipment to be used in the work that is not readily available from material suppliers (such as electroliers, luminaries, signal poles, heads, cable, controllers, pumps, etc.) shall be ordered within five (5) days after award of the contract. Time extensions will not be granted for project delays due to the unavailability of such specialized material and equipment unless the Contractor furnishes the Engineer with documentation of purchase order dates, acceptable reason for delay of delivery, or proof of diligent efforts to obtain said items from alternate sources.
The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with periodic reports to inform the Engineer of any changes in the projected material or equipment delivery dates.
6.02 Protection of Work and Materials - The Contractor shall provide and maintain storage facilities and employ such measures as will preserve the specified quality and fitness of materials to be used in the work. Stored materials shall be reasonably accessible for inspection. The Contractor shall also adequately protect new and existing work and equipment for the duration of the contract.
The Contractor shall not, without the City’s consent, assign, sell, mortgage, hypothecate, or remove equipment or materials which have been installed or delivered and which may be necessary for the completion of the contract.
6.03 Trade Names or Equals – In accordance with Public Contract Code Section 3400, whenever any particular material, process, or equipment is indicated by patent, proprietary or brand name, or by the name of a manufacturer or supplier, such wording is used for the purpose of facilitating its description and shall be deemed to be followed by the words “or equal”.
Because products specified may have a uniqueness that can’t be matched, the Contractor must “bid” the work based upon the products specified. If, during the submittal process, an equivalent product is proposed by the contractor, the contractor shall provide data to show that the product is considered equal.
Contractor shall also identify any price differences, which shall be considered as part of the substitution and if accepted, shall result in an appropriate credit or cost to the City by change order should the substitution be made.
Unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer, the proposed substitution must be submitted in sufficient time, before the normal use or installation of the material, process or equipment, for the Engineer to determine the equivalency and for the Contractor to make any required purchases (including delivery).
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 336
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-27 Project No. C2519
The Engineer shall be responsible for solely determining whether the material proposed for substitution is equivalent to that specified, and the Engineer’s findings shall be final. If a substitute offered by the Contractor is found to be not equal to the specified material, the Contractor shall furnish and install the specified material.
The specified contract completion time shall not be affected by any circumstances developing from the provisions of this Section.
6.04 Inspection of Materials by City - Unless otherwise specified, inspection may be required at the source for such typical materials and fabricated items as bituminous paving mixtures, structural concrete, metal fabrication, metal casting, welding, concrete pipe manufacture, protective coating application, and similar shop or plant operations.
Standard items of equipment such as electric motors, conveyers, elevators, plumbing fixtures, etc., are subject to inspection at the job site. Special items of equipment such as designed electrical panel boards, large pumps, sewage plant equipment, etc., are subject to inspection at the source, normally only for performance testing. The Special Provisions may specify additional inspection requirements.
6.05 Inspection of Materials by Others - When the City does not elect to make its own inspection at the source, the City may, at its expense, engage an inspector or accredited testing laboratory to inspect the materials, equipment or process. The inspector or representative of the testing laboratory shall judge the materials by the requirements of the plans and specifications. No materials or equipment shall be shipped nor any processing, fabrication or treatment of such materials shall be done without a favorable inspection by the engaged agent. These materials shall be subject to re-inspection at the jobsite.
6.06 Tests of Materials - Before incorporation into the work, the Contractor shall submit samples of materials, as the Engineer may require, at no cost to the City. The materials for testing shall be delivered to the place by Contractor, and at the time designated, by the Engineer. Unless otherwise provided by the Special Provisions, all testing shall be performed under the direction of the Engineer, and at no expense to the Contractor.
The Contractor shall notify the City in writing at least fifteen (15) days in advance of any intention to use materials for which tests are specified, to allow sufficient time for the City to perform the tests. The notice shall name the proposed supplier and source of material.
6.07 Certification – The Engineer may waive material testing requirements of the Specifications and accept the manufacturer’s written Certificate of Compliance or test data demonstrating that the materials to be supplied meet the requirements of the specifications. A Certificate of Compliance is acceptable for authorizing the use of steel pipe in sizes less than eighteen (18) inches and vitrified clay, cast iron or ductile iron pipe in all sizes. All materials used on the basis of a Certificate of Compliance may be sampled or tested by the City at any time. The fact that material is used on the basis of a Certificate of Compliance shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for incorporating materials in the work which conforms to the requirements of the Contract Documents.
6.08 Weighing and Metering Equipment – All scales and metering equipment used for proportioning materials shall be inspected for accuracy and certified within the past twelve (12) months by the State of California Bureau of Weights and Measures, by the County Director or Sealer of Weights and Measures, or by a scale mechanic registered with or licensed by the County, The accuracy of the work by a scale service agency, except as stated herein, shall meet the standards of the California Business and Professions Code and the California Code of Regulations pertaining to weighing devices. A certificate of compliance shall be presented to the Engineer for approval prior to operation, and shall be renewed whenever required by the Engineer at no cost to the City.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 337
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-28 Project No. C2519
All scales shall be arranged so they may be read easily from the operator’s platform or area. They shall indicate the true net weight without the application of any factor. The figures of the scales shall be clearly legible. Scales shall be accurate to within one-percent (1%) when tested with the plant shut down.
Weighing equipment shall be so insulated against vibration or moving of other operating equipment in the plant area such that the error in weighing with the entire plant running will not exceed two-percent (2%) for any setting nor one and one half percent (1.5%) for any batch.
6.09 Calibration of Testing Equipment – Testing equipment, such as but not limited to, pressure gages, metering devices, hydraulic systems, force (load) measuring instruments, and strain-measuring devices shall be calibrated by a testing agency acceptable to the Engineer at intervals not to exceed twelve (12) months, and following repairs, modification, or relocation of the equipment. Calibration certificates shall be provided when requested by the Engineer.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 338
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-29 Project No. C2519
SECTION 7 – UTILITIES
7.01 City’s Statutory Obligation - Pursuant to Government Code, Section 4215: “in any contract to which a public agency as defined in Section 4401 is a party, the public agency shall assume the responsibility, between the parties to the contract, for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of existing main or trunk line utility facilities located on the site of any construction project that is the subject of the contract, if such utilities are not identified by the public agency in the plans and specifications made a part of the invitation for bids. The contract documents shall include provisions to compensate the Contractor for the costs of location, repairing damage not due to the failure of the Contractor to exercise reasonable care, and removing or relocating such utility facilities not indicated in the plans and specifications with reasonable accuracy and for equipment on the project necessarily idled during such work. The Contract documents shall include provisions that the Contractor shall not be assessed liquidated damages for delay in completion of the project, when such delay was caused by the failure of the public agency or the owner of the utility to provide for removal or relocation of such utility facilities.”
7.02 Contractor’s Obligation to Identify and Protect Subsurface Infrastructure - The Contractor shall locate and protect service laterals, conduits, and appurtenances of any underground facility, the presence of which could be reasonably inferred from the Contract Documents or from the presence of visible facilities such as buildings, meters, and junction boxes, prior to doing any work that may damage any such facilities, or interfere with their service. Where underground main distribution conduits, such as water, gas, sewer, electric power, telephone, or cable television are shown on the plans, the Contractor shall assume that every parcel will be served by a service connection for each type of utility. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements for the protection of underground infrastructure as set forth in Government Code, Sections 4215 through 4216.9.
It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to complete all work in a manner that satisfies utility company standards, providing if requested, detailed plans prepared by a California Registered Civil Engineer showing necessary temporary support of utilities during coordinated construction work. The Contractor is directed to contact these agencies before submitting bids and to be familiar with their requirements and shall include all costs of this coordination within the proposals bid prices.
The Contractor agrees to assume liability and to hold the City of San Carlos, its officers, and employees harmless from any damages resulting from the existence of underground utilities and structures not reported to the Engineer, not indicated on the public records examined, or located at variance with that reported or shown on records examined.
7.03 Location - The City will search known records and indicate on the plans those utilities, except service connections, which may affect the work. All available information regarding removal, relocation, or disconnection of utilities, or installation of new utilities, will be furnished to prospective bidders before the receipt of bids. The Contractor shall immediately report to the Engineer those utilities omitted from the plans or found substantially at variance with the location shown.
Existing and proposed utilities and improvements are shown in their approximate locations.
Locations may not have been field verified and no guarantee is made as to the accuracy and completeness of the information shown. The fact that any facility is not shown on the plans shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility under this Section. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to determine the existence and location of utilities shown on the plans, indicated by field locating services, or evidenced by facilities visible in the field. No additional compensation will be allowed for delays incurred as a result of the Contractor’s failure to field verify and/or pothole existing utilities prior to beginning construction. Potholing shall be considered as part of the various contract bid items and no additional compensation will be allowed.
At least three (3) working days prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall request that utility and agencies mark or otherwise indicate the location of their substructures. Contractor shall contact Underground Service Alert (USA) at (800) 642-2444 and the Engineer at least forty-eight (48) hours prior
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 339
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-30 Project No. C2519
to excavation. The location of utilities as shown on the plans are approximate and are not to be construed as certainty. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to determine the true location and depth of all utilities and service connections affecting or conflicting with the work, prior to the performance of the work. As necessary, the Contractor shall pothole these utilities prior to working in the area to avoid damage to them.
Potholing shall be considered as part of the contract bid items, and no separate payment will be made.
Contractor shall be familiar with the type, material, age and condition of any utility which may be affected by the work.
7.04 Protection - As necessary or as directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall field adjust proposed improvements to avoid conflicts with existing improvements. The Contractor shall not interrupt the service function or disturb the supporting base of any utility, without authority from the utility Owner or order from the City.
Where protection is required to ensure support of existing underground, overhead and at-grade utilities (including their associated structures and service connections) as shown on the plans, at the Contractor’s expense such protective measures shall be furnished and placed. In case of damage, the Contractor, without additional compensation, shall restore utilities to as good of a condition as they were found.
Upon learning of the existence and location of any utility omitted from or shown incorrectly on the plans, the Contractor shall notify the City and be fully responsible for protecting such utility. When authorized by the Engineer, additional protection may be paid by change order, for utilities other than a service connection.
The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and the utility owner when Contractor disturbs, disconnects or damages any utility. If the utility is located substantially as indicated on the plans, the Contractor shall bear the costs of repair or replacement.
When placing concrete around or contiguous to any utility, the Contractor’s expense, a cushion of expansion joint material, clear opening, sleeve, or other suitable material approved by the Engineer so as to prevent embedment or bonding of the utility with the concrete shall be furnished and installed.
7.05 Shut Down Notification – The City is in-charge of the sewer and storm water collection systems, traffic signals and street lighting system and as such the Contractor shall coordinate shut downs of these utilities and facilities with the City’s Engineer and Public Works Maintenance Department. The Contractor shall also coordinate the shutdown of all other utilities, including, but not limited to water, electricity, gas, communications, or CATV with the corresponding utility owner.
Shut downs of any utility or other facility, when allowed, shall be done only after:
A. The Contractor has coordinated with and notify the Engineer/Utility Owners in writing, at least seventy-two (72) hours in advance of the shut down, and, B. Has properly notified customers (residents, businesses/agencies) emergency response staff, and, C. Has all materials required for the work at the job site prior to requesting a shut off.
Except for scheduled shutdowns and in cases of emergency, the Contractor shall notify all customers and effected parties of a shutdown at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance by writing and four (4) hours in advance by person to allow adequate draw time. Once shut down, the Contractor shall proceed with the work in an expedient manner until the water lines or sewer lines are back in service.
7.06 Removal - Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall remove all portions of interfering utilities shown on the plans as ‘abandoned’ or “to be abandoned in place”. Before starting removal operations, the Contractor shall ascertain from the utility Owner whether abandonment is complete.
The costs involved in the removal and disposal of utilities to be abandoned shall be considered as part of the contract bid items, and no separate payment will be made.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 340
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-31 Project No. C2519
7.07 Relocation - When feasible, the utilities within the area affected by the work will complete their necessary installations, relocations, repairs, or replacements before commencement of work by the Contractor. When the Contract Documents or plans indicate that a utility is to be relocated, altered or constructed by others, the City will conduct all negotiations with the utilities and the work will be done at no cost to the Contractor.
Utilities interfering with the permanent project work, discovered after the award of the contract, shall either be relocated, altered, or reconstructed by the utility, or the Engineer may order changes in the work to avoid interference. Such changes will be paid for in accordance with General Provisions, Section 5, “Changes in Work”.
When the plans or specifications provide for the Contractor to alter, relocate, or reconstruct a utility, all costs for such work shall be absorbed in the contract bid items. Temporary or permanent relocation or alteration of utilities by the Contractor for convenience shall be theresponsibility of Contractor. Contractor shall make all arrangements, obtain all approvals, and bear all costs. The Contractor may, for convenience or to expedite the work, agree with the owner of any utility to disconnect and reconnect interfering service connections. The City shall not be involved in any such agreement.
7.08 Delays - The Contractor is responsible for notifying utility companies in time to prevent delays attributable to utility relocations or alterations as called for in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall not be entitled to damages or additional payment if such delay does occur. The Engineer will determine the extent of the delay based on the Baseline Construction Schedule (Section 8.05) and on the project as a whole, and any commensurate extension of time.
7.09 Cooperation - When necessary, the Contractor shall conduct operations so as to permit access to the worksite and provide time for utility work to be accomplished during the progress of the contract work.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 341
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-32 Project No. C2519
SECTION 8 – PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
8.01 Notice to Proceed - Within twenty-one (21) calendar days following receipt of the signed agreement, bonds and insurance, the City shall issue the Contractor a Notice to Proceed provided that the documents are acceptable to the City. Unless stated otherwise, the contract time shall commence upon the receipt date on the Notice to Proceed.
8.02 Commencement of Work - Work shall commence within fifteen (15) calendar days following the receipt date on the Notice to Proceed, and shall be diligently prosecuted to completion within the time provided in the Notice to Bidders.
8.03 Subcontracting - Unless otherwise indicated by the Special Provisions, the Contractor shall perform the majority of the project work.
8.04 Administrative Duties - The Contractor shall coordinate the scheduling and timing of administrative duties with other activities to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly project progress. Such activities include, but shall not be limited to, the preparation of construction schedules, preparation and processing of submittals, requests for information and responding to requests for quotations, attending and preparing for progress meetings and coordinating project closeout activities.
8.05 Baseline Construction Schedule – Within ten (10) calendar days of the Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer an acceptable Critical Path Method (CPM) progress schedule showing the critical path for completing the various items of work within the number of contract days specified. The schedule shall show the order in which the Contractor proposes to carry out the major items of work and the dates on which he will start and finish the various items (including procurement of materials and equipment). If requested, the schedule shall be resource loaded to reflect person/crew hours and equipment loading for various construction activities in order for the City to better evaluate the proposed schedule.
(a) City Review of Schedule – The City may review and note exceptions to the Contractor’s schedule, if it is not sufficiently detailed to clearly show the work to be completed during each month to assure the completion of the work within the project duration. The Contractor will be solely and exclusively responsible for resolving any exceptions, and the City’s review will not create any scheduling obligations of the City. Any noted corrections to the schedule shall be addressed within five (5) working days. (b) Update of Schedule – After submission of a schedule to which the City has taken no exceptions, the Contractor shall submit an updated schedule on a monthly basis or as otherwise specified by the City until completion of the work. The updated schedule must show the “As Constructed” progress up to the date for which the schedule has been prepared and reflect any proposed changes in the method of operations, to achieve the project milestones within the required project duration. (c) Float – The schedule must show early and late completion dates for each task. The number of days between these dates will be designated as “float”. The float will be assigned to the project and available for the City, at the Engineer’s discretion, to allocate the “float” to the Contractor as needed to complete the work in accordance with the agreement.
(d) Failure to Submit Schedule – If the Contractor fails to submit a schedule within the time periods specified in this sub-section, or submits a schedule to which the City has taken uncorrected exceptions, the City may withhold payments to the Contractor until such schedule is submitted and/or corrected in accordance with the Contract Documents.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 342
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-33 Project No. C2519
8.06 Three-Week Look Ahead Schedule - The Contractor is required to furnish to the Engineer, on a weekly basis at the project’s progress meetings, a three-week look ahead schedule. The schedule must show planned activities in sufficient detail to allow proper monitoring of the planned construction activities.
8.07 Construction Sequence - The Contractor shall prepare and submit at the preconstruction meeting a staging or phasing plan identifying the sequence of construction work and traffic control needed to complete the project. The staging plan shall be subject to review and approval by the Engineer, prior to the start of construction. The goal of the phasing plan will be to minimize impacts to surrounding businesses and residents in the project areas. When required by the Special Provisions or plans, the Contractor shall follow the sequence of operations as set forth therein.
8.08 Recording Existing Conditions - Existing conditions throughout the project site shall be photographed and/or videotaped by the Contractor before starting construction. Recording shall include and show every detail of existing improvements, including the current condition of the curb, gutter, sidewalk, signs, landscaping, streetlights, structures near the project including face of buildings, canopies, shades, fences and any other features within the limits of work.
Photos and/or videotape shall be delivered to the Engineer at the pre-construction meeting.
8.09 Preconstruction Conference - The City shall designate a date and time for the preconstruction conference once the contract has been fully executed. At the pre-construction conference, the City shall discuss various administrative procedures and project coordination issues. At a minimum, the Contractor should be prepared to furnish and discuss the following:
(a) Letter designating the Superintendent.
(b) A list of key personnel and emergency contact information including telephone numbers to be used in case of emergency
(c) Sequence or phasing plans identifying the phasing of construction work and any alternative sequences for consideration.
(d) Traffic control plans associated with the staging plans (to be signed and stamped by a Licensed Traffic Engineer).
(e) A draft of the master Baseline Construction Schedule, in Critical Path Method (CPM) format (to be finalized no later than ten (10) days after the Notice to Proceed). (f) A breakdown of lump sum bid items to be used as a basis for determining the value of work completed on future progress payments.
(g) A submittal schedule listing all project submittals that will need to be reviewed and a listing of proposed material suppliers.
(h) Utility company coordination and/or permit issues.
(i) Videotape and/or photography of the project’s existing condition (to be completed prior to starting construction.
(j) Anticipated cash flow projections, if requested by the engineer.
8.10 Progress Meeting - The Contractor, Job Superintendent and Subcontractors, if requested by the City, shall attend weekly progress meetings to be scheduled by the Engineer at a time agreeable to both the Engineer and the Contractor. Contractor shall also attend special meetings in addition to regular progress meetings if necessary and directed by the Engineer.
8.11 Hours of Construction - Construction activities shall be limited to the hours of 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., unless otherwise noted or further restricted in the Contract Documents, or as directed by the Engineer. No work shall be done on weekends, holidays or outside these specified hours, unless otherwise
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 343
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-34 Project No. C2519
approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall take into consideration and coordinate time constraints for special events or activities organized by the City or other agencies. No mechanical equipment, including hauling or deliveries by trucks, shall start before 8:00 a.m. and all equipment must shut down before 6:00 p.m. unless approved by the Engineer.
8.12 Prosecution of Work - To minimize public inconvenience and possible hazards and to restore the streets and other work areas to their original condition and former state of usefulness as soon as practicable, the Contractor shall diligently prosecute the work to completion. If, in the Engineer’s opinion the Contractor fails to prosecute the work to the extent that the above purposes are not being accomplished, the Contractor shall, upon orders from the Engineer, immediately take the steps necessary to fully accomplish said purposes. All costs for prosecuting the work as described herein shall be absorbed in the Contractor’s bid. Should the Contractor fail to take the necessary steps to fully accomplish said purposes, after orders of the Engineer to do so, the Engineer may suspend the work in whole or in part, until the Contractor takes said steps. With or without such suspension, the Engineer may cause such steps to be taken by force account or by other means at the Contractors expense.
8.13 Suspension of Work - Work may be stopped or suspended in whole or in part for up to ninety (90) days when, in the Engineer’s opinion, the suspension is necessary and in the interest of the City. The Contractor shall immediately comply with any written order of the Engineer suspending work.
Such City directed suspension shall be without liability to the Contractor on the part of the City. Suspended work shall be resumed upon written order of the Engineer. An extension of contract time equal to the period of suspension shall be issued to the Contractor by change order. Any claim by the Contractor for an adjustment of the contract sum or the contract time shall be made within ten (10) working days after the end of the work suspension.
If work is suspended through any fault of the Contractor, all expenses and losses incurred by the Contractor during such suspensions shall be borne by the Contractor. If the Contractor fails to properly provide for public safety, traffic, and protection of the work during periods of suspension, the City may elect to do so, and shall deduct the cost thereof from monies due the Contractor. Such action will not relieve the Contractor from any liability.
8.14 Default by the Contractor and Termination of Control - As a result of any of the following events, the Contractor shall be deemed to be in default:
(a) If the Contractor is in bankruptcy or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or
(b) If the Contractor fails to make prompt payment to subcontractors for labor or materials, or (c) If a receiver is appointed on account of the Contractor’s insolvency, or (d) If the Contractor fails to provide enough properly skilled workmen or enough materials to insure compliance with the construction time schedule, or (e) If the Contractor fails to perform any portion of the work within the timing requirements of the Contract Documents, or abandons the project site, or (f) If the Contractor disregards instructions from the Engineer or violates any provision of the contract, or
(g) If the Contractor fails to replace or repair any damage caused by the Contractor or its agents, representatives, contractors, subcontractors, or employees in connection with the performance of the work, or
(h) If the Contractor violates any legal requirement related to the work.
In case of default, the City may give written notice to the Contractor and the Contractor’s bonding agent that if the default is not remedied within ten (10) calendar days or the Contractor does not provide
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 344
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-35 Project No. C2519
adequate written assurance to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the cure will be forthcoming, the Contractor’s control over the work may be terminated as of the date specified in the written notice.
Upon such termination of control the City may enter upon and take possession of the entire work and may also take possession, for the purpose of completing the work, of all of the Contractor’s tools, equipment and appliances upon the work, and all materials on the site or stored off-site for incorporation into the work. The City may, at its sole option and without further notice to anyone, complete the work by day labor, by contract entered into by negotiations, by competitive bidding, by calling upon the performance of the performance bond surety, or by other means as the City, in its discretion, shall elect.
After termination of the Contractor’s control over the work as herein provided, the Contractor shall not be entitled to any further payments under the contract until the entire work thereunder has been fully completed and finally accepted by the City. After such completion and acceptance, if the “unpaid balance of the contract price” (as defined in the next paragraph) exceeds the sum of the amounts expended by the City in taking over and completing the work, including all managerial and administrative expense incurred by the City on account thereof and the amount of all damages incurred by the City by reason of the Contractor’s default, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If the said amount expended exceeds the unpaid balance, the Contractor and the surety shall be liable to the City for the difference. At the Contractor’s request, the expense incurred by the City in taking over and completing the work, and the amount of any damage incurred by the City by reason of the Contractor’s default shall be audited and certified by an independent third party, whose certificate thereof shall be binding and conclusive upon the parties.
For the purposes of the computations required by the paragraph above, the “unpaid balance of the contract price” shall be the original contract price as adjusted by any change orders issued prior to termination of the Contractor’s control, less all payments made on account thereof prior to such termination, and less any and all amounts withheld or paid pursuant to stop notices filed with the City upon claims of subcontractors or others from equipment, labor or materials furnished to the work on behalf of the Contractor.
Upon completion and acceptance of the work, the Contractor shall be entitled to the return of all materials not used in the work, but without claim against the City for loss or damage with respect thereto, and shall be entitled to the return of all the equipment, tools and appliances taken possession of by the City, but without claim against the City for any charge for the use thereof or for usual and ordinary depreciation and wear and tear.
The exercise of remedies provided for in this sub-section, for default by the Contractor, shall be in addition to, and shall not be deemed a waiver by the City of any other rights or remedies due the City under the contract provisions, for default by the Contractor.
8.15 Contractor’s Right to Stop Work or Terminate Contract – The Contractor may give written notice to the Engineer of intention to stop work or terminate the Agreement, or both if the work should be stopped by order of any court or other public authority, through no act, omission or fault of the Contractor or any Subcontractor, agent or employee of the Contractor, and such work stoppage under such order shall continue for thirty (30) consecutive days from the effective date of such order If, after the Contractor provides notice to the City of any of the above defaults, the City does not remedy the default within ten (10) calendar days, the Contractor may stop work and may give the City written notice of contract termination. The Contractor may then recover from the City payment for all work executed to date and any loss sustained upon any equipment or materials procured for the work prior to the work stoppage. No compensation for loss of anticipated profits will be provided, however, on work not completed. The Contractor’s right to recovery shall be subject, however, to the duty of the Contractor to mitigate all loss or damage so far as reasonably possible.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 345
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-36 Project No. C2519
8.16 City’s Right to Terminate Contract – The City may, at its option, terminate the Agreement, in whole or from time to time in part, at any time by giving notice to the Contractor. Upon such termination, the Contractor agrees to waive any claims for damages, including loss of anticipated profits, on account thereof; and, as the sole right and remedy of the Contractor, the City shall pay the Contractor in accordance with this sub-section. Upon termination, the obligations of the Contractor for portions of the work already performed shall continue.
(a) Upon receipt of a Notice of Termination, the Contractor shall, unless the notice directs otherwise, do the following:
1. Immediately discontinue the work to the extent specified in the notice.
2. Place no further orders or subcontracts for materials, equipment, services, or facilities, except as may be necessary to complete such portion of the work that are not to be discontinued.
3. Promptly cancel, on the most favorable terms reasonably possible, all subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of the discontinued portion of the work.
4. Thereafter do only such work as may be necessary to preserve and protect the work already in progress and to protect materials, plants, and equipment on the project site or in transit thereto.
(b) Upon such termination, the City shall pay to the Contractor as a sole and exclusive remedy for the termination, the sum of the following, and the Contractor will be entitled to no other compensation or damages, and expressly waives same:
1. The amount of the contract amount allocated to the portion of the work properly performed by the Contractor as of the date of termination, less sums previously paid to the Contractor, plus
2. Previously unpaid costs of any items delivered to the project site which were fabricated for subsequent incorporation in the work, plus
3. Any proven losses with respect to materials and equipment directly resulting from such termination, plus
4. Reasonable demobilization costs in excess of what would have been incurred if work were not terminated, plus
5. Reasonable costs for preparing a statement of the aforesaid costs, expenses, and losses in connection with such termination.
The City may terminate the Agreement at its own discretion or when conditions encountered during the work make it impossible or impracticable to proceed, or when the City is prevented from proceeding with the Agreement by act of God, by law, or by official action of a public authority.
8.17 Time of Completion and Days Charged - The Contractor shall diligently prosecute and fully complete the work within the number of calendar or working days set forth in the Notice inviting Sealed Proposals or shall be subject to liquidated damages. Time is of the essence in the performance of all obligations under the Contract Documents, and all timing requirements shall be strictly adhered to unless otherwise modified by the City. See General Provisions, Sections 8.12, “Prosecution of Work”, and 8.18, “Liquidated Damages”.
Under a calendar day contract, City observed holidays and inclement weather delays are to be anticipated and unless there is a deviation from what is customary for the time of year the project is under construction, no additional days will be granted. Every day, including holidays, Saturdays and Sundays shall be counted as a day charged under a calendar day contract.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 346
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-37 Project No. C2519
Under a working day contract, the Contractor will be given credit for City observed holidays and inclement weather delays, in accordance with the State Standard Specifications. Should the Contractor prepare to begin work at the regular starting time in the morning of any day on which inclement weather, or the conditions resulting from the weather prevents the work from beginning at the usual starting time and the crew is dismissed as a result thereof and the Contractor does not proceed with at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the normal labor and equipment force engaged in the current controlling operations for at least sixty percent (60%)of the total daily time being currently spent on the controlling operations, the Contractor will not be charged for a working day whether or not conditions should change thereafter.
8.18 Liquidated Damages - The City and the Contractor, by execution of the agreement, each agree that time is of the essence in the performance of the work, and that actual damages for inconvenience and loss from any delay in completion of the contract beyond the date provided in the Notice to Bidders is extremely difficult or impossible to determine.
The City and the Contractor further agree, as specified in the Notice to Bidders, that liquidated damages shall be assessed for each and every calendar day required to complete the contract in excess of the contract time established for the project, and that the amount stated therein is a reasonable estimate of the amount of such damages. The Engineer may deduct any liquidated damaged owed to the City, as determined by the Engineer from any payments otherwise payable to the Contractor under this agreement.
In addition, the City shall have the right to charge to the Contractor and to deduct from the final payment for the work the actual cost to the City of engineering, inspection, administration and other overhead expenses which are directly chargeable to the contract and which accrue during the period of such delay, except that the cost of final surveys and preparation of the final estimate shall not be included in such charges.
Separate from the above-mentioned liquidated damages, the Contractor shall be responsible for paying all damages incurred by private businesses (residential, commercial or industrial), schools and hospitals due to non-completion of the project by the date specified.
Nothing contained herein shall limit the City’s rights or remedies against Contractor for any default other than failure to complete the work within the contract time. This provision for liquidated damages shall not be applicable nor act as a limitation upon the City if the Contractor abandons the work. In such event, the Contractor shall be liable to the City for all losses incurred.
The date of the Engineer’s Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be the termination date, if applicable, of liquidated damages.
8.19 Delays and Extensions of Time
(a) Excusable Delays - shall mean delays in the prosecution or completion of the work which result from causes beyond the control of the Contractor and City and which could not have been avoided by the exercise of care, prudence, foresight, and diligence on the part of the Contractor, suppliers, or any tier of the Contractor’s subcontractors. Excusable Delays fall into the following categories:
1. Abnormal Delays – Excusable Delays caused by acts of god, fire, unusual storms, floods, tidal waves, earthquakes, strikes, labor disputes, freight embargoes, and shortages of materials insofar as they prevent the Contractor from proceeding with at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the normal labor and equipment force for at least five (5) hours per day toward completion of the current critical path activity.
2. Weather Delays – Excusable Delays due to inclement weather conditions or the conditions resulting from weather prevent the Contractor from proceeding with seventy-five percent (75%) of the normal labor and equipment force engaged in the current critical activity item for a period of at least five (5) hours per day toward completion of the current critical path activity.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 347
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-38 Project No. C2519
3. Material Shortage Delays – Excusable Delays due to shortages of material, provided that the Contractor submits satisfactory proof to the Engineer. For the proof to be satisfactory, the Contractor must demonstrate that every effort to obtain the materials from all known sources within reasonable reach of the proposed work has been made.
Only the physical shortage of material, caused by unusual circumstances, will be considered under these provisions as an excusable delay, and no consideration will be given to any claim that material could not be obtained at a reasonable, practical, or economical price, unless it is shown to the satisfaction of the Engineer that such material was only available at exorbitant prices. A material shortage delay will not be considered for material ordered or delivered late or for material whose availability is affected by virtue of mishandled procurement. The above provisions shall apply equally to equipment to be installed in the work.
(b) Compensable Delays - shall include delays that occur in the prosecution or completion of the work, through no fault of the Contractor which prevent the Contractor from proceeding with at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the normal labor and equipment force for at least five (5) hours per day toward completion of the current critical activity item(s) on the latest favorably reviewed progress schedule due to the following causes:
1. Delays due solely to the actions and/or inactions of the City.
2. Delays due to changed conditions as defined in General Provisions, Section 5.05, “Requests for Information, Inconsistencies and Changed Conditions”.
3. Delays due to other Contractors employed by the City who interfere with the Contractor's prosecution of the work as defined above.
(c) Inexcusable Delay - means any delay in the completion of the work beyond the expiration of the contract time resulting from causes other than Excusable Delays or Compensable Delays. An Inexcusable Delay shall not entitle the Contractor to an extension of the contract time or an adjustment of the contract sum. In addition to liquidated damages for inexcusable delays, the Contractor agrees to pay the City’s actual costs, including charges for engineering, inspection and administration incurred during the delay. (d) Concurrent Delays - those periods of delay when the prosecution of the work is delayed during the same period of time due to causes from a combination of the delays defined as Excusable, Compensable or Inexcusable.
If the Contractor desires an extension of time, he shall file a written request based upon the delays reported. The Engineer will ascertain the facts, the extent of the delays, and the effect upon the entire project, and the City will grant an extension of time equivalent to verified time lost. The request for an extension of time must be made no later than ten (10) working days after the start of the condition that purportedly caused the delay, and no later than fifteen (15) working days after the date on which performance on the condition purportedly causing the delay has ended.
Contractor may make a delay claim for an extension of the contract time for an Excusable Delay or a Compensable Delay. If an Excusable Delay and a Compensable Delay occur concurrently, the maximum extension of the contract time shall be the number of calendar days from the commencement of the first delay to the cessation of the delay which ends last. If an Inexcusable Delay occurs concurrently with either an Excusable Delay or a Compensable Delay, the maximum extension of the contract time shall be the number of calendar days, if any, by which the Excusable Delay or the Compensable Delay exceeds the Inexcusable Delay.
For a Compensable Delay, the Contractor may make a delay claim for an adjustment in the contract sum in an amount equal to the sum of the actual and unavoidable additional costs of labor, material, and equipment furnished at the site by the Contractor or subcontractors, including wages, salaries, fringe benefits and payroll taxes.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 348
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-39 Project No. C2519
Extensions of time, when granted, will be based upon the effect of delays to the project as a whole and will not be granted for non-controlling delays to minor portions of the work unless it can be shown that such delays did, in fact, delay the progress of the project as a whole. For purposes of determining delays, all float associated with the project schedule shall belong to the project. See General Provisions, Section
8.05, “Baseline Construction Schedule”.
If delays are caused by unforeseen events beyond the control of either the Contractor or the City, such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided herein, but the Contractor shall not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to these delays. War, governmental regulations, labor disputes, strikes, fires, floods, adverse weather necessitating cessation of work, other similar action of the elements, inability to obtain materials, equipment, or labor because of Federal Government restrictions arising out of National Defense, required extra work, action or inaction by the City, or other specific reasons as may be further described in the specifications may constitute such a delay. If delays beyond the Contractor’s control are caused by reasons other than those mentioned above, but are substantially equal in gravity to those enumerated, an extension of time may be granted, if deemed by the Engineer to be in the best interests of the City.
The Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time if delayed due to a failure of the City to furnish necessary right-of-way or materials which the City agreed to furnish, or by the City’s failure to supply necessary plans or instructions concerning the work, after written request by the Contractor.
For Compensable Delay periods resulting in indirect overhead expenses, the Contractor shall be reimbursed as provided for in General Provisions, Section 5, “Changes in Work”.
8.20 Substantial Completion – When work in accordance with the Contract Documents has progressed to a stage of one-hundred percent (100%) complete, as determined by the Engineer, except for the completion of minor punch list items of deficiencies or omissions in the work which require correction in order to satisfy the agreement, yet do not impair the City’s ability to occupy and fully utilize the work for its intended purpose, the project shall be deemed “Substantially Complete”. Portions of the work may also be designated by the City as substantially complete if the Contract Documents require separate delivery.
When the Engineer determines that the work or such designated portions of the work are substantially complete, the Engineer will prepare and sign a Certificate of Substantial Completion. The date of substantial completion shall establish the date at which days charged against the project duration shall terminate. The date of substantial completion shall also establish the date of occupancy by the City and the transfer of responsibility from the Contractor to the City for such items as security, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance, and damage to the work from causes other than that of the Contractor. Unless otherwise indicated in the Certificate of Substantial Completion, the Contractor’s guarantee for the work shall commence upon the date of substantial completion. See General Provisions, Section 11.01, “Contractor’s Guarantee”.
8.21 Project Closeout - After the Contractor has received the Certificate of Substantial Completion and has only minor work remaining, project closeout may begin. The following items and procedures are required as part of the project close out process. (a) Following the completion of punch list items, the Contractor shall make a written request to the city to conduct a final inspection. The written request shall be accompanied by a Certification that the work has been performed in accordance with the Contract Documents. (b) Within fourteen (14) days of receipt of the Contractor's Certificate of Completion, a final inspection will be scheduled and conducted by the City. As a result of the inspection, the City will advise the Contractor of any work that must be completed or corrected before Acceptance, in the form of a punch list.
(c) The City will conduct a re-inspection of the punch list items within when requested by the Contractor, in writing, with assurances that the punch list requirements have been met.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 349
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-40 Project No. C2519
Any charges by a Consulting Engineer/Architect hired by the City to do repeat re-inspection of the punch list may be recovered from the Contractor. (d) The contractor shall provide a final payment request with lien releases (if applicable) in a format acceptable to the City.
(e) The as-built drawings and all record documents and shall be provided to the City by the Contractor including but not limited to, equipment operation and maintenance manuals, copies of warranties, shop drawings, product data, etc. Record documents shall be properly identified and organized into binders.
8.22 Final Completion - After the Contractor has received the Certificate of Substantial Completion along with the punch list, and has completed the items identified as necessary for project closeout, the Engineer will make a determination as to if the work is fully completed and in accordance with the Contract Documents. If so, the Engineer will recommend final acceptance to the City Council.
Should it become necessary, due to developed conditions, for the City to occupy any portion of the work, or any part of any structure or equipment, before the contract is completed or accepted, such occupancy shall not constitute an acceptance of any part of the work, unless so stated in writing by the City.
8.23 Final Acceptance – Final acceptance by the Engineer will be considered after the work has been fully completed. A Notice of Completion will be filed with the County Recorder once Final Acceptance has been made.
8.24 Risk of Loss - The Contractor shall be responsible for the charge, care and protection of the project and shall bear all risks of injury or damage to the work, materials or equipment delivered to the site, by any means including fire, earthquake, wind, storm or other action of the elements, vandalism, or loss by theft, from the date of Notice to Proceed to the date of the filing of the Notice of Completion by the Engineer. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore and make good all injuries or damage to any portion of the work, and shall bear the entire expense thereof, except such injuries or damages that are caused by riot, insurrection, acts of the Federal or State Government, or a public enemy in time of war.
8.25 Use of Improvements During Construction - The City reserves the right to take over and utilize all or part of any completed facility or appurtenance. Such action by the City will not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for injury or damage to said completed portions of the improvement resulting from use by public traffic, from the action of the elements or from any other cause attributable to the Contractor’s operations or negligence. The Contractor will be required to restore such portions of the improvement before final acceptance. Nothing in this Section shall be construed as relieving the Contractor from full responsibility for correcting defective work or materials.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 350
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-41 Project No. C2519
SECTION 9 —RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR
9.01 Contractor’s Responsibility for the Work - The Contractor shall supervise, coordinate, and direct the work using Contractor’s best skill and attention. Contractor shall have control over and be solely responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, procedures, and the coordination of all portions of the work in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents until the completion and final acceptance of the work by the City. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain in good condition all equipment and facilities as required for the proper execution and inspection of the work. Such equipment and facilities shall meet all requirements of applicable ordinances and laws.
The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore and make good all injuries, damages, re-erections and repairs occasioned or rendered necessary by causes of any nature whatsoever, excepting only acts of God and none other, to all or any portions of the work, excepting as otherwise stipulated.
9.02 Contractor’s Responsibility for Subcontracted Work - The City will deal directly with, and make all payments to the Contractor only. The Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination of all trades, subcontractors, and suppliers engaged upon the work. Neither the City nor the Engineer will undertake to settle any differences between the Contractor and the subcontractors.
All persons engaged in the work, including subcontractors, will be considered as employees of the Contractor. The Contractor will be held responsible for their work and shall be responsible to the City for acts and omissions including those by their respective agents and employees.
When subcontracted work is not prosecuted in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer, the Contractor shall be notified to take corrective action within a specified time. If timely correction is not made, then upon receipt by the Contractor of written instructions from the Engineer, the Subcontractor shall be removed immediately from the work and shall not be reemployed.
9.03 Superintendent - The Contractor shall employ, and provide a written letter designating a superintendent and/or representative and all their contact information. The superintendent and/or representative shall be present on the job site whenever work is in progress to coordinate all work with the City and neighboring property owners, and who shall be available by phone twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days a week up to the Final Acceptance of the work by the City. A backup representative may also be provided. A joint venture shall designate only one Superintendent.
City approval of the Superintendent is required prior to starting work. The City reserves the right to request an appropriately qualified replacement of the Superintendent any time during construction of the project. Contractor shall provide the Engineer with the Superintendent’s telephone number, along with an after-hours emergency contact number of a responsible person who shall correct hazardous situations, should they occur, during times other than the normal working hours.
Directions and information given to the Superintendent shall be considered as having the same effect as if delivered to the Contractor and the Superintendent shall have full authority to execute the same and to supply materials, tools and labor without delay, and who shall be the legally appointed representative of the contractor. Contractor shall be liable for the faithful observation of any instructions delivered to them or to Contractor’s duly appointed representatives.
9.04 Character of Workers - Contractor shall provide competent, fully qualified personnel to perform the work and shall at all times maintain good discipline and order among its employees and Subcontractors. Any employed person or Subcontractor who is found to be incompetent, intemperate, troublesome, disorderly or otherwise objectionable or who fails or refuses to perform the work properly and acceptably, shall be immediately removed from the work by the Contractor and shall not be reemployed.
Such discharge shall not be the basis of any claim for compensation or damages against the City of San Carlos or any of its officers, employees or agents.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 351
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-42 Project No. C2519
9.05 Laws to be Observed - The Contractor shall be fully informed of, and at all times observe and comply with all Federal, State and County laws, including those of CAL-OSHA; all municipal ordinances and regulations of the City of San Carlos; and all orders and decrees of bodies having jurisdiction over the work. The Contractor shall also cause all agents and employees engaged on the project to observe and comply with all such laws, and shall protect and indemnify the City of San Carlos and all officers, employees, and agents thereof connected with the work against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such law
(a) Non-Discrimination – Attention is directed to Labor Code, Section 1735 which reads as follows: “No discrimination shall be made in the employment of persons upon public work because of the race, religious creed, color, national origin, ancestry, physical handicap, medical condition, marital status or sex of such persons, except as provided in Government Code, Section 12940 and every Contractor for public works violating this Section is subject to all the penalties imposed for a violation of this chapter.” (b) Alien Labor - The Contractor shall forfeit as penalty to the City of San Carlos fifty dollars ($50.00) for each alien with no permit to work in the United States of America (USA) knowingly employed in the contract, by Contractor or by any hired Subcontractor upon any of the work herein mentioned, for each calendar day, or portion thereof, during which such alien is permitted or required to labor in violation of the provisions of the Labor Code and in particular Sections 1850 to 1854 thereof, inclusive. (a) Hours of Labor – Hours of labor shall be pursuant to Labor Code, Sections 1810. Pursuant to Labor Code, Sections 1813, Contractor shall forfeit to the City, as a penalty, twenty-five dollars ($25.00) for each worker employed in the execution of this Agreement by Contractor, or any Subcontractor in violation of the terms of this Section or in violation of the provision of any law of the State of California. Such forfeiture amounts may be deducted from the contract sum. Contractor and each Subcontractor shall keep, or cause to be kept, an accurate record showing the actual hours worked each calendar day and each calendar week by each worker employed on the project, which record shall be kept open at all reasonable hours to the inspection of the City, its officers and agents, and to the inspection of the appropriate enforcement agency of the State of California. (d) Prevailing Wage – As identified in the Notice to Bidders, the work contemplated by this agreement is a public work subject to prevailing wages under California Labor Code, Sections 1720 et. seq. The State of California Department of Industrial Relations has ascertained the general prevailing per diem wage rates in the locality in which the work is to be performed for each craft, classification, or type of worker required to perform the work.
A schedule of the most recent general prevailing per diem wage rates made available to the City will be on file at the City’s principal facility office and will be made available to any interested party upon request. This prevailing wage rate schedule is provided by the City for Bidder’s information only and is not guaranteed by the City to be current. Contractor is obligated to verify all appropriate prevailing wage rates and pay those rates as required.
By this reference the verified current schedule of prevailing wage rates is made part of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall pay not less than the prevailing per diem wage rates, as specified in the schedule and any amendments thereto, to all workers employed by Contractor in the execution of the work. Contractor shall cause all subcontracts to include the provision that all Subcontractors shall pay not less than the specified prevailing per diem wage rates to all workers employed by such Subcontractors in the execution of the work.
Contractor shall forfeit to the City, as a penalty, no more than fifty-dollars ($50.00) for each calendar day or portion thereof for each worker that is paid less than the specified prevailing per diem wage rates for the work or craft in which the worker is employed for any portion of the work done by Contractor or any Subcontractor in violation of the provisions of the Labor Code, and in particular Sections 1770 to 1781 thereof, inclusive. Such forfeiture amounts may be deducted from the contract sum. Contractor shall also pay to any worker
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 352
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-43 Project No. C2519
who was paid less than the specified prevailing per diem wage rate for the work or craft for which the worker was employed for any portion of the work, for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for which the worker was paid less than the specified prevailing per diem wage rate, an amount equal to the difference between the specified prevailing per diem wage rate and the amount which was paid to the worker.
The City will not recognize any claim for additional compensation because of the payment by the Contractor for any wage rate in excess of prevailing wage rates set forth in the Agreement, including payment in excess of the prevailing wage for extra work paid by force account. The possibility of wage increases is one of the elements to be considered by the Contractor in determining the Contractor’s bid and will not, under any circumstances be considered as the basis of a claim against the City under the Agreement. (e) Payroll Records - Pursuant to Labor Code, Sections 1776, Contractor and all Subcontractors shall keep an accurate payroll record, showing the name, address, social security number, job classification, straight time and overtime hours worked each day and week, and the actual per diem wages paid to each journeyman, apprentice, worker, or other employee employed in connection with the work. All payroll records shall be certified as being true and correct by Contractor or Subcontractors keeping such records; and the payroll records shall be provided to the City no later than three weeks after closing of payroll. The Contractor and all Subcontractors must also furnish electronic certified payroll records to the Labor Commisioner of the State of California, Department of Industrial Relations.
(f) Apprentice Program - Attention is directed to State of California Labor Code, Sections 3095, 1777.5, 1777.6, and 1777.7 and Title 8, California Code of Regulations, Section 200, and the applicable Sections that follow. Responsibility for compliance with these requirements lies with the Contractor. To ensure compliance and complete understanding of the law requiring apprentices, and specifically the required ratio thereunder, Contractor or Subcontractors should, where some question exists, contact the Division of Apprenticeship Standards, 425 Golden Gate Avenue, 4th Floor, San Francisco, California, 94102 or one of its branch offices prior to commencement of the work. In the event Contractor willfully fails to comply with this Section, it will be considered in violation of the requirements of the Contract.
Nothing contained herein shall be considered or interpreted as prohibiting or preventing the hiring by Contractor or Subcontractors of journeyworker trainees who may receive onthe-job training to enable them to achieve journeyworker status in any craft or trade under standards other than those set forth for apprentices.
(g) Safety Program – the Contractor shall conform to the rules and regulations pertaining to safety established by the California Division of Industrial Safety and to all requirements as set forth in the State of California Construction Safety Orders (CAL-OSHA), and in particular, Article 3 of these Safety Orders, regarding Accident Prevention and safety meetings. Within ten (10) working days following the Notice of Award the Contractor shall provide a copy of the Contractor’s Safety Plan. The price paid for the plan is included in the various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be made therefore.
9.06 Permits and Fees – Unless otherwise stated in the Special Provisions, the Contractor shall procure all permits, registrations and licenses, including a City business registration, pay all charges and fees, and give all notices necessary for lawful prosecution of the work. All permits, registrations, licenses, and other authorizations shall be secured in sufficient time to prevent delays to the work. The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of said permits, licenses and other authorizations. The contractor shall submit satisfactory proof to the City, prior to issuance of the Notice to Proceed, that such permits, registrations or licenses are and will be in effect throughout the entire life of this contract. The contractor shall keep all permits, registrations and licenses posted on the job site.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 353
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-44 Project No. C2519
For City Capital Improvement Construction Projects, the Contractor shall obtain a “No Fee” encroachment and/or building permit. Contractor shall coordinate through the Engineer to insure that all appropriate construction inspections occur.
9.07 Coordination and Cooperation - Construction work by utility companies or other Contractors may be needed or may be occurring simultaneously within or adjacent to the limits of work for this project. The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with all other Contractors and utility companies throughout the duration of this project to avoid delays and minimize interference and conflicts. Cooperation will be required in the arrangement for the storage of materials, and in the detailed execution of the work.
It is the Contractor’s responsibility to ascertain the nature of work by others, coordinate the work, and install, modify, and maintain traffic control as necessary to avoid interferences and delays on the construction activities. Failure of the Contractor to keep informed of the work progressing on the site and failure to give written notice of lack of progress or defective workmanship by others shall be construed as acceptance by the Contractor of the status of the work as being satisfactory for proper coordination with Contractor’s work.
Where the work of one trade joins or is on the other’s work, there shall be no lack of continuity or discrepancy when work is completed. In conforming one kind of work with another, marring or damaging other work will not be permitted. Should improper work of any trade be covered by another which results in damage or defects, the whole work affected shall be made good by the Contractor without expense to the City.
The City reserves the right to perform work or allow others to perform work, as necessary, within or adjacent to the limits of this project, at any time. If the Contractor or any of the Subcontractors or employees causes loss or damage to any separate Contractor on the work, the Contractor, by agreement or arbitration, if they deems it necessary, will settle any claim for such loss or damage. If such separate Contractor shall sue the City, on account of any loss so sustained, the City shall notify the Contractor, who shall indemnify and hold harmless the City against any loss or damage arising therefrom, including the cost and expense of defending any such suit.
If any portions of the work specified herein are to be installed in any right-of–way owned by the State, County, Municipality, or other public entities or public utilities, it shall be incumbent upon the contractor to familiarize described above will necessarily be subject to their inspection and approval before acceptance of these portions of the work by the Engineer. Any costs for inspection by agents other than those of the City shall be borne by the contractor. Where other agencies have jurisdiction over some portion of the work, and the requirements of the agencies are at variance with this specification, then that portion of the work shall be done in accordance with the requirements of the agency(ies).
The Contractor shall absorb in the bid all costs involved in coordinating the work with others. The Contractor will not be entitled to additional compensation from the City for damages resulting from such simultaneous, collateral and essential work.
9.08 Use of Premises - The Contractor shall confine construction activities to the project limits; which shall consist of right-of-way, easements and/or property owned by the City of San Carlos. With prior approval of the Engineer, adjacent street right-of-way may also be utilized for day-to-day operations.
Unless approved by the Engineer, no storage of materials and equipment will be allowed to remain within the right-of-way during non-working hours, on the weekends, or during holidays.
Each day, after the completion of construction operations, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the project limits shall be secured and made accessible to the public. All excess materials and equipment not protected by approved traffic control devices (such as k-rails) shall be relocated to a staging area or demobilized. Trench spoils shall be off-hauled daily and open excavations shall be protected with steel plates.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 354
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-45 Project No. C2519
Personnel of Contractor and Subcontractors shall not occupy, live upon, or otherwise make use of the project site during any time that work is not being performed at the project site, except as otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents for issues such as site security.
9.09 Construction Staging and Field Office - If additional space beyond the construction limits is necessary for staging, the Contractor shall, make special arrangements with neighboring property City(s) to secure a staging area for a field office and/or material and equipment storage, at Contractor’s expense. The staging area must be fenced, with screening, and shall be operated in a manner that minimizes the inconvenience to neighbors.
The Contractor is encouraged to negotiate side agreements with the property owners of such sites prior to submitting bids. Prior to occupying the staging area, the Contractor will be required to provide to the Engineer a copy of the agreement or temporary construction easement granted by the property owner.
A written release from the property owners or City, holding the City harmless from liability, will also need to be provided. In addition to approval from the property owners, the Contractor may also need to secure a Use Permit from the City’s Planning Division.
9.10 Site Security - Contractor shall be responsible for the care and custody of work and the site, including all necessary security provisions, on a 24-hour per day basis throughout the entire term of the Agreement. The Contractor shall provide and maintain storage facilities and employ such measures as will preserve the specified quality and fitness of materials to be used in the work.
9.11 Construction Water – The Contractor is responsible for obtaining all water required for the project and shall work with, and obtain all permits from, the appropriate water purveyor prior to obtaining construction water. If hydrant water is to be used, the Contractor must first obtain a hydrant meter and pay all related expenses. Direct connections to hydrants without a meter are not allowed. If water trucks are used, they shall be installed with backflow prevention devices. The cost of water, including all associated fees, deposits or permits shall be incorporated into the various bid items and no separate payment shall be made. Water purveyors include:
California Water Service Company Mid-Peninsula Water District Bayshore District - Customer Center 3 Dairy Lane
341 North Delaware St. P.O. Box 129
San Mateo, CA 94401-1727 Belmont, CA 94002
M-F: 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. M-F: 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.
Tel.: (650) 558-7800 Tel.: (650) 591-8941
[email protected] midpeninsulawater.org
9.12 Project Site Maintenance – All work identified in this section shall be considered as part of the contract bid items, and no separate payment will be made thereof. (a) Disposal of Material - Unless otherwise shown on the plans or specified herein, all excess materials and materials removed from existing improvements shall become the property of, and be disposed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with disposing all excess materials in a safe and legal manner. No material shall be placed on private or public property without prior approval from the City and the property owner. The Contractor shall not allow any refuse, excavated material, surplus concrete or mortar, or any associated washings, to be disposed upon paved streets, into manholes or into the City’s storm drain system.
Contractor shall establish a system for daily collection and disposal of waste materials from construction areas and elsewhere on the site. Contractor shall handle waste materials that are hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary separately from inert waste by containerizing appropriately. Burning or burying of waste materials on site will not be permitted.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 355
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-46 Project No. C2519
All materials removed from the existing improvements, which in the opinion of the Engineer have salvage value, shall be delivered to the City Corporation Yard at 1000 Bransten Road, San Carlos, or at any other site designated by the Engineer within the City and shall be considered as part of the contract bid items, with no separate payment will be made thereof. (b) Cleanup and Dust Control – at all times during construction, including weekends and holidays, and throughout all phases of construction, including work suspensions and until final acceptance of the project, the Contractor shall keep the work site clean and free from rubbish, debris, and prevent the formation of an airborne dust nuisance.
Materials and equipment shall be removed from the site as soon as they are no longer necessary. Upon completion of the work and before final inspection, the entire site shall be cleared of equipment, unused materials, and rubbish so as to present a satisfactory clean and neat appearance.
The Contractor shall abate dust nuisance by cleaning, sweeping, and sprinkling with water, those excavated areas of dirt or other materials which are prone to causing dust, within both the project site and the storage or staging area. If required or directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide an approved water truck of large capacity with spraying capability and/or street sweeper.
The Contractor shall be required to apply water for dust control immediately during construction efforts and within one (1) hour after notification by the Engineer that an airborne nuisance exists. If dust control is not adequate, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Engineer will have this work performed by others and will deduct such cost from the total contract price.
All hauling trucks or other construction vehicles leaving the site shall be cleaned of mud or dirt clinging to exterior body surfaces or wheel rims before traveling on City streets outside the work limits. All trucks coming to or leaving the site with materials or loose debris shall be loaded in a manner, which will prevent the dropping of materials or debris on City streets. Spillage resulting from hauling operations along or across any public traveled way shall be removed immediately.
When construction operations cause dirt to be deposited on public streets, the Contractor shall immediately remove such material. Streets shall be cleaned by street sweeping, rather than flushing, so as to prevent mud from entering the storm drain system.
Excess excavated material shall be removed from the site immediately. Sufficient material may remain for use as backfill if permitted by the specifications. Forms and form lumber shall be removed from the site as soon as practicable after stripping.
Failure of the Contractor to comply with the Engineer’s cleanup orders may result in an order to suspend work until the condition is corrected. No additional compensation will be allowed as a result of such suspension.
(c) Air Pollution Control - The Contractor shall not discharge smoke, dust, or any other air contaminants into the atmosphere in such quantity as will violate the regulations of any legally constituted authority.
(d) Noise Control - The Contractor shall make every reasonable effort to control noise generated as a result of construction to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Use of an air compressor, jackhammer or other loud, vibrating sound generating device shall be limited to operations between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Monday thru Friday and between 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. on Saturday and Sunday, unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer.
(e) Vermin Control - At the time of acceptance, structures entirely constructed under the contract shall be free of rodents, insects, vermin and pests. Necessary extermination work shall be arranged and paid for by the Contractor as part of the contract work within the contract time and shall be performed by a licensed exterminator in accordance with
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 356
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-47 Project No. C2519
requirements of governing authorities. The Contractor shall be liable for injury to persons or property and responsible for the elimination of offensive odors resulting from extermination operations.
(f) Sanitation - The Contractor shall provide and maintain enclosed toilets for the use of employees engaged in the work. These accommodations shall be maintained in a neat and sanitary condition. They shall also comply with all applicable laws, ordinances and regulations pertaining to the public health and sanitation of dwellings and camps. (g) Wastewater - Wastewater systems shall not be interrupted. Should the Contractor disrupt existing sewer facilities, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer, and the Contractor shall establish a plan, subject to the approval of the City, to convey the sewage in closed conduits and disposed of it back into the sanitary sewer system. Sewage shall not be permitted to flow in trenches or be covered by backfill. (h) Temporary Light, Power and Water - The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and remove all temporary light, power, and water, including piping, wiring, lamps, and other equipment, necessary for the work at Contractor’s expense. The Contractor shall not draw water from any water source, except to extinguish a fire, without first obtaining permission from the appropriate water utility company/agency.
(i) Storm Water Pollution Control – All work shall conform to the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities (Order No. 2009-0009-DWQ, NPDES No.
CAS000002) ("General Permit"), and the NPDES Municipal Regional Stormwater Permit (MRP) (Order No. R2-2015-0049, NPDES No. CAS612008). The Contractor shall implement all applicable San Mateo Countywide Water Pollution Prevention Program (SMCWPPP) measures and Best Management Practices (BMPs). Failure to comply with the approved construction BMPs will result in the issuance of correction notices, citations and/or a stop work order.
The Contractor shall submit to the City a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) or Water Pollution Control Plan (WPCP), prepared in compliance with all NPDES requirements. The SWPPP/WPCP prepared by the Contractor shall address how the Contractor will prevent materials from being rinsed or washed into the storm drain system and specify which BMPs will be implemented for preventing sediment and pollutant discharges into the storm water system. The Contractor shall provide for the construction of facilities which may be required to prevent, control, and abate water pollution.
All construction efforts shall be conducted in a manner which prevents the release of hazardous material or hazardous waste into the soil or groundwater, and minimizes the discharge of pollutants into the storm drain system. No pollutants will be allowed to enter the storm drainage system. The Contractor shall be responsible for containing and removing any waste from the Contractor’s construction operations using the appropriate BMP. The Contractor shall be responsible for cleaning catch basins of solid or liquid waste materials originating from the Contractor’s operation before this material migrates further into the storm drain system. Violation of this provision shall cause the City to issue a stopwork notice and take necessary action to require the Contractor to correct and comply with regulations. All costs related to the stop-work action and corrective work to come into compliance shall be fully borne by the Contractor.
Existing Drainage Conditions - If the work performed interferes with established drainage patterns, ample provisions shall be made by the Contractor to correct the interference. The City may also direct the Contractor to take additional measures to be performed at the Contractor 's expense.
Illicit Discharge - No dumping or discharge of construction materials, debris, and hazardous materials will be permitted into the City's storm drainage system. In the event of any
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 357
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-48 Project No. C2519
discharge, leakage, spill or emission of hazardous materials, Contractor shall promptly notify the City and shall clean all affected property. The Contractor shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend the City against all liability incurred as a result of any such discharge, leakage, spill or emission, regardless of whether such liability, cost or expense arises during or after the term of the permit.
9.13 Preservation of Property - The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of public and private property adjacent to the work.
Due care shall be exercised to avoid damage to existing roadway improvements and facilities, adjacent property, roadside trees, lawn and shrubbery not designated for removal, pole lines, fences, signs, survey markers and monuments, buildings and structures, conduits, pipe lines under or above ground, sewer and water laterals, and any other improvements or facilities within or outside the limits of construction.
As ordered and approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide and install suitable safeguards to protect such objects from injury or damage. If such objects are injured or damaged by reason of the Contractor’s operations, they shall be replaced or restored, at the Contractor’s expense, to a condition as good as when the Contractor entered upon the work, or as good as required by the Contract Documents.
Existing striping damaged during construction within and adjacent to the project site shall be replaced with thermoplastic. Partially damaged striping (such as what might occur trenching through a pavement legend), shall be replaced in their entirety.
Contractor shall preserve carefully bench marks, reference points, and stakes; in case of willful or careless destruction, will be charged with the resulting expense of replacement and shall be responsible for any mistakes that may be caused by their unnecessary loss or disturbance.
Any survey monuments that are damaged or removed as part of the construction shall be replaced by the Contractor and a Record of Survey, as required by State law, shall be filed by a licensed Land Surveyor at the Contractor's expense.
The fact that any such improvement or facility is not shown upon the plans shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility under this Section. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to ascertain the existence of any underground improvements or facilities indicated on the plans, indicated by locating services, or as evidenced by facilities visible in the field.
Contractor shall protect the work, supplies and materials from damage due to the nature of the work, the action of the elements, trespassers, or any cause whatsoever which is under Contractor’s control, until the completion and acceptance of the work. Neither the City nor any of the City's agents assume any responsibility for collecting indemnity from any person(s) causing damage to the work of the contractor.
9.14 Protection of Buried Utilities – When the Contractor's attention is directed to the existence of pipes, cables, culverts, and other underground structures and improvements which may or may not be shown on the plans, it is the responsibility of the contractor to ascertain the exact location of such underground utilities in advance of any digging operations so that they shall not be disturbed or damaged by the Contractor during the progress of the work. All expenses of whatever nature arising from such disturbance or replacement or repair thereof shall be borne by the contractor.
If the location of pipelines being installed by the contractor under this contract conflicts with the location of existing pipelines, contractor shall so notify the Engineer in writing. The Engineer will ascertain the location of the existing utility in question and may require relocation of the pipeline being installed for the convenience of the contractor. It shall not be construed that the City or the Engineer is in any way required or obligated to locate or relocate pipelines to locations other than shown on the contract plans. If the Engineer relocates pipelines at the request of the Contractor, the contractor shall bear all the expenses incurred in connection therewith.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 358
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-49 Project No. C2519
9.15 Protection of Bridges - Contractor shall be responsible for any damage they may cause to bridges, culverts and road structures. The Contractor shall determine in advance the allowable safe load for each structure and, if necessary, provide special shoring and support at Contractor’s expense.
9.16 Protection of Traffic Signal Facilities - The Contractor shall give at least seventy-two (72) hours advance notice to the Engineer before commencing any street work (such as pavement grinding or trenching) that may potentially damage any traffic signal detection loop wires or any other signal facility.
This requirement is in addition to any Underground Services Alert notifications. The City will then mark the underground traffic signal facilities.
The Contractor shall not proceed with any grinding, trenching or other underground work until it has been verified with the Inspector that signal facilities have been marked.
In the event that the Contractor's construction activities cause any failure of a traffic facility, it shall be repaired and be made fully operable within 24-hours of the damage occurring. In the event that such repair is not undertaken within this time limit, the City may repair the facility at the Contractor’s expense.
9.17 Restoration of Adjacent and Existing Improvements - Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, or patching of the work required to make all parts of the work come together properly with existing and adjacent conditions.
Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall repair or replace all existing improvements (e.g., curbs, sidewalks, driveways, fences, signs, utilities, street surfaces, structures, etc.) damaged or removed as a result of the Contract operations. Repairs and replacements shall be at least equal to existing improvements, and shall match in terms of condition, finish and dimension to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
All Underground Services Alert (USA) markings, including the initial markings made by the Contractor and those markings placed by others in response shall be removed at the Contractor’s expense when they are no longer required. Acceptable means of removal include sand blasting, high pressure washing, or other means approved by the Engineer.
All traffic signs and street signs within the limit of work necessarily removed during the various phases of operations shall be temporarily reset by the Contractor at or near the original location upon completion of each phase of construction operations. Prior to removal of all traffic control signs, the Contractor shall submit photographs of the site which show the existing location of these signs so that upon completion the photographs will aid in resetting the signs at or near their original location. Traffic control signs and street signs will be replaced upon completion of the work and the cost of removal and replacement shall be considered as part of the contract bid items, and no separate payment will be made thereof.
Rural type mail boxes shall be maintained by the Contractor in a manner satisfactory to the property owner and postal service, and the Contractor shall relocate the same as soon as possible to a permanent location in accordance with postal regulations and in a location acceptable to the property owner.
Any object to be removed and reused at other locations shall be removed with due care and delivered or stored at the project’s construction storage area, or if approved by the Engineer, at any other site designated by the Engineer within the City. Such objects may consist of street light poles, signal mast arms and other objects directed by the Engineer. Items not approved by the Engineer for reuse purposes, and without salvage value, shall become the property of the Contractor, to be disposed of at Contractor expense, in an acceptable manner.
9.18 Archeological Remains - If human and/or archeological remains are uncovered during excavation. All earthwork within one-hundred (100) feet of these materials will be stopped until a Coroner and/or professional archeologist (SCA) and/or the Society of Professional Archeology (SOPA) has had an opportunity to evaluate the significance of the find and suggest appropriate mitigation measures.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 359
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-50 Project No. C2519
9.19 Access to Private Property - The Contractor shall schedule and perform operations so as to minimize disruption of access to private property. Prior to blocking access to any private driveway or parking lot entrance, the Contractor shall notify the residents, business owners or tenants of pending closure and allow residents to remove vehicles. During non-working hours no driveway, house or parking lot shall be denied access to a public roadway.
The Contractor shall coordinate with the adjacent property owners and businesses and maintain vehicle and pedestrian access to their properties at all times. Temporary access ramps, fencing, or other measures shall be provided as needed.
9.20 Traffic Control and Public Convenience – The Contractor shall provide for safe movement of all vehicular, bicycle and pedestrian traffic through and around the construction operations with as little inconvenience and delay as possible. The Contractor shall have no amount of work under construction other than what he can properly prosecute with due regard to the rights and convenience of the public.
Proper conveyance of vehicular traffic and pedestrians through the work area depends upon navigating under unexpected situations. The means of clarifying such conditions to the public include the Contractor’s use of signs, flagmen, pavement markings, barricades, lights, cones and delineators. No one standard sequence of signs or control devices will suit all conditions which may result from construction operations. Even for the same work, the conditions may vary from hour to hour, requiring adjustment and revisions of the traffic control in effect. The traffic control requirements specified herein are therefore intended to establish general principles to be observed in the control and regulation of traffic through and around the construction operations anticipated for this project. The requirements set forth in this Section represent the minimum traffic control requirements imposed and the Contractor shall be solely responsible for providing the full extent of traffic control measures that are necessary. Only individuals trained in the principles of implementing traffic control and/or traffic control flagging shall be assigned that responsibility at the work site.
(a) Traffic Control Plan – The Contractor shall submit a Traffic Control Plan to clearly describe proposed traffic control measures. The plan shall be generally in accordance with the illustrations included in the “California Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices” and the “Work Area Traffic Control Handbook”, (Building News Incorporated P.O. Box 3031, Terminal Annex, Los Angeles, CA 90051). The submittal shall consist of scaled drawings for each situation anticipated to be encountered, i.e., intersections, mid-block (each during working and non-working hours), etc. The drawings shall show signs, traffic control devices and flagmen as required.
The Traffic Control Plan shall be directed equally to the regulation and protection of nonvehicular traffic including pedestrians, bicyclists, joggers, skaters, skateboarders, etc. The Contractor shall provide for the protection and separation of non-vehicular traffic from construction operations at all times. No work involving the implementation of traffic control shall begin until the Engineer has reviewed and has no exception to the traffic control plans.
The Contractor may implement a revised Traffic Control Plan only with subsequent review with no exceptions by the Engineer.
(b) Traffic Control Devices - Traffic control devices shall be provided in sufficient quantities and types as required to provide safe and adequate traffic control. During hours of darkness, approved lights and/or flares shall be included, in proper working order, to illuminate signs and hazards and alert approaching traffic. Barricades shall be furnished and maintained along all open trenches in contact with traffic. No work may begin on any day or at any time before traffic control devices have been placed, test driven and, if required, adjusted and revised. All traffic control devices shall be placed in accordance with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices and the Contractor’s favorably reviewed traffic control plans. Locations of devices shall be adjusted to suit the conditions and
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 360
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-51 Project No. C2519
circumstances of each detour situation. In all cases, signs shall be placed to most effectively convey their messages to approaching traffic.
The Contractor shall maintain all traffic control devices, at proper locations and in proper working order, at all times during construction operations and whenever a hazard resulting from Contractor’s operations exists. The Contractor shall adjust and revise traffic control devices, placement, etc., to suit changing conditions around construction operations.
Traffic control devices shall remain in place at all times, as required to alert approaching traffic of upcoming hazards. After hazards have been removed, all traffic control devices shall be removed. Temporary signs shall be removed or their messages covered.
Daily traffic control measures shall continue until cleanup activities have been satisfactorily completed and all of the Contractor’s equipment has been removed from the traveled way. (c) Traffic Control Detours - The Contractor shall direct, divert and detour traffic through, around and adjacent to construction operations in accordance with the traffic control plans specified in the Contract Documents or in accordance with the Contractor’s favorably reviewed traffic control plans.
1. Field Review of Detours - Immediately after traffic control devices have been placed, the detour shall be test driven by the Engineer or Inspector and the Contractor’s Superintendent. The test drive shall include approaches to the detour from each possible direction, and traverse the full length of each detour route. The Contractor shall adjust and revise all traffic control devices as determined to be required by the test drive and the test drive shall be repeated, if determined necessary by the Engineer or Inspector. The Contractor shall provide additional traffic control devices as required to maintain the flow of traffic throughout construction operation.
2. Diverting Bicycle and Pedestrian Traffic – Whenever construction operations obstruct the flow of bicycle and pedestrian traffic or present a hazard to bicycles and pedestrians, the Contractor shall take appropriate action to protect and separate bicycles and pedestrians from the work area. Such action may include placement of barricades between bicycles and pedestrians and the work areas, placement of warning signs, and provisions utilizing personnel as required to protect and maintain access for bicycles and pedestrians as conditions warrant.
3. Diverting Vehicular Traffic - Whenever construction operations obstruct the flow of vehicular traffic or present a hazard to vehicles operating in the vicinity of construction operations, the Contractor shall take appropriate action to warn, detour and otherwise protect approaching drivers and vehicles.
4. Flagmen - The Contractor shall employ flagmen as required for each specific detour and at all locations where barricades and warning signs cannot control the movement of traffic. A warning sign shall be placed ahead of the flagman reading:
“Flagman Ahead.” The distance between the sign and the flagman should be based on the average traffic speed, allowing approximately fifty (50) feet for each ten (10) miles per hour. During hours of darkness, flagman stations shall be illuminated such that the flagman will be clearly visible to approaching traffic.
Lights for illuminating the flagman station shall receive favorable review by the Engineer. The flagman shall wear a red or orange warning garment when flagging.
Flagmen shall be provided with approved red flags or STOP/SLOW hand paddles, and two-way radios for communication. When flagging during hours of darkness, the flagman shall signal with a red light or flare and shall have a belt and suspender harness outside any garment fitted with reflectors or made from reflectorized cloth, unless the garment is well reflectorized in one of these ways.
5. Notice to Agencies - The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and all agencies having jurisdiction over the work, in writing, at least ninety-six (96) hours, excluding
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 361
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-52 Project No. C2519
holidays and weekends, prior to instituting any lane closure or detour. At the end of each workday, the Contractor shall inform the Engineer, Police Department and Fire Departments of the status of all detours, lane restrictions, or road closures.
The Contractor shall cooperate and coordinate with the various parties involved in the collection and removal of trash and garbage, the transit providers, the U.S.
Postal Service, and others, as necessary, in order to maintain existing schedules and services.
6. Emergency Vehicle Access Through Detours - During all detours and/or street closures the Contractor shall provide for the movement of emergency vehicles through the work area. It is essential that the Contractor’s work and equipment does not impede emergency access.
7. Night Detours - The Contractor shall not be permitted to maintain any lane closure or road closure during non-working hours without first obtaining written approval from the Engineer. During non-working hours the Contractor shall restore travel lanes to their original alignment and configuration by means of placing temporary asphalt pavement or bridging with steel plates. The Contractor shall place “ROUGH ROAD” signs conforming to the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices at uneven temporary pavement or bridging locations. See General Provisions, Section 9.18 (b), “Trench Safety Requirements”.
8. Temporary Traffic Lanes – Temporary traffic lanes shall be at least ten (10) feet wide, or eleven (11) feet wide around curves. Provide an additional two (2) feet of clearance from curbs. The length of temporary lanes should be limited to the area under construction and the distance necessary to divert traffic. (d) Parking Restrictions - The Contractor shall post approved “No Parking” signs at all locations necessary to establish work areas and detour traffic. Signs shall read: “NO PARKING - CONSTRUCTION TOW-AWAY ZONE,” show the actual day and hours of parking restriction and indicate the telephone number of the City’s Police Department or agency having jurisdiction. Signs shall be placed at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of the restriction. The Engineer shall approve the location and duration of no parking limits and verify their placement. “No Parking” signs shall be removed when no work is under construction and must be reposted forty-eight (48) hours before the resumption of construction activities.
For any violation of “No Parking” signs by motorists, the Contractor shall contact and coordinate directly with the City’s Police Department for removal of vehicles in accordance with the California Vehicle Code. The Contractor shall also coordinate with the Police Department directly for enforcement and towing of parked vehicles.
9.21 Safety - The Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the work. The Contractor’s responsibilities shall specifically provide for the safety of persons involved in the project, other persons who are affected by the performance of the work, the work in place, materials and equipment to be incorporated in the work, the project site, and adjoining property.
The services of the City in conducting inspection or construction review of the Contractor's performance is not intended to include review of the adequacy of the Contractor's work methods, equipment, bracing, shoring or scaffolding, or safety measures, in, on, or near the construction site.
Safety vests and personal protection equipment shall be worn by the Contractor, all subcontractors and other personnel when working or present on the site. Hard hats shall be worn when working around earthmoving or any heavy construction equipment or during any overhead construction work.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 362
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-53 Project No. C2519
Payment for performing all work necessary to provide safety measures shall be included in the bid items for which safety measures are required and no additional compensation will be made. (a) Safety Orders – The Contractor shall have at the work site, copies or suitable extracts of:
Construction Safety Orders, Tunnel Safety Orders, and General Industry Safety Orders issued by the State Division of Industrial Safety. The Contractor shall comply with provisions of these and all other applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations. (b) Trench Safety Requirement - As required by California Labor Code, Section 6705 and in addition thereto, for any excavation of any trench or trenches five (5’) feet or more in depth, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review, a detailed plan showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for worker protection from the hazard of caving ground during the excavation of such trench or trenches. Structural calculations prepared, stamped and signed by a Registered Engineer licensed to practice in the State of California shall accompany the plan to verify the structural safety and adequacy of the sheeting, shoring and bracing to be used on the project. No such plan shall allow any shoring, sloping or a protection system less effective than that required by the Construction Safety Orders of the State Division of Occupational Safety and Health.
The maximum length of open trench shall be three-hundred (300) feet or the distance that pipe can be installed in a single day as determined by the Engineer. Trenches shall be backfilled and covered with two (2) inches of cutback (in paved areas) or bridged with tackwelded steel plates at the end of each workday. Cutback shall be placed around plate edges to provide a smooth transition and to secure against displacement.
As soon as possible under the provisions of these specifications, the Contractor shall backfill all excavations and restore to usefulness all improvements that existed prior to the start of construction.
(c) Confined Space Entry Program (CSEP) - Entry into permit-required confined spaces as defined in Section 5157, Title 8, California Code of Regulations (CCR) may be required as a part of the work. All manholes, tanks, vaults, pipelines, excavations, or other enclosed or partially enclosed spaces shall be considered permit-required confined spaces until the pre-entry procedures demonstrate otherwise. The Contractor shall be responsible for implementing, administering, and maintaining a confined space entry program (CSEP) in accordance with Sections 5156, 5157, 5158, Title 8, CCR and shall implement such a program prior to performing any work in a permit-required confined space. A copy of the permit shall be available at all times for review by the Contractor and City personnel at the work site.
Prior to starting work, the Contractor shall prepare and submit its comprehensive CSEP to the Engineer. The CSEP shall address all potential physical and environmental hazards and contain procedures for safe entry into confined spaces, including, but not limited to the following:
1. Training of personnel
2. Purging and cleaning the space of materials and residue
3. Potential isolation and control of energy and material inflow
4. Controlled access to the space
5. Atmospheric testing of the space
6. Ventilation of the space
7. Special hazards consideration
8. Personal protective equipment
9. Rescue plan provisions
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 363
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-54 Project No. C2519
The Contractor’s CSEP submittal shall also include the names of the Contractor’s and Subcontractor’s personnel assigned to the project who will have CSEP responsibilities, their CSEP training, their specific assignment and their responsibilities in carrying out the CSEP.
Payment for implementing, administering, and providing all equipment and personnel associated with the CSEP shall be included in the bid items for which the CSEP is required and no additional compensation will be made.
(d) Hazardous Conditions: Contractor’s Responsibility for Precautions - Contractor agrees that if, during the progress of the work, a hazardous condition is identified which involves a risk of bodily harm to any person or a risk of damage to any property, the Contractor will take such special precautions as shall be necessary to make the progress of the work safe under such condition. Conditions may result from, but are not limited to, the use of specified materials or equipment, the location of the work, the condition of the site, the kind or method of construction, or the manner in which any of the work is required to be done. The Contractor agrees to assume the sole responsibility for determining whether any such hazardous condition exists or will be created during the course of the work.
(e) Use of Explosives – Explosives may be used only when authorized in writing by the Engineer, or as otherwise stated in the Specifications. Explosives shall be handled, used, and stored in accordance with all applicable regulations. No explosive material shall be transported to, stored or utilized on the site without written permission of Engineer. All blasting work and handling of explosives on the site shall be done only by qualified persons who possess a valid permit. The Engineer’s approval of the use of explosives shall not relieve the Contractor from liability for claims caused by blasting operations. (f) Special Hazardous Substances and Process – Materials that contain hazardous substances or mixtures may be required on the work. A Material Safety Data Sheet as described in California Code of Regulations, Section 5194 shall be requested by the Contractor from the manufacturer of any hazardous products used and submitted to the Engineer.
Hazardous material usage shall be accomplished with strict adherence to California Division of Industrial Safety requirements and all manufacturer warnings and application instructions listed on the Material Safety Data Sheet and on the product container label.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer if a specified product cannot be used under safe conditions.
9.22 Patent Fees or Royalties - All fees, royalties or claims for any patented invention, article or method that may be used upon or in any manner connected with the work under this contract shall be included in the price bid for the work and the contractor and the Contractor’s sureties shall protect and hold the City, together with all the City's officers, agents, servants and employees, harmless against any and all demands made for such fees or claims brought or made by the holder of any invention or patent and, before the final payment is made on account of this contract, contractor shall, if requested by the Engineer, furnish acceptable proof of a proper release from all such fees or claims.
Should the contractor, his agents, servants or employees, or any of them, be enjoined from furnishing or using any invention, article, material or appliance supplied or required to be supplied or used under this contract, the contractor shall promptly substitute other articles, materials or appliances, in lieu thereof, of equal efficiency, quality, finish, suitability and market value and satisfactory in all respects to the Engineer. Or, in the event that the Engineers elects in lieu of such substitution to have supplies and to retain and use any such invention, article, material or appliance as may be required by the contract to be supplied – in that event, the contractor shall pay such royalties and secure such valid licenses as may be requisite and necessary for the City, the City's officers, agents, servants and employees, or any of them to use such invention, article, material or appliance without being disturbed or in any way interfered with by
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 364
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-55 Project No. C2519
any proceeding in law or equity on account thereof. Should the contractor neglect or refuse to make the substitution promptly, or to pay such royalties and secure such licenses as may be necessary, then, in that event, the Engineer shall have the right to make such substitution or the City may pay such royalties and secure such licenses and charge the cost thereof against any monies due the contractor from the City or recover the amount thereof from the Contractor and any sureties notwithstanding final payment under this contract may have been made.
9.23 Advertising - The names of the Contractor or Subcontractors, with their addresses and the designation of their particular specialties, may be displayed at the job site on removable signs only if written approval is received from the Engineer. Commercial advertising material shall not be attached to, or painted on the surfaces of, any buildings, fences, canopies, or barricades.
9.24 Antitrust Claims – Attention is directed to Public Contract Code, Section 7103.5 which provides: “In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the Contractor or Subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the City all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec 15) or the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2, commencing with Section 16700, of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the public works contract or subcontract. The assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the City tenders final payment to the Contractor, without further acknowledgement by the parties.”
9.25 Audit and Examination of Records – The City and entities and agencies designated by the City, shall have access to, and the right to audit and examine at no additional cost, all of the Contractor’s project related data including but not limited to, books, estimates, records, contracts, bid cost data, Subcontractor and supplier job cost data, change orders, correspondence, instructions, drawings, receipts, vouchers, purchase orders, notes, computations, daily logs, and memoranda relating to the work. Pursuant to Government Code, Section 8546.7, the Contractor shall preserve all such records and will be subject to examination and audit by the State Auditor, at the request of the City, for a period of three (3) years after final payment under the Agreement.
9.26 Notice of Entrance - Before entering any private property the contractor shall give the owner, tenant and inspector a minimum of forty-eight (48) hours written notice.
9.27 Additional and Emergency Protection - Wherever, in the opinion of the Engineer, the contractor has not taken sufficient precautions for the safety of the public or the protection of the works to be constructed under this contract, or of adjacent structures or property which may be injured by processes of construction on account of such neglect, and whenever, in the opinion of the Engineer, an emergency shall arise and immediate actions shall be considered necessary in order to protect personal and property interest, whether public or private, then and in that event, the Engineer, with or without notice to the contractor, may provide suitable protection to the said interests by causing such work to be done and such material to be furnished as shall provide such protection as the Engineer may consider necessary and adequate.
The cost and expense of such work and material so furnished shall be borne by the contractor and if the same shall not be paid on presentation of the bills therefore, then such costs shall be deducted from any amounts due or to become due the contractor. The performance of such emergency work under the direction of the Engineer shall in no way relieve the contractor from any damages which may occur during or after precaution has been taken by the Engineer.
9.28 Placing Portions of Work in Service - Portions of the work may be placed in service as completed if desired by the City. Contractor shall give proper access to the work for this purpose. Such use and operation shall not constitute an acceptance of the work and the work, and the contractor shall be liable for defects due to faulty construction until the entire work under the contract is finally accepted.
9.29 Rights-of-Way - The City will provide all rights-of-way and easements in or beneath which pipes and other structures will be constructed by the Contractor under this contract. If through the failure
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 365
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-56 Project No. C2519
of the City to acquire or clear title to rights-of-way, the Contractor sustains loss which could not have been avoided by the judicious handling of forces and plant, there shall be paid to the contractor such amount as the Engineer may find to be a fair and reasonable compensation for such part of the Contractor's actual loss as the Engineer deems unavoidable. Actual loss shall be understood to include no items other than necessary payments, idle time of men, idle time of equipment, cost of extra moving of equipment, and cost of longer hauls, with no allowance in any case for overhead or profit. If performance of the Contractor's work is delayed as a result of the failure of the City to acquire or clear title to rights-of-way, a commensurate extension of time will be granted.
SECTION 10 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
10.01 Measurement of Quantities for Unit Price Work - Materials and items of work which are to be paid for on the basis of measurement shall be measured in accordance with the methods stipulated in the particular sections of the Contract Documents involved. Unless specifically stated otherwise in this contract, no extra measurement(s) according to local custom of any kind shall be allowed in measuring the work under this contract; only the length, area, solid contents, number, weight, or time in standard units, as the case may be, shall be considered as specified.
Unless otherwise specified, quantities of work shall be determined from measurements or dimensions in the horizontal planes. Stationing shall be along the street centerline, lengths of sanitary sewers, storm drains and water lines shall be measured as the horizontal distances from center to center of structures, rounded to the nearest foot, and lengths of all return radii and curb data shall be measured along the face of curb. Volumetric quantities shall be the product of the mean area of vertical or horizontal sections and the intervening horizontal or vertical dimensions. Measurements shall be in accordance with U.S. Standard Measures. A pound is an avoirdupois pound. A ton is two-thousand (2,000) pounds avoirdupois. The unit of liquid measure is the U.S. gallon.
When payment is to be made on the basis of weight, the weighing shall be done on certified platform scales or, when approved by the Engineer, on a completely automated weighing and recording system.
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer with duplicate licensed Weighmaster’s certificates showing the actual net weights. The City will accept the certificates as evidence of the weights delivered.
10.02 Bid Items - Should any bid item be eliminated in its entirety, payment will be made to the Contractor for actual costs incurred, in connection with such eliminated contract work, and for costs incurred prior to the date of the Engineer’s written notification eliminating such work. The actual costs to be paid to the Contractor shall be computed in the same manner as if the work were to be paid on a force account basis. No compensation will be made to the Contractor, in any case, for loss of anticipated profits.
Increased or decreased scope involving a change order will be paid as stipulated in the change order.
The estimated value of work performed, for lump sum bids or lump sum bid items will be determined from the schedule of values, to be prepared by the Contractor and presented at the preconstruction meeting. Elements of work on the schedule of values shall be separated into groupings appropriate for the project. The Technical Specifications may be used as a guide for establishing these groupings. Move-in costs, bond and insurance costs, and submittal preparation costs can be included in the schedule of values under a separate mobilization line item. This line item shall not exceed five-percent (5%) of the contract’s value. Overhead and profit shall not be allowed as a line item, but shall be prorated over other items of work.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 366
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-57 Project No. C2519
10.03 Bid Quantities - The quantities listed in the Bid Schedule for each bid item do not govern final payment. Payments to the Contractor will be made only for the actual quantities of contract items constructed in accordance with the plans and specifications. If upon completion of the construction, the actual quantities show either an increase or decrease from the quantities given in the bid schedule, the contract unit prices will still prevail.
Payment will not be made for materials wasted or disposed of in a manner not called for under the contract. This includes rejected material not unloaded from vehicles, material rejected after it has been placed and material placed outside of the plan lines. Unless otherwise provided, no payment will be made for materials delivered to the site but not incorporated in the work. Such quantities will not be included in the final pay quantities. No compensation will be allowed for the disposal of rejected or excess material.
When the estimated quantity for a specific portion of work is designated on the Bid Schedule as a “Final Pay Quantity”, the estimated quantity specified shall be the final quantity for which payment for such specified portion of the work will be made, regardless of the actual quantity constructed, unless the dimensions of said portions of the work shown on the plans are revised by the Engineer. If such dimensions are revised and such revisions result in an increase or decrease in the quantity of such work, the final quantity for payment will be revised by the amount represented by the change. The estimated quantity for any portion of the work designated as a Final Pay Quantity shall be considered as approximate only and no guarantee is made that the quantity, which can be determined by computations, based upon the details and dimensions shown on the plans, will equal the estimated quantity. No allowance will be made in the event that the quantities based upon computations do not equal the estimated quantities. Final pay quantities will be designated on the Bid Schedule with the letter (F) and shall only apply to the corresponding portions of work specifically designated on the plans. Any portion of work not designated as a final pay quantity will be measured and paid for as specified under other provisions of the Contract Documents.
10.04 Progress Payments – On or about the 25th day of each month may be designated as the date which would terminate each working month for the purpose of making progress payments.
The Contractor's request for a progress payment shall be submitted under cover of the Request for Progress Payment form approved by the Engineer. The Request for Progress Payment form shall be complete and properly executed by the contractor, and have, as attachments, the items listed on the form.
The Contractor shall, on the date established, prepare and submit a progress estimate to the City for work accomplished during the previous working month, based on the various contract bid items and the unit bid prices. Invoices shall include amounts previously paid, itemized retention and any deductions or additions authorized by change order. Consultation with the Engineer may be necessary to determine the amount of work accomplished.
The first progress payment will not be made until the following submittals have been provided and accepted: list and schedule of submittals, Baseline Construction Schedule, schedule of values (if applicable), SWPPP. Subsequent progress payment requests will not be accepted unless accompanied by the progress payment cover letter, an updated baseline or revised schedule, a certification that the record drawings have been updated as of the date of the invoice.
Upon receipt of a progress payment request, the City shall, within ten (10) working days, determine if the request is proper, and if disputed the City will return the progress payment to the Contractor along with a written document setting forth the progress payment request’s shortcomings. Following receipt of an undisputed and properly submitted progress payment request, the City shall authorize payment within thirty (30) calendar days.
Contractor may request partial payment for materials delivered to the site but not yet incorporated into the work (materials on hand). To receive consideration for payment of materials on hand, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a list of such materials at least five (5) working days prior to submitting the monthly estimate of amount earned for work completed. At the Engineer’s sole discretion,
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 367
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-58 Project No. C2519
up to seventy-five-percent (75%) of the estimated value of materials on hand may be considered for payment, subject to the following:
(a) Only materials which have received favorable review of shop drawings will qualify. (b) Eligible materials must be delivered and properly stored, protected, and maintained in a manner favorably reviewed by the Engineer, at the job site or at a bonded warehouse. (c) The Contractor's actual net cost for the materials must be supported by paid invoices to suppliers or other documentation requested by the Engineer. (d) Materials delivered to the site less than thirty (30) days prior to their scheduled incorporation in the work shall not qualify.
(e) Partial payments for materials on hand shall not be deemed to be final payment for the material nor relieve the Contractor of any obligations under the Contract. (f) Partial payments for materials on hand shall be subject to retention.
From each progress estimate, five percent (5%) will be deducted and retained by the City, and the remainder of the amount due, less the amount of all previous payment will be paid to the Contractor provided all work invoiced has been completed and approved by the Engineer.
The Engineer may withhold or nullify, the whole or any part of any payment to such extent as may be necessary to protect the City from loss on account of any of the following:
(a) Defective or vandalized work not remedied,
(b) Damage to the City or another Contractor,
(c) Claims filed, or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims, (d) Stop notices, or failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to subcontractors or laborers or suppliers, in which case 125% of the stop notice amount shall be withheld until a release form is received,
(e) A reasonable doubt that the contract can be completed for the balance unpaid, (f) Reasonable evidence that the work will not be completed within the contract time and that the unpaid balance of the contract sum would not be adequate to cover the City’s liquidated damages assessed in accordance with the Agreement for the anticipated delay, (g) Failure of Contractor to maintain, update and submit record documents, schedules or other submittals as required by the Contract Documents,
(h) Performance of work by Contractor without properly processed shop drawings; (i) Any other failure of Contractor to perform its obligations under the Contract Documents.
The Contractor may elect to receive one hundred percent (100%) of payments due under the contract from time to time, without retention of any portion of the payment by the City, by depositing and maintaining securities of a value equivalent to the retention amount with the City in accordance with the provisions of Public Contract Code, Section 22300. Such securities, if deposited by the Contractor, shall be valued by the City’s Administrative Services Director, whose decision on valuation of the securities shall be final.
Contractor warrants that, upon submittal of an application for payment, all work for which payment has been previously issued by the City and received by the Contractor, shall be free and clear of all claims, stop notices, security interests, and encumbrances in favor of Contractor, Subcontractors, or other persons or firms entitled to make claims by reason of having provided labor, materials, or equipment relating to work.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 368
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-59 Project No. C2519
The payment of progress payments by the City shall not be construed as an absolute acceptance of the work done up to the time of such payments and shall not constitute acceptance of defective work.
10.05 Retentions - The City shall retain five percent (5%) of the amount of each progress estimate, and the accumulation of said amounts so retained from the progressive payments to the extent unencumbered will be paid to the contractor in no less than thirty-five (35) days after the completion and acceptance by the Engineer and the City of the work done.
Upon contractor's request, City will make payment of funds withheld from progress payments pursuant to the requirements of Code Section 14402 if contractor deposits in escrow with the City, or with a bank acceptable to the City, securities eligible for the investment of State funds under Government Code Section 16430 or bank or savings and loan certificates of deposit, upon the following conditions:
(a) Contractor shall bear the expense of the City and the escrow agent in connection with the escrow deposit made.
(b) Securities or certificates of deposit to be placed in escrow shall be of a value at least equivalent to the amounts of retention to be paid to the contractor pursuant to this section. (c) Contractor shall enter into an escrow agreement satisfactory to the City, which agreement shall include provisions governing inter alia:
1. Amount of securities to be deposited.
1. Providing of powers of attorney or other documents necessary for the transfer of the securities to be deposited.
2. Conversion to cash to provide funds to meet defaults to termination of the contractor's control over the work, stop notices filed pursuant to the law, assessment of liquidated damages or other amounts to be kept or retained under the provisions of the contract.
3. Decrease in value of securities or deposit.
4. Termination of the escrow upon completion of the contract. (d) Contractor shall obtain the written consent of the surety to such agreement.
10.06 Final Payment - The City shall, prior to final acceptance, provide the Contractor with a copy of the final quantities for the various contract bid items and a summary of contract change orders for review. All prior payments shall be subject to correction in determining the total contract sum. The Contractor shall reply promptly in writing, to indicate either concurrence or an explanation of possible discrepancies in the total contract sum.
The project will not be submitted to the City Council for acceptance until the Engineer and the Contractor concur with the totals of all quantities, costs, contract change orders and the total contract sum.
Following concurrence, a semi-final payment will be made to the Contractor after deducting all previous payments and all amounts to be retained under the provisions of the contract. The retention payment shall be due and payable as a final payment after the expiration of thirty-five (35) days following the date of final acceptance of the work by the City Council.
If within the time fixed by law, a properly executed notice to stop payment is filed with the City, due to Contractor’s failure to pay for labor or materials used in the work, all money due for such labor or materials will be withheld from payment to the Contractor in accordance with applicable laws.
If releases are required, the Contractor shall pay or cause to be paid to Subcontractors the amount stated in the conditional releases within five (5) days after receipt of the semi-final payment, and shall promptly thereafter furnish evidence of such payment to the City.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 369
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-60 Project No. C2519
The securities deposited by the Contractor will be released, providing that the following requirements of the contract have been fulfilled:
(a) Satisfactory completion of all construction work and written acceptance of said work by the City;
(b) The submission by the Contractor to the Engineer of all required stop notice releases, submittals, written guarantees, warranties, operating manuals, and other project related documentation;
(c) The return to the Engineer of all drawings and written specifications loaned to the Contractor during the construction period.
(d) The submission by the Contractor to the Engineer of record documents and a set of redlined drawings showing the revisions to the original set of drawings which reflect the actual construction of the project for preparation of “Record Drawings”.
The Contractor agrees that the payment of the final amount due under the contract shall release the City of San Carlos from any and all claims or liability on account of all work performed under the contract, except those items previously made in writing and identified by the Contractor as unsettled. Release of the final payment by the City shall not be construed as an acceptance of any defective work or acceptance of improper materials.
10.07 Acceptance - Contractor shall notify Engineer in writing of the completion of the work, whereupon the Engineer shall promptly satisfy them self by personal inspection as to the actual completion of the work in accordance with the terms of the contract. After receiving a written recommendation from the Engineer for acceptance of the work, City shall accept or reject the work; stating, if the work is rejected, the requisite conditions for acceptance. When the City accepts the work, they shall file a Notice of Completion with the County Recorder in the county where the work is located and shall promptly notify the contractor in writing of the recordation. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all work, materials and equipment accepted by the City will pass to the City free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances, and that no work, materials or equipment accepted will have been acquired by the contractor, or by any other person performing the work at the site or furnishing materials or equipment for the project, subject to an agreement under which an interest therein or encumbrances thereon is retained by the seller or otherwise imposed by contractor of such other person.
10.08 Compensation for Extra or Omitted Work – Compensation for extra or omitted work shall be in accordance with Section 5.08, Change Orders.
10.09 Compensation to City for Extension of Time - In case the work called for under this contract is not completed within the time limit stipulated herein, the City shall have the right, as provided hereinabove, to extend the time of completion thereof. If the time limit so be extended, the City shall have the right to charge to the contractor and to deduct from the final payment for the work the actual cost to the City of engineering, inspection, administration, legal and other overhead expenses which are directly chargeable to the extension of time. The cost of final surveys and preparation of the final estimate shall not be included in such charges.
10.10 Claims - The term “Claim” shall mean a written demand or assertion by the Contractor seeking, as a matter of asserted right, adjustment in the terms of the Contract Documents, payment of money, extension of time, or other relief with respect to the Contract Documents, or determination of other disputes or matters in question between the City and Contractor arising out of or related to the Contract Documents or the performance of the work, including claims alleging an error or omission.
A claim must be stated with specificity, including identification of the event giving rise to claim, the date of the event, and the asserted effect on contract sum and contract time. The claim shall include
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 370
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-61 Project No. C2519
adequate supporting data. Adequate supporting data for a claim for an adjustment of the contract time shall include scheduling data demonstrating the impact of the event on the completion of the work.
Adequate supporting data for a claim for an adjustment of the contract sum shall include a detailed cost breakdown of the items allowed, isolating labor, material, and equipment costs, and providing detailed quantities and unit prices for changed work. If the exact amount of a claim is not ascertainable at the time such claim is made, the supporting data currently available shall be submitted. Supplemental data supporting the exact amount of the claim shall be submitted as soon as available.
Notwithstanding the making of any claim or the existence of any dispute regarding any claim, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall not cause any delay, cessation, or termination in the performance of the work, including portions of the work pertaining to a claim.
10.11 Time Limit on Claims - Contractor shall submit any and all claims, together with adequate supporting data to the Engineer as soon as possible but not later than ten (10) working days after occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim, or the date the Contractor first recognized, or reasonably should have recognized, the condition giving rise to the claim, whichever is earlier. Contractor hereby expressly waives all claims not made within this time limit.
Contractor is expressly barred from asserting any claims of which the Contractor was aware, whether or not the exact amount of such claims was ascertainable, that is not submitted to the Engineer prior to the Contractor proceeding with the work.
10.12 City Response to Claims - The Engineer shall promptly review claims. If additional supporting data is deemed necessary, the Engineer shall request such additional data within ten (10) working days after receipt of the claim. The Contractor shall furnish such additional data no later than ten (10) working days after receipt of the City’s request. The Engineer shall render a decision promptly, but in any event, within thirty (30) working days after the receipt of the claim or the receipt of additional supporting data. If the amount of the claim is in excess of $50,000, the aforesaid thirty (30) working day period shall be sixty (60) working days. Failure of the Engineer to render a decision within the aforesaid thirty (30) or sixty (60) working day period shall be deemed a decision denying the claim and the last day of such period shall be the date of such decision. The decision of the Engineer shall be final and binding unless appealed in accordance with the General Provisions, Section 10.15, “Appeal of the Engineer’s Decision”.
10.13 Appeal of Engineer’s Decision - If Contractor disputes the Engineer’s decision of a claim, the Contractor shall, within thirty (30) calendar days of the decision, make a written appeal of the decision to the Engineer. The written appeal shall include all supporting data upon which the Contractor requests the City to modify its decision, including all documentation transmitted between the Contractor and the Engineer on the underlying claim. The Engineer shall make a good faith effort to resolve the claim prior to final completion of the Project. In the event the claim is not resolved prior to final completion, the Contractor’s claim shall be heard by the Director of Public Works prior to recommending final acceptance to the City Council. The Contractor’s administrative remedies under the Contract Documents shall be exhausted after the decision of the Director of Public Works is rendered. In case of disagreement with the decision of the Director of Public Works, the Contractor may pursue the resolution of the dispute by presenting a formal claim to the City.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 371
General Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page GP-62 Project No. C2519
SECTION 11 - GUARANTY
11.01 Contractor’s Guaranty - Prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall warrant and guaranty to the City that all work is in accordance with the Contract Documents and is not defective.
The guaranty shall be accompanied by a warranty bond for ten percent (10%) of the final contract sum, which shall warrant the quality of the work for a period of two (2) years after acceptance. The guaranty and warranty bond shall be in accordance with the Agreement Forms furnished in the Contract Documents.
11.02 Correction of Defective Work During the Guaranty Period - If within two (2) years after the date of City Council acceptance, or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by laws or regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guaranty required by the Contract Documents, any work is found to be defective, the Contractor shall promptly without cost to the City and in accordance with the City’s written instructions, either correct such defective work or if it has been rejected by the City, remove it from the site and replace it with non-defective work.
If the Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions within ten (10) working days after written demand by the City, the City may have the defective work corrected. The City may also correct defective work immediately in cases of emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage. All direct, indirect and consequential costs of correcting defective work (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals) shall be absorbed by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall remove from the Project site portions of the work and materials which are not in accordance with the Contract Documents and which are neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the City. If Contractor fails to pay the costs of such removal within ten (10) working days after written demand, the City may, without prejudice to other remedies, sell such materials at auction or at private sale, or otherwise dispose of such material. The Contractor shall be entitled to the proceeds of such sale, if any, in excess of the costs and damages for which the Contractor is liable to the City, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and compensation for the City’s services and expenses.
The City shall have the option, at its sole discretion and by notice to the Contractor, to accept defective work as defined in Section 4.18 – “Acceptance of Defective Work. “
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 372
Bid Item Descriptions Library Building Painting Project Page BD-1
Project No. C2519
BID ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 373
Bid Item Descriptions Library Building Painting Project Page BD-2
Project No. C2519
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 374
Bid Item Descriptions Library Building Painting Project Page BD-3
Project No. C2519
BID ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
0-1.01 GENERAL
It is the intent of the Proposal and this Contract Document that the bid for each lump sum or unit price item, as submitted, and as required by the Contract Documents. All costs in connection with the work, including labor, materials and equipment to fully complete the work, shall be included in the lump sum named in the Proposal. No item of work required by contract documents for proper and successful completion of the contract will be paid for in addition to the prices submitted in the Proposal. All work not specifically set forth in the Proposal as a pay item shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor and all costs in connection therewith shall be included in prices shown in the Proposal. 0-1.02 BID ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
Lump sum bid items will be measured as a complete job, and are intended to cover payment for all work in connection with the item as indicated and as described in Section
01.03 – Measurement and Payment of this Section and throughout these specifications.
Bid items for this project are described as follows:
Bid Item No. 1: Library Main-Level Foyer and Entry Areas The areas to be painted/repainted as part of this bid item include all wall surfaces, including any handrails and other appurtenances, of the Library Main-Level Foyer and Entry Areas including the adjacent hallways leading to bathrooms and stairwells, and including the stairwells themselves. The stairwells include the stairwell to the upper level, and the stairwell to the lower level parking lot. Includes all handrails. The item does not include painting the bathrooms and does not include the ceilings.
Bid Item No. 2: Library Upper-Level Rotunda Area
The areas to be painted/repainted as part of this bid item include all walls around the Upper-Level Rotunda area, including the adjacent staff hallway, up to, but not including the doors. Includes the structural pillars from the top floor to the ceiling. Does not include the ceilings.
Bid Item No. 3: Library Lower-Level Underground Parking Lot This item includes repainting and applying anti-graffiti coating to all wall surfaces, including any handrails and other appurtenances, and structural pillars from the floor to the ceiling in the Lower-Level underground parking lot. Includes driveway entrance walls, elevator lobby area at the bottom of the stairwell, bollards, metal grate doors and latticework.
Includes the police entrance aisle all the way to the doors, and the Chestnut Avenue stairway. The work near the Book Drop off area will need to be closely coordinated with Library staff and operational needs.
Bid Item No. 4: Library Upper-Level Parking Lot
This bid includes repainting and applying anti-graffiti coating to seven (7) of the eight light poles in the Upper-Level Library Parking Lot. The only light pole excluded is the one at the southwest corner nearest the Library entrance that was recently repainted.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 375
Bid Item Descriptions Library Building Painting Project Page BD-4
Project No. C2519
The painting and anti-graffiti coating specifications are provided in the Technical Provisions.
0-1.03 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
The following Measurement and Payment clause applies to all bid items:
Measurement and payment for all items shall be on a lump sum basis. The contract lump sum price for the bid items shall include full compensation for:
Furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in mobilization including remobilization, demobilization costs and efforts, all Contractor-acquired permits, bonds, licenses, agreements, certifications, and public and agency notifications; submittal and approval of initial and progress schedules and submittals; moving onto the site of all equipment, staff including obtaining and setting up of Contractor’s staging area/yard; furnishing and erecting all needed construction facilities, fencing, project signage; project security; preconstruction photographs and video recording of surface features; progress schedules and reports; contract meetings; examination, cleaning and protection, preparation; removing of white reflective tape on columns and cleaning; protecting in place all signs, utility boxes, electric vehicle charging stations and appurtenances, carbon monoxide monitors, strobe lights, ventilation systems, control panels, bike racks, signs, posts, fire sprinkler system, and fire hydrants; masking and protecting of all mounted items not removed; and furnishing and installing all protective covers for protection to the public and vehicles, as shown on the Plans, as specified in the Specifications, and the Special Provisions, and as directed by the Engineer and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
In addition, the lump sum prices for all bid items shall include, to the extent applicable to each item, placing, adjusting and removing temporary traffic control measures, such as, but not limited to, flags, cones, signs, and flaggers (personnel dedicated to controlling and managing traffic); traffic control signs as part of the approved traffic control plan; and all incidentals necessary for worker, pedestrian and traffic protection, including furnishing all equipment, materials and personnel associated therewith, and in accordance with the Contract Documents. Traffic control shall be provided for all project work areas and shall be provided for the duration of the project.
END OF SECTION
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 376
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 377
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 378
Special Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page SP-1 Project No. C2519
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
These Special Provisions contain project specific requirements pertaining to the work, and as such, shall take precedence over the General Conditions portions of these Specifications. All costs associated with satisfying the requirements in these Special Provisions shall be included in the Contractor’s bid price and no additional compensation shall be made.
1. DESCRIPTION OF WORK
In general, the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment and services necessary to complete the project as further described in the “Notice Inviting Sealed Proposals”, “Bid Item Descriptions”, and “Technical Specifications” of the Contract Documents.
2. LOCATION
Work to be done under this contract is at the San Carlos Library located at 610 Elm St, in the City of San Carlos.
3. DAYS & HOURS OF OPERATION
The hours of operation shall be limited to the hours between 8:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m.
Activities outside of those hours shall not generate objectionable noise, dust, or inconvenience to the public. Regular working days are from Monday through Friday except City legal holidays unless an exception is granted by the City Engineer.
4. STAGING/CONSTRUCTION AREA
The City has not designated a staging area for this project. Should a staging area be desired, the Contractor shall be responsible for securing such an area along with any and all permits and permissions that may be necessary from the City and/or private property owners. Proof of concurrence shall be provided to the City upon request. Any fencing or other protective means (if required or employed by the Contractor) shall be at the contractor’s expense.
5. WATER
Water for use during construction shall be furnished by the Contractor and all costs incurred including the water use, meter charges, meter/backflow preventer deposit, vehicles and containers needed in transporting water to the job site shall be paid by the Contractor. The Contractor’s attention is directed to Section 9.11 of the General Provisions for additional information.
6. POWER
All power for and in connection with work to be done under this contract shall be furnished and maintained by Contractor. The Contractor’s attention is directed to Section 9.12(h) of the General Provisions for additional information.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 379
Special Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page SP-2 Project No. C2519
7. OWNER / CONTRACTOR MEETINGS
A. PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE: A Pre-construction Conference will be held on ZOOM within ten (10) working days after the date the Notice to Proceed is issued at the time and date described in the Notice to Proceed.
The conference will address the scope of work and the Contractor's proposed construction schedule, traffic control and detour plan. At the Pre-construction conference the Contractor shall provide the following, in addition to the items specified in Section 8.09 of the General Provisions:
● The proposed construction schedule (for overall project), ● Two-week look-ahead construction schedule,
● Draft of the notification letter to residents and merchants, ● Project submittals.
The meeting shall be attended by:
● Contractor's representative, superintendent and major subcontractors, ● City's representative project manager and inspector,
● Design consultant team,
● Others as Appropriate.
B. WEEKLY CONSTRUCTION MEETINGS: A weekly construction will be held at the construction site or on ZOOM as determined by the City Project Manager/Inspector. The weekly meetings will be held on a day and time mutually satisfactory to the City and Contractor’s representative and/or superintendent.
8. NOTIFICATION OF RESIDENTS AND MERCHANTS:
The Contractor shall perform the following tasks prior to commencement of the construction work:
A. Prepare and submit to the City, a notification letter, prior to time of construction, stating the nature of work and expected duration of construction activity affecting their property. The City will have one week from the submittal date, to review and make suggested changes within one week of submittal. The Contractor shall distribute the City approved letters via U.S. mail to provide a two week and seventy-two (72) hours advance notification to all residents and businesses impacted by the construction
B. Notifications shall be sent by U.S. mail to all residents and businesses within 500- feet of the San Carlos Library.
C. Include Contractor's telephone number for the purpose of taking inquiries and complaints.
D. Submit draft copy to City at Pre-construction conference.
E. Final format and wording of this letter shall be subject to approval of Engineer.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 380
Special Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page SP-3 Project No. C2519
9. STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
Consistent with the requirements of the federal Clean Water Act, the Project is subject to storm water pollution prevention requirements, which include the implementation of a water pollution prevention plan and/or implementation of local storm water requirements, which prohibit the discharge of pollutants from the Project site.
All work shall conform to the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities (Order No. 2009-0009-DWQ, NPDES No. CAS000002) ("General Permit"), and the NPDES Municipal Regional Stormwater Permit (MRP) (Order No. R2- 2015-0049, NPDES No. CAS612008). The Contractor shall implement all applicable San Mateo Countywide Water Pollution Prevention Program (SMCWPPP) measures and Best Management Practices (BMPs). Failure to comply with the approved construction BMPs will result in the issuance of correction notices, citations and/or a stop work order.
10. CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION DEBRIS
The City has an ordinance requiring that debris from construction and demolition activities be reused, recycled and/or salvaged and diverted from a landfill. The Contractor shall provide sufficient evidence (weight tickets or other documents) to verify that some of debris is being recycled, reused and/or salvaged to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
11. HAUL ROUTES
The section of Holly Street between Old County Road and Industrial Road is politically sensitive as a residential area and is NOT TO BE USED as a Haul Route. Contractor shall therefore direct trucks not to use the Holly and Highway-101 Interchange when heading to the site. Trucks leaving the site shall turn onto El Camino Real and head either north to Ralston Avenue or south to Brittan Avenue.
12. SANITATION FACILITIES AND UTILITIES
Contractor shall be responsible for providing bathrooms, wash stations and power, if needed.
13. SEQUENCE OF WORK
The following sequencing constraints and phasing of the first and second floors of the parking garage are required on the project, shall be incorporated into the Contractor’s master schedule, noticing, etc.
1. Upper Level: The Contractor shall begin the Project by completing all work on the Upper Level of the Library, including the Rotunda area and staff hallway. The Upper Level will be made available to the Contractor to complete the work. The Contractor shall provide appropriate traffic control (i.e., signage, barricades, cones, etc.) to prevent access to the floor during scheduled work.
2. Main Level: The Contractor shall complete all work on the Main Level, including the Foyer and adjacent hallways, and stairwells, and the light poles in the parking
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 381
Special Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page SP-4 Project No. C2519
lot. The Contractor shall maintain access to the Library at all times by staging the work and providing appropriate traffic control at the entrance.
3. Lower Level: The Contractor shall complete all work on the Lower Level underground parking garage. The Contractor shall take precaution and use plastic drop covers during scheduled work to prevent access by the public as well as preventing spraying and protecting vehicles. The Contractor shall maintain access to the ramp, the drive aisle, and the parking garage at all times that will require additional partitioning of the work area. Special coordination will need to be made with the Library staff for work impacting the Book Drop area and Police access driveway.
14. CLEARANCE HEIGHTS
The Contractor shall consider the limitations for the existing floor heights and use vehicles, equipment, etc. that will not result in damage of the ceiling mounted utilities, fire sprinklers, lighting, signage, etc.
15. SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
The Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions for the safety of, and shall provide all reasonable protection to prevent damages, injury or loss to:
1. All employees, City personnel, residents on the project, and all others who may be affected thereby; and
2. All the work and all materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, under the care, custody or control of the Contractor or any of the Contractor’s subcontractors;
3. All vehicles or similar mode of transportation in available areas within the parking garage; and
4. All ceiling mounted utilities, fire sprinklers, carbon monoxide sensors, strobe lights, lighting, signage, EV chargers, etc.
5. The work of the City or other contractors.
The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of any public authority bearing on the safety of persons or property or protection from damage, injury or loss.
The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and the progress of the work, all reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations, and notifying owners and users of adjacent utilities.
The Contractor shall take precaution and use plastic drop covers such as, visqueen, during scheduled work to prevent access by the public as well as preventing spraying and
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 382
Special Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page SP-5 Project No. C2519
protecting vehicles. The drop covers or visqueen shall be secured to the walls, ceilings, etc. without damaging the areas.
The Contractor shall designate a Site Safety and Health Officer who is a responsible member of the Contractor’s organization and whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. The Contractor shall submit the name of the Site Safety and Health Officer to the Engineer in writing. The Site Safety and Health Officer shall be responsible for preparation of a Health and Safety Plan.
The Health and Safety Plan shall detail the Contractors safety committee(s), safety rules, safety training, enforcement procedures, incentives, accident procedures and investigations, inspections, safety equipment and maintenance, hazardous materials (i.e. asbestos pipe) handling procedures, emergency action plan(s), alcohol and drug policies, confined space entry procedures, certification program and emergency retrieval procedures, 911 and emergency rescue services within jurisdiction of the work area, health providers and hospital emergency near the work site.
16. TRAFFIC CONTROL
Construction shall be organized so as to cause the least possible inconvenience to traffic.
Traffic control shall comply with the latest Caltrans Standard Plans and traffic control devices shall be furnished, placed, and maintained in accordance with the latest version of Part 6, Temporary Traffic Control, of the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control devices (CA-MUTCD).
The Contractor shall provide all required signs, barricades, lights, high-level flag trees, arrow boards, and other devices.
No work shall be performed on Saturdays, Sundays, or designated legal holidays.
Exceptions may be made, at the Engineer’s discretion, to allow work at other times and on other days if required for the Contractor’s operations. In such cases, the Contractor shall have an alternate work schedule reviewed and authorized by the Engineer prior to commencement of work.
General Requirements:
1. The Contractor’s attention is directed to Section 9.20 of the General Provisions for additional requirements.
2. The Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan to the Engineer for review, including any requests for alternate work schedules or work hours:
3. No work may begin under contract until the Traffic Control Plan has been approved by the Engineer. Time required for review and approval of the Traffic Control Plan shall not constitute a basis for time extension.
4. The Contractor shall provide electric arrow board(s) for any lane closures and reductions, except for on residential streets.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 383
Special Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page SP-6 Project No. C2519
Special Requirements:
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing and maintaining all temporary traffic control and safety devices, including all personnel necessary for effectively directing vehicular, pedestrian and bicycle traffic through the work area. The Contractor assumes sole and complete responsibility for the job and site conditions, including safety of all persons and property, from start until final acceptance of the project. This requirement shall apply continuously twenty-four (24) hours per day and shall not be limited to normal working hours.
2. Streets shall not be closed unless authorized by the Engineer in writing at least seventy-two (72) hours prior to the requested date. If street closure is approved, Contractor shall notify the following forty-eight (48) hours prior to the street closure:
a. City’s project manager and inspector
b. City of San Carlos Police Department, (650) 802-4277 c. City of San Carlos Fire Department, (650) 780-7400
d. City of San Carlos Garbage, Recycling, and Tree Trimming Haulers e. Recology San Mateo County (650) 595-3900
f. Impacted residents and businesses
3. If emergency or urgent street closures are required, the Contractor shall notify:
a. City’s project manager and inspector
b. City of San Carlos Police Department, (650) 802-4277 c. City of San Carlos Fire Department, (650) 780-7400
4. If construction will obstruct a bus stop, the Contractor shall notify the SamTrans Operations Control Center seventy-two (72) hours in advance at (650) 508-6200.
5. Access for local residents and businesses and all private property shall be maintained at all times. Signs shall be placed in front of commercial and industrial driveways to allow continual access. At the end of each working day these streets shall be reopened to through traffic with proper barricades, warning devices and temporary striping. If these streets are closed, the Contractor shall proceed expeditiously and with consideration for public convenience from the start of work to its completion.
17. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, for review, a construction schedule in Critical Path Method (CPM) format with accompanying bar chart setting forth the sequence in which construction will proceed. In addition, the Contractor shall submit an updated CPM schedule for review along with the monthly request for partial payment. The City may, at its sole discretion, withhold partial payment until an updated CPM schedule is submitted.
The construction schedule must be created immediately upon award. The schedule must ensure that all improvements are completed prior to the start of the new school year.
18. DAILY WORK REPORTS
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 384
Special Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page SP-7 Project No. C2519
The Contractor shall provide the City Inspector with daily work reports at the beginning of each working day for a report of the previous working day. The form shall conform to that which is provided in Appendix A.
19. SUBMITTALS
The Contractor shall reference the Technical Provisions for submittal requirements.
20. SWEEPING
The Contractor shall sweep the work areas in accordance with the project provisions.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 385
TECHNICAL PROVISIONS
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 386
Technical Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page TP-2 Project No. C2519
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 387
Technical Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page TP-3 Project No. C2519
SECTION 01 00 00
ANTI GRAFFITI COATING SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY:
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specifications Sections, apply to this section.
B. Description: This Section includes the Bid Items for the application of an anti-graffiti coating system to protect the Lower-Level Parking Lot surfaces and the Main-Level above-grade parking garage light poles.
C. Coatings: As used herein, means all graffiti resistant coating system materials, including base coatings and top coating required to achieve the performance requirements of this Section
1. Pigmented graffiti resistant coating for vertical walls and columns.
2. Clear graffiti resistant coating for doors.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. Section 033100 - Cast-In-Place Concrete
B. Section 042200 - Unit Masonry
1.3 SUSTAINABILITY
A. As required in current California Green Building Standards Code, Chapter 5, Architectural paints and coatings shall comply with VOC limits in Table 1 of the ARB Architectural Coatings Suggested Control Measure, as shown in Table 5.504.4.3, unless more stringent local limits apply.
B. Coatings must comply with South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule 1113 VOC limits.
C. ASTM D3960-93 - Practice for Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) Contents of Paints and Related Coatings.
D. ASTM B-1 17 and ASTM D-714 (Salt spray Test): 10,000 Hours.
E. ASTM D-522 (Flexibility Strength Test): Pass 3/8" mandrel.
F. ASTM D-968 (Abrasion Test): 10 liters of sand to abrade 1 mil of dry coating.
G. ASTM E-96-93 (Vapor Transmission Test): Vapor is transmitted.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 388
Technical Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page TP-4 Project No. C2519
H. ASTM D-3359-90 (Adhesion Test): 5A
I. ASTM D-610-85 (Rust): Less than 0.03% degradation.
1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Base coating and graffiti resistant top coating shall each be a permanent coating system.
B. Product shall be suited to architectural aesthetics of substrate and shall come in clear or color with a choice of finishes including dead flat, semigloss, or high gloss.
1. Finishes-must be measurable on a 60 degree Gardner Gloss meter to read not greater than:
a. 5 flat finishes
b. 45 to 55 for semigloss finishes
c. not less than 75 for high gloss finishes
C. Anti-graffiti coating shall show no signs of deterioration or change of appearance after graffiti has been removed during the 20-year warranty period: i.e., no shadowing, ghosting, or staining of coating or substrate.
D. Anti-graffiti coating shall be non-yellowing, non-chalking, and UV resistant S. Graffiti removal product shall be non-toxic, non-flammable, biodegradable, and with a neutral pH with a range between 7.0 and 8.5.
E. Dirt pickup on the substrate shall not be increased by the application of the anti-graffiti system.
F. Anti-graffiti coatings shall conform to current City and State waste disposal regulations at date of installation.
G. Anti-graffiti coatings shall be AQMD/VOC compliant.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Product data: Submit manufacture's product data sheets on products to be used for the Work.
1. Base Coating.
2. Anti-graffiti top coating.
3. Graffiti removal agent.
B. Test Report: Submit copies of the following reports:
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 389
Technical Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page TP-5 Project No. C2519
1. Certified test reports Indicating compliance with the requirements of ASTM D2369-92, ASTM D-3960-93, ASTM B-1 17, ASTM D-714, ASTM D-52Z ASTM D968, ASTM E-96-93, ASTM D-3359-90, ASTM D-61 0-85.
C. Samples for initial color verification: Submit manufacturer's sample custom color match of Architects color sample. Only Swiss Coffee color will be allowed for the tinted coating.
D. Samples for verification: Submit each color and material to be applied on surface to simulate actual field conditions as follows:
1. Twelve inch (12") square samples.
E. Applicator Qualifications
1. Manufacturer's certification or pre-training letter approving of applicator.
2. A list of recently completed graffiti resistant coating projects. Supply name and location of project name and telephone number of owner and architect, and a description of products used, substrates, applicable local environmental regulations, and application procedures.
F. Environmental Regulations: Submit certification that products conform to applicable local environmental regulations.
G. Protection Requirements: Submit description of plans for protection barriers of surrounding areas and non-masonry surfaces, surface preparation for application, and final cleaning.
H. Maintenance Requirements: Submit manufacturer's instructions for graffiti removal procedures.
1.6 MOCK-UP TEST PANEL
A. Apply base coating and graffiti resistant top coating to test areas to determine number of coats, coverage rates, compatibility, effectiveness, surface preparation, application procedures, and desired results.
B. Apply material to test panels in accordance with manufacturer's written Instructions.
Allow 48 hours or until test panels are thoroughly dry before evaluating final appearance and results. Do not begin full-scale application until test panels are reviewed and accepted by the Owner ABS rev.01/09/01 - Rev 04/04/01
C. Test Panel Requirements:
1. Area: Minimum 4 feet by 4 feet.
2. Locations: As determined by Owner
3. Each type of substrate that will be protected
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 390
Technical Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page TP-6 Project No. C2519
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Applicator
1. Applicator shall be experienced in coating applications, and shall be currently a Certified Applicator in Good Standing and/or will become certified per the Manufacturer’s training procedures during the project with the graffiti resistant coatings as specified in this section.
B. Pre-Application Meeting: Convene a pre-application meeting before the start of application of graffiti resistant coating. Require attendance of parties directly affecting Work of this Section, Including the General Contractor, Owner, Certified Applicator, and Manufacturer's Representative. Review environmental regulations, test panel procedures, protection of the surrounding areas and non-masonry surfaces, surface preparation, application, field quality control, final cleaning, and coordination with other Work.
C. Single Source Responsibility: Same manufacturer will supply base coatings, top coatings and all removal agents.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to site In manufacturers original, unopened containers and packaging, bearing manufacturer's name label with the following information:
1. Name of the material.
2. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture.
3. Manufacturer's name.
4. Contents by volume for major pigment and vehicle constituents.
5. Application instructions.
6. Color name and number (if applicable).
B. Store materials not in actual use in tightly covered containers. Maintain containers used in storage of coating materials in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue.
C. Protect from freezing where necessary. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove flammable rags and waste daily. Take precautions to ensure that workmen and work areas are adequately protected from fire hazards and health hazards resulting from handling, mixing, and application of coatings.
1.9 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS
A. Temperature Limitations:
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 391
Technical Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page TP-7 Project No. C2519
1. Apply water-based coatings only when temperature of surfaces to be coated and surrounding air temperatures are between 45 degrees F and 95 degrees F, unless permitted by paint manufacturer's printed Instructions.
2. Apply solvent-based coatings only when temperature of surfaces to be coated and surrounding air temperatures are between 45 degrees F and 95 degrees F, unless permitted by paint manufacturer's printed instructions
B. Apply per manufacturer’s Instructions.
C. Do not apply under windy conditions such that base coating and/or graffiti resistant coating may be blown to surfaces not other than those being treated.
D. Do not apply to frozen substrate. Do not apply coatings when ambient temperature is expected to fall below 40 degrees F for 24 hours after application unless surface is protected and heated.
E. Do not apply earlier than 24 hours after rain, snow, fog, or mist if same is predicted for a period of 12 hours after application.
F. This specification, the manufacturer’s specifications, and MSDS sheets are to be on the job site during application. Applicators shall be thoroughly familiar with their content.
1.10 WARRANTY
A. Warranty must be issued by manufacturer and presented to owner or owner’s representative prior to final payment to subcontractor.
B. Warranty shall cover the original purchaser or property owner for a period of twenty (20) years from the date of Grand Opening.
C. Manufacturer shall warrant the performance for its products for the warranty period and the removal of graffiti defacement, chemical staining, ghosting, shadowing and normal environmental effects, without exception, and shall retain reasonable gloss and color stability so long as product is applied according to the manufacturer's recommendations.
Warranty shall be issued only upon successful application of the products and verification that products were properly applied by showing successful graffiti removal.
Once warranty is issued, manufacturer will bear responsibility for repair, remediation of any substrate and replacement of coatings if there is a failure of the products to protect the substrates and the coatings from damage from graffiti. Manufacturer shall not be responsible for water conditions, structural defects, damage to coatings from external forces, or similar causes.
D. Manufacturer shall warrant that coating will perform as stated herein for the entire warranty period.
E. Surface shall endure unlimited clean-downs with no damage to the coating or substrate.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 392
Technical Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page TP-8 Project No. C2519
1.11 INSTRUCTIONS
A. Subcontractor shall provide demonstration of cleaning procedure per manufacturer’s Instructions to tenant’s or property owner’s representative after completion of application and surface has properly cured. Owner will coordinate the meeting.
1.12 MAINTANENCE
A. Extra Products: Furnish the following extra products: Graffiti removal agent -- One and one-half (1.5) gallons per 2,500 square feet of covered area.
1. Removal agent shall be packaged in 16 to 32 oz. bottles and boxed for storage.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Graffiti resistant coating shall be a clear, non-sacrificial graffiti resistant coating which provides protection for exterior vertical surfaces from permanent graffiti staining and damage caused by any type of commercially available spray or other paint, stains, inks, and marking pens. Coating shall be suitable for application to painted and unpainted surfaces including masonry, concrete, metals, and EIFS. Product shall be of type such that recoating with the underlying paint is possible without removal of the graffiti resistant coating. Product shall be a coating that dries clear, non-yellowing, non-chalking with a sheen of <5° on the Gardner Gloss Meter for flat finish top coats.
1. Basis-of-Design Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following products as manufactured by GSS Coatings, LLC, South Jordan, UT; 801-255-9505; [email protected]. www.gsscoatings.com; No substitutions. a. Base Coat: GSS-307 Base Coat
b. Top Coat: GSS-100 Top Coat or other related top coats depending on required sheen and/or tint. Top Coat for walls and columns shall be tinted with satin Swiss Coffee color. Top Coat for doors shall be clear. c. Cleaning Solution: GSS-400 ERASOL Graffiti Cleaning Solution B. Water Repellant (For first coat on unpainted concrete and masonry surfaces): GSS-500 Aqua-Lock WB Water Repellent & Concrete Sealer, as specified in Section 071900.
C. GSS Contact: Mike Macris; (702) 860-3455; [email protected]
2.2 MATERIAL CHARACTERISTICS
A. Anti-graffiti coatings shall be multi-component, multi-coat coating system. Single component systems are not acceptable.
B. Anti-graffiti coating shall not contain paraffin (wax) or elastomeric silicones.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 393
Technical Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page TP-9 Project No. C2519
C. Anti-graffiti coating shall have the capability of having all types of paints and graffiti materials (currently known to the general public) completely removed without damaging the anti-graffiti top coating, the base coating or the substrate.
D. Removal agent shall be non-toxic, non-flammable, biodegradable, and have a pH 7 to
8.5. After removal is complete, no evidence of graffiti shall be present.
E. The removal of graffiti material shall not cause a change in the appearance of the treated surface for the period of the warranty; i.e., there shall be no shadowing, ghosting, or staining of coating or substrate.
F. Color Selection (for pigmented coatings as required):
1. Custom color: Match color sample. Submit to City for approval.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Applicator shall examine areas and conditions under which anti-graffiti coating is to be applied. Applicator shall notify General Contractor and Owner in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion. Applicator to ensure that any acidic cleaner has been removed and that substrates to be treated are free of contaminants and are pH neutral prior to application of anti-graffiti coatings. Applicator shall not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
B. Commencement of coating work shall be construed as Applicator’s acceptance of surfaces and conditions within any particular area and Applicator’s representation that the surface has been properly treated, cleaned, or repainted.
C. Unpainted Concrete and Masonry: Verify water repellant has been applied in accordance with Section 071900 to new or non-painted concrete and masonry surfaces prior to the application of the anti-graffiti coating.
D. Do not apply over dirt, rust scale, grease, moisture, or conditions otherwise detrimental to formation of a durable base coating.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. General: Perform preparation and cleaning procedures with coating manufacturer's instruction and as herein specified for each particular substrate condition.
B. Repair, patch, and fill cracks, voids. Defects and damaged areas in surface as approved by the Owner.
C. Allow repair materials to cure completely before application of graffiti resistant coatings.
D. Apply specified sealant and caulking and allow to each cure completely before application of graffiti resistant coatings.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 394
Technical Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page TP-10 Project No. C2519
E. Seal all open joints with sealant approved for substrate and acceptable by coatings manufacturer.
F. Allow masonry, concrete construction and repainted surfaces to cure completely before applying graffiti resistant coatings.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. General: Apply anti-graffiti coating in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Use application techniques best suited for substrate and type of material to be applied.
B. Applicator shall know the substrate that is to be coated and understand the porosity, texture, and general conditions that will be present during the application to provide a correct bid and choose correct product acquisition. Applicator responsible for ensuring that correct wet and dry mil thicknesses achieved as per manufacturer’s specifications.
C. Do not dilute anti-graffiti products, materials shall be used direct from the manufacturer's containers.
D. Mix anti-graffiti coatings two-component products at ratio stated by the manufacturer.
E. Applicator shall use caution when spraying coatings. Applicator shall wear a respirator with an organic vapor cartridge. Avoid over-spray and spillage. Mask all windows, move vehicles, cover air intakes, cover vegetation, place barriers to keep pedestrians away from the spraying materials. Applicator shall make sure there is adequate ventilation.
Applicator should use an air line respirator if ventilation Is not adequate.
F. Do not apply in windy conditions.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspection: Inspect the graffiti resistant coatings Work with the General Contractor, Owner, Applicator and manufacturer's representative, and compare with test panel results accepted by the Owner. Subcontractor to comply with manufacturer’s requirements for issuance of warranty.
B. Touch-up Work: Surface areas determined to be un-coated or not consistent with desired finish shall be repaired per manufacturers written instruction.
C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Provide the services of a manufacturer's authorized field representative to verify specified products are used, and protection, surface preparation, and application of graffiti resistant coatings are In accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and the test panel results accepted by the Owner.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Clean site of all unused graffiti resistant coatings, residues, rinse water wastes, and effluent in accordance with environmental regulations.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 395
Technical Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page TP-11 Project No. C2519
B. Remove and dispose of all materials used to protect surrounding areas and non-masonry surfaces, following completion of the Work of this Section.
C. Repair, restore, or replace to the satisfaction of the, all materials, landscaping, and nonmasonry surfaces damaged by exposure to graffiti resistant coatings.
END OF SECTION 01 00 00
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 396
Technical Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page TP-12 Project No. C2519
SECTION 09 90 00 PAINTING AND FINISHING
1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Work of this Section, as shown or specified, shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete the painting and finishing as described in the Contract Documents and/or specified herein, including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Prime painting unprimed surfaces to be painted under this Section.
2. Painting all items furnished with a prime coat of paint, including touching up of or repairing of abraded, damaged or rusted prime coats applied by others.
3. Painting interior concrete block exposed to view.
4. Painting gypsum drywall exposed to view.
5. Painting of wood exposed to view, except items which are specified to be painted or finished under other Sections of these specifications. Back painting of all wood in contact with concrete, masonry or other moisture areas.
6. Painting pipes, pipe coverings, conduit, ducts, insulation, hangers, supports and other mechanical and electrical items and equipment exposed to view.
7. Painting surfaces above, behind or below grilles, gratings, diffusers, louvers, lighting fixtures, and the like, which are exposed to view through these items.
8. Incidental painting and touching up as required to produce proper finish for painted surfaces, including touching up of factory finished items.
9. Painting of any surface not specifically mentioned to be painted herein or on drawings, but for which painting is obviously necessary to complete the job, or work which comes within the intent of these specifications, shall be included as though specified.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Shop priming is required on some, but not all of the items scheduled to be field painted.
Refer to other Sections of work for complete description.
1.4 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT NOT TO BE PAINTED
A. Items of equipment furnished with complete factory finish, except for items specified to be given a finish coat under this Section.
B. Factory-finished toilet partitions.
C. Factory-finished acoustical tile.
D. Non-ferrous metals, except for items specified and/or indicated to be painted.
E. Finished hardware, excepting hardware that is factory primed.
F. Surfaces not to be painted shall be left completely free of droppings and accidentally applied materials resulting from the work of this Section.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 397
Technical Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page TP-13 Project No. C2519
A. Job Mock-Up
1. In addition to the samples specified herein to be submitted for approval, apply in the field, at their final location, each type and color of approved paint materials, applied 4 feet wide, floor to ceiling of wall surfaces, before proceeding with the remainder of the work, for approval by the Architect or City Engineer. Paint mock-ups to include door and frame assembly as necessary.
2. These applications when approved will establish the quality and workmanship for the work of this Section.
3. Repaint individual areas which are not approved, as determined by the Architect or City Engineer, until approval is received. Assume at least two paint mock-ups of each color and gloss for approval.
B. Qualification of Painters: Use only qualified journeyman painters for the mixing and application of paint on exposed surfaces.
C. Paint Coordination: Provide finish coats which are compatible with the prime paints used. Review other Sections of these specifications in which prime paints are to be provided to ensure compatibility of the total coatings system for the various substrates. Upon request from other subcontractors, furnish information on the characteristics of the finish materials proposed to be used, to ensure that compatible prime coats are used. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and re-prime as required. Notify the Architect in writing of any anticipated problems using the coating systems as specified with substrates primed by others.
D. All paints must conform to the Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) standards of prevailing codes and ordinances.
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. Materials List
1. Before any paint materials are delivered to the job site, submit to the Architect a complete list of all materials proposed to be furnished and installed under this portion of the work.
2. This shall in no way be construed as permitting substitution of materials for those specified or accepted for this work by the Architect.
B. Samples
1. Accompanying the materials list, submit to the Architect copies of the full range of colors available in each of the proposed products.
2. Upon direction of the Architect, prepare and deliver to the Architect two (2) identical sets of Samples of each of the selected colors and glosses painted onto 8-1/2" x 11" x 1/4" thick material; whenever possible, the material for Samples shall be the same material as that on which the coating will be applied in the work.
C. Manufacturer's Recommendations: In each case where material proposed is not the material specified or specifically described as an acceptable alternate in this Section of these specifications, submit for the Architect's review the current recommended method of application published by the manufacturer of the proposed material.
1.7 PRODUCT HANDLING
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 398
Technical Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page TP-14 Project No. C2519
A. Deliver all paint materials to the job site in their original unopened containers with all labels intact and legible at time of use.
B. Protection
1. Store only the approved materials at the job site, and store only in a suitable and designated area restricted to the storage of paint materials and related equipment.
2. Use all means necessary to ensure the safe storage and use of paint materials and the prompt and safe disposal of waste.
3. Use all means necessary to protect paint materials before, during and after application and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades.
C. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary.
1.8 EXTRA STOCK
A. Upon completion of this portion of the Work, deliver to the Owner an extra stock of paint equaling approximately ten (10) percent of each color and gloss used and each coating material used, with all such extra stock tightly sealed in clearly labeled containers.
1.9 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Apply water-based paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and the surrounding air temperatures are between 50 degrees F. and 90 degrees F., unless otherwise permitted by the paint manufacturer's printed instructions.
B. Apply solvent-thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and the surrounding air temperatures are between 45 degrees F. and 95 degrees F. unless otherwise permitted by the paint manufacturer's printed instructions.
C. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog or mist; or when the relative humidity exceeds eighty-five (85) percent; or to damp or wet surfaces; unless otherwise permitted by the paint manufacturer's printed instructions.
D. Painting may be continued during inclement weather only if the areas and surfaces to be painted are enclosed and heated within the temperature limits specified by the paint manufacturer during application and drying periods.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PAINT MANUFACTURERS
A. Except as otherwise noted, provide the painting products listed for all required painting made by the manufacturers listed in the paint schedule (Section 2.4). These are Benjamin Moore.
Comply with number of coats and required minimum mil thicknesses as specified herein.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Provide undercoat paint produced by the same manufacturer as the finish coats. Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer, and use only to recommended limits.
B. Colors and Glosses: All colors and glosses shall be as selected by the Architect. Certain colors will require paint manufacturer to prepare special factory mixes to match colors selected by the Architect. Color schedule (with gloss) shall be furnished by the Architect.
C. Coloring Pigment: Products of or furnished by the manufacturer of the paint or enamel approved for the work.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 399
Technical Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page TP-15 Project No. C2519
D. Linseed Oil: Raw or boiled, as required, of approved manufacture, per ASTM D 234 and D 260, respectively.
E. Turpentine: Pure distilled gum spirits of turpentine, per ASTM D 13.
F. Shellac: Pure gum shellac (white or orange) cut in pure denatured alcohol using not less than four (4) lbs. of gum per gallon of alcohol.
G. Driers, Putty, Spackling Compound, Patching Plaster, etc.: Best quality, of approved manufacture.
H. Heat Resistant Paint: Where required, use heat resistant paint when applying paint to heating lines and equipment.
2.3 GENERAL STANDARDS
A. The various surfaces shall be painted or finished as specified below in Article 2.4. However, the Architect reserves the right to change the finishes within the range of flat, semi-gloss or gloss, without additional cost to the Owner.
B. All paints, varnishes, enamels, lacquers, stains and similar materials must be delivered in the original containers with the seals unbroken and label intact and with the manufacturer's instructions printed thereon.
C. All painting materials shall bear identifying labels on the containers with the manufacturer's instructions printed thereon.
D. Paint shall not be badly settled, caked or thickened in the container, shall be readily dispersed with a paddle to a smooth consistency and shall have excellent application properties.
E. Paint shall arrive on the job color-mixed except for tinting of under-coats and possible thinning.
F. All thinning and tinting materials shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the particular material thinned or tinted.
G. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to see that all mixed colors match the color selection made by the Architect prior to application of the coating.
2.4 SCHEDULE OF FINISHES
A. Interior Ferrous Metal (as necessary)
Satin Finish/Latex
Primer: 1 coat Moore Alkyd Metal Primer (Z06)
First Coat: 1 coat Moore Super Spec-HP DTM Acrylic Low Luster P25 Second Coat: 1 coat Moore Super Spec-HP DTM Acrylic Low Luster P25
a. Total DFT not less than: 3.9 mils
Semi-Gloss Finish/Latex
Primer: 1 coat Moore Super Spec-HP Acrylic Metal Primer (P04) First Coat: 1 coat Moore Super Spec HP DTM Acrylic Semi-Gloss (P29 Second Coat: 1 coat Moore Super Spec HP DTM Acrylic Semi-Gloss (P29 a. Total DFT not less than: 4.0 mils
B. Interior Concrete Block (as necessary)
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 400
Technical Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page TP-16 Project No. C2519
Flat Finish/Vinyl Acrylic Latex over Filler
Block Filler: 1 coat Moore Super Spec Masonry Int./Ext. High Build Block Filler (206)
First Coat: 1 coat Moore Ultra Spec 500 Interior Flat Latex (N536)
Second Coat: 1 coat Moore Ultra Spec 500 Interior Flat Latex (N536)
a. Total DFT not less than: 10.7 mils
Eggshell Finish/Vinyl Acrylic Latex Over Filler
Block Filler: 1 coat Moore Super Spec Masonry Int./Ext. High Build Block Filler (206)
First Coat: 1 coat Moore Ultra Spec 500 Interior Latex Eggshell (N538)
Second Coat: 1 coat Moore Ultra Spec 500 Interior Latex Eggshell (N538)
a. Total DFT not less than: 10.9 mils
Semi-Gloss Finish/Vinyl Acrylic Latex over Filler
Block Filler: 1 coat Moore Super Spec Masonry Int./Ext. High Build Block Filler (206)
First Coat: 1 coat Moore Ultra Spec 500 Interior Latex Gloss (N540)
Second Coat: 1 coat Moore Ultra Spec 500 Interior Latex Gloss (N540) a. Total DFT not less than: 10.7 mils
C. Interior Drywall and Plaster
Flat Finish/Vinyl Acrylic Latex
Primer: 1 coat Moore Ultra Spec 500 Interior Latex Primer (N534)
First Coat: 1 coat Moore Ultra Spec 500 Latex Flat (N536)
Second Coat: 1 coat Moore Ultra Spec 500 Latex Flat (N536)
a. Total DFT not less than: 3.6 mils
Eggshell Finish/Vinyl Acrylic Latex
Primer: 1 coat Moore Ultra Spec 500 Interior Latex Primer (N534)
First Coat: 1 coat Moore Ultra Spec 500 Interior Latex Eggshell (N538)
Second Coat: 1 coat Moore Ultra Spec 500 Interior Latex Eggshell (N538)
a. Total DFT not less than: 3.8 mils
D. Exterior Concrete and Masonry Substrates
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 401
Technical Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page TP-17 Project No. C2519
Latex System:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, latex, interior/exterior.
1) Benjamin Moore Fresh Start High-Hiding All Purpose Primer White - 046-00 b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, exterior, matching topcoat. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, flat. 1) Benjamin Moore W105 MooreLife
c. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, satin.
1) Benjamin Moore W103 MooreGuard
d. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, gloss.
1) Benjamin Moore 309 Impervex
Elastomeric System:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, latex, interior/exterior.
b. Intermediate Coat: Elastomeric, exterior, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Elastomeric, exterior.
1) Benjamin Moore Flat 359
2) Benjamin Moore Low Sheen 360
Water Repellent System:
a. First Flood Coat: Water repellent, acrylic siloxane, matching topcoat.
b. Second Flood Coat: Water repellent, acrylic siloxane. 1) FC Tuff-Boy Acrylic-Siloxane Water Repellent
E. Exterior Concrete substrates, Pedestrian Traffic Surfaces Waterborne Floor Enamel System:
a. First Coat: Floor paint, acrylic urethane, matching topcoat. b. Topcoat: Floor paint, acrylic urethane, satin.
1) Benjamin Moore 122 Porch and Flat (quarts only)
Alkyd Floor Enamel System:
a. First Coat: Floor paint, alkyd urethane, matching topcoat. b. Topcoat: Floor paint, alkyd urethane, gloss.
1) Benjamin Moore Super Spec HP Urethane Gloss Enamel
(P22)
F. Exterior CMU Substrates
Latex System:
a. Prime Coat: Block filler, latex, interior/exterior.
1) Benjamin Moore 286 SuperHide
b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, exterior, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, flat.
1) Benjamin Moore W105 MooreLife
d. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, satin.
1) Benjamin Moore W103 MooreGuard
e. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, gloss.
1) Benjamin Moore 309 Impervex
Elastomeric System:
a. Filler Coat: Block filler, latex, interior/exterior. 1) Benjamin Moore 286 SuperHide
b. Prime Coat: Latex, interior/exterior.
1) Benjamin Moore Fresh Start High-Hiding All Purpose
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 402
Technical Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page TP-18 Project No. C2519
Primer White - 046-00
c. Intermediate Coat: Elastomeric, exterior, matching topcoat. d. Topcoat: Elastomeric, exterior.
1) Benjamin Moore 359 Flat
2) Benjamin Moore 360 Low Sheen
Water Repellent System:
a. First Flood Coat: Water repellent, acrylic siloxane, matching topcoat.
b. Second Flood Coat: Water repellent, acrylic siloxane. 1) Drylok
G. Exterior Ferrous Metal Substrates
Latex System:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, latex, interior/exterior.
1) Ultra Spec HP Acryl Metal Primer HP 04-01
Intermediate Coat: Latex, exterior, matching topcoat.
a. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, flat.
1) Benjamin Moore W105 MooreLife
b. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, satin.
1) Benjamin Moore W103 MooreGuard
c. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, gloss.
1) Benjamin Moore 309 Impervex
Waterborne Light Industrial System:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, latex, interior/exterior.
1) Ultra Spec HP Acryl Metal Primer HP 04-01
b. Intermediate Coat: DTM, interior/exterior, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: DTM, interior/exterior, semi-gloss.
1) UltraSpec HP D.T.M Acrylic Semi-Gloss (HP29)
Alkyd Industrial Enamel System:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, alkyd, interior/exterior.
1) Corotech Universal Metal Primer Flat White CV131-01
2) Corotech Universal Metal Primer Flat Red CV131-20
3) Corotech Universal Metal Primer Flat Gray CV131-70
b. Intermediate Coat: Alkyd, interior/exterior, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Alkyd, interior/exterior, gloss
1) UltraSpec HP D.T.M Acrylic Semi-Gloss (HP29)
H. Exterior Galvanized and Aluminum Substrates
Latex System:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, latex, interior/exterior.
1) Ultra Spec HP Acryl Metal Primer H04-01
b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, exterior, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, flat.
1) Benjamin Moore W105 MooreLife
d. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, satin.
1) Benjamin Moore W103 MooreGuard
e. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, gloss.
1) Benjamin Moore 309 Impervex
Waterborne Light Industrial System:
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 403
Technical Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page TP-19 Project No. C2519
a. Prime Coat: Primer, latex, interior/exterior.
1) Ultra Spec HP Acryl Metal Primer HP 04-01
b. Intermediate Coat: DTM, interior/exterior, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: DTM, interior/exterior, semi-gloss.
1) UltraSpec HP D.T.M Acrylic Semi-Gloss (HP29)
Alkyd Industrial Enamel System:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, latex, interior/exterior.
1) Ultra Spec HP Acryl Metal Primer HP 04-01
2) Benjamin Moore 046 FreshStart
b. Intermediate Coat: Alkyd, interior/exterior, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Alkyd, interior/exterior, gloss.
1) Benjamin Moore 122 Porch and Flat (quarts only)
I. Exterior Wood Substrates
Latex System:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, latex, interior/exterior.
b. Benjamin Moore Fresh Start High-Hiding All Purpose Primer White - 046-00
c. Intermediate Coat: Latex, exterior, matching topcoat. d. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, flat.
1) Benjamin Moore W105 MooreLife
e. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, satin.
1) Benjamin Moore W103 MooreGuard
f. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, gloss.
1) Benjamin Moore 309 Impervex
Alkyd System:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, alkyd, exterior.
1) Corotech Universal Metal Primer Flat White CV131-01
b. Intermediate Coat: Alkyd, exterior, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Alkyd, exterior, gloss.
1) Benjamin Moore Super Spec HP Urethane Gloss Enamel
(P22)
Waterborne Wiping Stain System: General Finishes
a. Stain Coat: Stain, waterborne, interior/exterior.
b. Intermediate Coat: Waterborne spar varnish, exterior, matching topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Waterborne spar varnish, exterior, flat.
d. Topcoat: Waterborne spar varnish, exterior, satin.
e. Topcoat: Waterborne spar varnish, exterior, semi-gloss. f. Topcoat: Waterborne spar varnish, exterior, gloss.
Oil-Based Wiping Stain System: General Finishes
a. Stain Coat: Stain, oil-alkyd, interior/exterior.
b. Intermediate Coat: Spar varnish, exterior, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Polyurethane spar varnish, exterior, satin. d. Topcoat: Polyurethane spar varnish, exterior, gloss.
Waterborne Solid Hide Stain System:
a. First coat: Solid hide stain, latex, exterior, matching topcoat. b. Topcoat : Solid hide stain, latex, exterior, flat.
1) ArborCoat Stain – Solid Matte (640)
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 404
Technical Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page TP-20 Project No. C2519
J. Exterior Wood Substrates, Pedestrian Traffic Surfaces Solid Color Deck Stain System:
a. First Coat: Solid color stain, exterior, matching topcoat. b. Topcoat: Solid color stain, exterior.
1) ArborCoat Stain – Solid Matte ( 640)
Semi-Transparent Color Deck Stain System:
a. First Coat: Semi-transparent color stain, exterior, matching topcoat.
b. Topcoat: Semi-transparent color stain, exterior.
1) Arbor Stain – Solid Matte (638)
K. Exterior Gypsum Board Substrates
Latex System:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, latex, interior/exterior.
1) Benjamin Moore 046 FreshStart
b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, exterior, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, flat.
1) Benjamin Moore W105 MooreLife
d. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, satin.
1) Benjamin Moore W103 MooreGuard
e. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, gloss.
1) Benjamin Moore 309 Impervex
2.5 EXISTING SURFACES TO BE PAINTED
A. Existing surfaces shall be painted in accordance with schedule given in Article 2.4 herein except that first or prime coat may be eliminated where existing paint is sound, as determined by City Engineer. Where existing paint must be removed down to base material, provide first or prime coat as specified.
2.6 PIPING AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT EXPOSED TO VIEW
A. Paint all exposed piping, conduits, ductwork and mechanical and electrical equipment. Use heat resisting paint when applied to heating lines and equipment. The Contractor is cautioned not to paint or otherwise disturb moving parts in the mechanical systems. Mask or otherwise protect all parts as required to prevent damage.
B. Exposed Uncovered Ductwork, Piping, Hangers and Equipment: Latex Enamel Undercoater and one (1) coat Acrylic Latex Flat.
C. Exposed Covered Piping, Duct Work and Equipment: Primer/Sealer and one (1) coat Acrylic Latex Flat.
D. Panel Boards, Grilles and Exposed Surfaces of Electrical Equipment: Latex Enamel Undercoater and two (2) coats Latex Semi-Gloss.
E. Equipment or Apparatus with Factory-Applied Paint: Refinish any damaged surfaces to match original finish. Do not paint over name plates and labels.
F. All surfaces of insulation and all other work to be painted shall be wiped or washed clean before any painting is started.
G. All conduit, boxes, distribution boxes, light and power panels, hangers, clamps, etc., are included where painting is required.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 405
Technical Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page TP-21 Project No. C2519
H. All items of Mechanical and Electrical trades which are furnished painted under their respective Contracts shall be carefully coordinated with the work of this Section so as to leave no doubt as to what items are scheduled to be painted under this Section.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Examine the areas and conditions where painting and finishing are to be applied and correct any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected to permit proper installation of the work.
3.2 GENERAL WORKMANSHIP REQUIREMENTS
A. Only skilled mechanics shall be employed. Application may be by brush or roller. Spray application only upon acceptance from the Architect in writing.
B. The Contractor shall furnish the Architect a schedule showing when he expects to have completed the respective coats of paint for the various areas and surfaces. This schedule shall be kept current as the job progresses.
C. The Contractor shall protect his work at all times, and shall protect all adjacent work and materials by suitable covering or other method during progress of his work. Upon completion of the work, he shall remove all paint and varnish spots from floors, glass and other surfaces. He shall remove from the premises all rubbish and accumulated materials of whatever nature not caused by others and shall leave his part of the work in clean, orderly and acceptable condition.
D. Remove and protect hardware, accessories, device plates, lighting fixtures, and factory finished work, and similar items, or provide ample in place protection. Upon completion of each space, carefully replace all removed items by workmen skilled in the trades involved.
E. Remove electrical panel box covers and doors before painting walls. Paint separately and reinstall after all paint is dry.
F. All materials shall be applied under adequate illumination, evenly spread and flowed on smoothly to avoid runs, sags, holidays, brush marks, air bubbles and excessive roller stipple.
G. Coverage and hide shall be complete. When color, stain, dirt or undercoats show through final coat of paint, the surface shall be covered by additional coats until the paint film is of uniform finish, color, appearance and coverage, at no additional cost to the Owner.
H. All coats shall be dry to manufacturer’s recommendations before applying succeeding coats.
I. All suction spots or “hot spots” in plaster after the application of the first coat shall be touched up before applying the second coat.
J. Do not apply paint behind frameless mirrors that use mastic for adhering to wall surface.
3.3 PREPARATION OF SURFACES
A. Existing Surfaces: Clean existing surfaces requiring paint or finishing, remove all loose and flaking paint or finish and sand surface smooth as required to receive new paint or finish. No “telegraphing” of lines, ridges, flakes, etc., through new surfacing is permitted. Where this occurs, Contractor shall be required to sand smooth and re-finish until surface meets with Architect’s approval.
B. General
1. The Contractor shall be held wholly responsible for the finished appearance and satisfactory completion of painting work. Properly prepare all surfaces to receive paint, which includes
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 406
Technical Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page TP-22 Project No. C2519
cleaning, sanding, and touching-up of all prime coats applied under other Sections of the work. Broom clean all spaces before painting is started. All surfaces to be painted or finished shall be perfectly dry, clean and smooth.
2. Perform all preparation and cleaning procedures in strict accordance with the paint manufacturer’s instructions and as herein specified, for each particular substrate condition.
3. Clean surfaces to be painted before applying paint or surface treatments. Remove oil and grease with clean cloths and cleaning solvents prior to mechanical cleaning. Program the cleaning and painting so that dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall in wet, newly painted surfaces.
C. Metal Surfaces
1. Weld Fluxes: Remove weld fluxes, splatters, and alkali contaminants from metal surfaces in an approved manner and leave surface ready to receive painting.
2. Bare Metal: Thoroughly clean off all foreign matter such as grease, rust, scale and dirt before priming coat is applied. Clean surfaces, where solder flux has been used, with benzene.
Clean surfaces by flushing with mineral spirits. For aluminum surfaces, wipe down with an oil free solvent prior to application of any pretreatment. a. Bare metal to receive high performance coating specified herein must be blast cleaned SSPC SP-6 prior to application if field applied primer; coordinate with steel trades furnishing ferrous metals to receive this coating to insure that this cleaning method is followed.
3. Shop Primed Metal: Clean off foreign matter as specified for "Bare Metal." Prime bare, rusted, abraded and marred surfaces with approved primer after proper cleaning of surfaces.
Sandpaper all rough surfaces smooth.
4. Galvanized Metal: Prepare surface as per the requirements of ASTM D 6386.
5. Metal Filler: Fill dents, cracks, hollow places, open joints and other irregularities in metal work to be painted with an approved metal filler suitable for the purpose and meeting the requirements of the related Section of work; after setting, sand to a smooth, hard finish, flush with adjoining surface.
D. Plaster Surfaces: Scrape off all plaster nibs or other projections and sand smooth or finish to match adjoining surface texture. Cut out all scratches, cracks, holes, depressions and similar voids and fill with non-shrinking grout, spackles, patching plaster or other approved patching material; allow to dry, refill if necessary, then sand smooth (or refinish) to provide a flush, smooth surface of the same texture as the adjacent plaster surface.
1. Allow at least 28 days, from installation of final plaster coat, before starting work.
E. Gypsum Drywall Surfaces: Scrape off all projections and splatters, spackles all holes or depressions, including taped and spackled joints, sand smooth.
F. Wood Surfaces: Sand to remove all roughness, loose edges, slivers, or splinters and then brush to remove dust. Wash off grease or dirt with an approved cleaner. Fill all cracks, splits, nail holes, screw holes, and surface defects with putty after the priming coat has been applied. Putty shall be brought up flush with the surface and sanded smooth and touched-up with primer when dry.
G. Block Masonry Surfaces: Thoroughly clean off all grit, grease, dirt mortar drippings or splatters, and other foreign matter. Remove nibs or projections from masonry surfaces. Fill cracks, holes or voids, not filled under the "Masonry" Section, with Portland cement grout, and bag surface so that it has approximately the same texture as the adjacent masonry surface.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 407
Technical Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page TP-23 Project No. C2519
H. Testing for Moisture Content: Contractor shall test all plaster, masonry, and drywall surfaces for moisture content using a reliable electronic moisture meter. Contractor shall also test latex type fillers for moisture content before application of top coats of paint. Do not apply any paint or sealer to any surface or to latex type filler where the moisture content exceeds seven (7) percent as measured by the electronic moisture meter.
I. Touch-Up: Prime paint all patched portions in addition to all other specified coats.
3.4 MATERIALS PREPARATION
A. Mix and prepare painting materials in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s directions.
B. Store materials not in actual use in tightly covered containers. Maintain containers used in storage, mixing, and application of paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue.
C. Stir all materials before application to produce a mixture of uniform density, and as required during the application of the materials. Do not stir any film which may form on the surface into the material. Remove the film and, if necessary, strain the material before using.
D. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat where multiple coats of the same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match the color of the finish coat, but provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat.
3.5 APPLICATION A. General
1. Apply paint by brush or roller in accordance with the manufacturer’s directions. Use brushes best suited for the type of material being applied. Use rollers of carpet, velvet back, or high pile sheep's wool as recommended by the paint manufacturer for material and texture required.
2. The number of coats and paint film thickness required is the same regardless of the application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has completely dried. Sand between each enamel or varnish coat application with fine sandpaper, or rub surfaces with pumice stone where required to produce an even, smooth surface in accordance with the coating manufacturer’s directions.
3. Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through the final coat of paint, until the paint film is of uniform finish, color and appearance. Give special attention to insure that all surfaces, including edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces.
4. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only.
a. "Exposed surfaces" is defined as those areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, convector covers, covers for finned tube radiation, grilles, etc., are in place in areas scheduled to be painted.
5. Paint interior surfaces of ducts, where visible through registers or grilles, with a flat, nonspecular black paint, before final installation of equipment.
6. Paint the back sides of access panels, removable or hinged covers to match the exposed surfaces.
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 408
Technical Provisions Library Building Painting Project
Page TP-24 Project No. C2519
7. Finish doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges the same as the faces, unless otherwise indicated.
8. Enamel finish applied to wood or metal shall be sanded with fine sandpaper and then cleaned between coats to produce an even surface.
9. Paste wood filler applied on open grained wood after beginning to flatten, shall be wiped across the grain of the wood, then with a circular motion, to secure a smooth, filled, clean surface with filler remaining in open grain only. After overnight dry, sand surface with the grain until smooth before applying specified coat.
B. Scheduling Painting
1. Apply the first coat material to surfaces that have been cleaned, pre-treated or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration.
2. Allow sufficient time between successive coatings to permit proper drying. Do not re-coat until paint has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and the application of another coat of paint does not cause lifting or loss of adhesion of the undercoat.
C. Prime Coats: Re-coat primed and sealed walls and ceilings where there is evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat, to assure a finish coat with no burnthrough or other defects due to insufficient sealing.
D. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover to provide an opaque, smooth surface of uniform finish, color, appearance and coverage.
E. “Touching-Up” of Factory Finishes: Unless otherwise specified or shown, materials with a factory finish shall not be painted at the project site. To “touch-up,” the Contractor shall use the factory finished material manufacturer’s recommended paint materials to repair abraded, chipped, or otherwise defective surfaces.
3.6 PROTECTION
A. Protect work of other trades, whether to be painted or not, against damage by the painting and finishing work. Leave all such work undamaged. Correct any damages by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to the Architect.
B. Provide "Wet Paint" signs as required to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others for protection of their work after completion of painting operations.
3.7 CLEAN UP
A. During the progress of the work, remove from the site all discarded paint materials, rubbish, cans and rags at the end of each work day.
B. Upon completion of painting work, clean window glass and other paint spattered surfaces.
Remove spattered paint by proper methods of washing and scraping, using care not to scratch or otherwise damage finished surfaces.
C. At the completion of work of other trades, touch-up and restore all damaged or defaced painted surfaces.
END OF SECTION
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 409
APPENDIX A
DAILY WORK REPORT
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 410
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
9.h
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 411
CITY COUNCIL
STAFF REPORT
MEETING DATE: January 26, 2026
ITEM TITLE: Deny Claim of Jesseca Carlos.
RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommend that the City Council deny the claim of Jesseca Carlos as recommended by the City’s claim administrators at Carl Warren.
FISCAL IMPLICATIONS:
There are no fiscal implications, and no additional funding is needed.
BACKGROUND:
This item is coming before the Council to act on the claim submitted by Jesseca Carlos (“Claimant”). Staff recommend that the City Council deny the claim based on Carl Warren’s guidance.
The Tort Claims Act. California Government Code Sections 900, seq., mandates that all claims for money or damages against a public entity must be presented in writing to the public entity prior to filing suit. Generally, claims concerning personal injury, wrongful death, damage to personal property, or damage to crops must be presented to the public within six (6) months of the accrual of the claim. All other claims, principally claims on contracts and damage to real property, are subject to a one-year statute of limitations for presentation of the tort claim. Once a tort claim is received by the public entity, the entity has forty-five (45) days to act on the claim. A claim can be settled or rejected. If no action is taken within 45 days, the claim is deemed rejected by operation of law on the last day.
Claim Processing in San Carlos. When the City receives a claim, it is immediately forwarded to claims examiners at Carl Warren for investigation. Upon completing the investigation, Carl Warren provides the City with a recommendation on how to proceed with the claim.
About Carl Warren. Carl Warren is a leading national third-party administrator (TPA) that specializes in property and casualty claims management, subrogation recovery, and litigation management. Effective January 1, 2025, Carl Warren was hired by Pooled Liability Assistance Network Joint Powers Authority (PLAN JPA) to provide claims administration services to member cities. The City Council approved the City’s participation in the PLAN JPA (previously known as the Association of Bay Area Government Pooled Liability Assurance Network (ABAG PLAN) on November 27, 2017, and designated the Administrative Services Director and Senior
9.i
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 412
Management Analyst as primary and alternate PLAN JPA Board members.
ANALYSIS:
The Claimant filed a claim against the City for property damages. Claimant alleged that on November 20, 2025, she parked her vehicle in front of 617 Prospect Street when a tree branch fell and damaged her vehicle. The impact shattered the windshield as well as damaged the body of the vehicle. Fortunately, no one was injured as the vehicle was unoccupied at the time.
This does not appear to be a case of liability against the City. Under the San Carlos Municipal Code Section 18.18.110 (Maintenance), private property owners are responsible for trimming and maintaining private trees and landscaping. “Private trees and landscaping” refer to any landscaping located within the boundaries of privately owned property, and includes any landscaping located within any unimproved public right-of-way abutting a private property and in any park strip or sidewalk abutting a private property. Property owners are required to maintain the tree fronting their property. In this case, the tree in question is located in the sidewalk abutting a private property, making it a private tree. As such, Carl Warren recommends formal rejection of Jesseca Carlos’ claim.
The Council’s rejection of this claim does not prevent City staff nor the staff of Carl Warren from continuing to work with the Claimant to resolve the dispute.
ALTERNATIVES:
The alternatives available to the City Council include:
1. Deny the claim of Jesseca Carlos; or
2. Do not deny the claim of Jesseca Carlos; or
3. Provide staff with alternative direction.
Respectfully submitted by:
Rebecca Mendenhall, Administrative Services Director
Approved for submission by:
____________________________
Nil Blackburn, Interim City Manager
ATTACHMENT(S):
1. Carlos, Jesseca Claim Form
9.i
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 413
9.i
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 414
CITY COUNCIL
STAFF REPORT
MEETING DATE: January 26, 2026
ITEM TITLE: Adopt a Resolution Authorizing the Execution of an Amendment to the Existing Professional Services Agreement with Wallace Roberts & Todd (WRT) in an Amount Not to Exceed $69,900 for Additional Consulting Services Associated with the Extended Timeline of the Downtown Specific Plan.
RECOMMENDATION:
Adopt a Resolution authorizing the execution of an amendment to the existing Professional Services Agreement with Wallace Roberts & Todd (WRT) for additional consulting services associated with the extended timeline of the Downtown Specific Plan.
FISCAL IMPLICATIONS:
There are no fiscal implications, and no additional funding is needed.
The additional $69,900 requested would be paid for from Project C2105, which has a remaining balance of approximately $120,255 which is sufficient to cover the request.
BACKGROUND:
The total amount spent to date with WRT thus far on the Downtown Specific Plan and the Downtown Renovation Master Plan Projects is $2,619,930. Funding for this has been allocated in two different capital project budgets as noted below.
On August 28, 2023, the City Council adopted Resolution 2023-106 authorizing the City Manager to enter into a Professional Services Agreement with WRT in an amount not to exceed $877,267 to prepare a Downtown Specific Plan and Streetscape Master Plan in response to the City Council’s Strategic Plan. Funds to prepare a Downtown Specific Plan and Streetscape Master Plan are provided through CIP Fund C2105 – Downtown Planning Initiative.
On June 24, 2024, the City Council adopted Resolution 2024-077 authorizing the City Manager to execute an amendment to the existing professional services agreement with WRT for additional consulting services for engineering survey work. This request amended the existing contract with WRT by an additional $207,529. The total funds, $207,529, are encumbered in CIP fund C2215 – Downtown Implementation.
On October 28, 2024, the City Council adopted Resolution 2024-114 authorizing the City Manager to execute a third amendment to the existing professional services agreement with WRT for
9.j
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 415
design engineering for Phase 1A Harrington Park and Phase 1B 700 Block of Laurel Street in the amount of $1,535,134. These funds are encumbered in CIP Fund C2215 – Downtown Implementation.
This fourth amendment covers WRT’s additional consulting services associated with the extended timeline to complete the Downtown Specific Plan. This request would amend the existing contract with WRT by an additional $69,900.
The purpose of this request is to amend the WRT contract to add a scope of services that provide additional services to complete the Downtown Specific Plan.
ANALYSIS:
Scope of Work. Additional funds in the amount of $69,900 will supplement existing work with the following:
1. Additional meetings and work requested by City
2. Additional subcommittee meetings
3. Biweekly project management meetings
4. Project management extension
5. Four additional subcommittee meetings
6. Four additional City Council meetings
The addendum would increase the current contract with WRT by an additional $69,900.
ALTERNATIVES:
The alternatives available to the City Council include:
1. Adopt a Resolution authorizing the execution of an amendment to the existing agreement with WRT for additional services associated with completion of the Downtown Specific Plan; or
2. Do not adopt the proposed Resolution; or
3. Provide staff with alternate directions.
Respectfully submitted by:
Al Savay, Community Development Director
Approved for submission by:
_______________________________
Nil Blackburn, Interim City Manager
ATTACHMENT(S):
1. Proposed Resolution
2. Addendum to Agreement for Professional Services, and Scope of Services
9.j
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 416
RESOLUTION NO. 2026 – ____
A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN CARLOS
AUTHORIZING THE EXECUTION OF AN AMENDMENT TO THE EXISTING
PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMEMENT WITH WALLACE ROBERTS & TODD (WRT) IN AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED $69,900 FOR ADDITIONAL CONSULTING SERVICES ASSOCIATED WITH THE EXTENDED TIMELINE OF THE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN.
WHEREAS, on August 28, 2023, the City Council unanimously voted to adopt Resolution 2023-106 authorizing the execution of a professional services agreement with Wallace Roberts & Todd (WRT) to prepare a Specific Plan and Streetscape Master Plan for San Carlos’ Downtown for an amount not to exceed $877,267; and
WHEREAS, on June 24, 2024, the City Council unanimously voted to adopt Resolution 2024- 077 authorizing the execution of an amendment to the existing professional services agreement with WRT for additional consulting services for engineering survey work in the amount of $207,529; and WHEREAS, on October 28, 2024, the City Council unanimously voted to adopt Resolution 2024-114 authorizing the execution of an amendment to the existing professional services agreement with WRT for additional consulting services for design engineering drawings for Phase 1A – Harrington Park and Phase 1B – 700 Block of Laurel Street in the amount of $1,535,134; and WHEREAS, this request would further amend the existing contract with WRT for additional services related to the extended timeline to complete the Downtown Specific Plan for an amount of $69,900.
NOW, THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED, by the City Council of the City of San Carlos hereby authorizes the execution of an amendment to the existing Professional Services Agreement with WRT for additional services associated with the completion of the Downtown Specific Plan. * * * * *
I, City Clerk Crystal Mui, hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution was duly and regularly passed and adopted by the City Council of the City of San Carlos at a scheduled meeting thereof held on the 26th day of January 2026, by the following vote:
________________________________
CITY CLERK of the City of San Carlos
APPROVED:
___________________________
MAYOR of the City of San Carlos
AYES, COUNCILMEMBERS:
NOES, COUNCILMEMBERS:
ABSENT, COUNCILMEMBERS:
9.j
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 417
Addendum to Agreement 1 Revised: 09/04/2025
ADDENDUM TO AGREEMENT FOR PROFESSIONAL SERVICES
THIS ADDENDUM TO THE AGREEMENT FOR PROFESSIONAL SERVICES is made to the Agreement for PROFESSIONAL SERVICES dated August 28, 2023 by and between the CITY OF SAN CARLOS, hereinafter referred to as “CITY”, and WALLACE ROBERTS & TODD (WRT), LLC, hereinafter referred to as “CONSULTANT” and shall accept the attached amended Exhibit A. In all other respects the terms and conditions in the contract dated August 28, 2023 shall remain in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed on the date first written by their respective officers duly authorized in that behalf.
CITY OF SAN CARLOS:
Dated:
Nil Blackburn, Interim City Manager
ATTEST:
Dated:
Crystal Mui, City Clerk
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
Dated:
Greg Rubens, City Attorney
CONSULTANT:
I acknowledge that I have full authority to execute this addendum on behalf of the Consultant, and have read, understand, and agree to comply with the provisions of this Addendum, including the Insurance and indemnity requirements set forth herein.
Dated:
James K. Stickley, Principal, WRT, LLC
9.j
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 418
Addendum to Agreement 2 Revised: 09/04/2025
Exhibit A – Scope of Work
Task Amount
Additional meetings and work requested by City
($470 for 1 additional virtual meeting; $11,135
demonstration prep work; $3,360 meetings for
civil survey needs; $5,015 additional meeting with
Fire Dept; $5,165 additional focus group meeting)
$25,145
Additional Subcommittee Meeting 2,000
Biweekly project management meetings $6,500
Project Management Extension $5,880
4 More Subcommittee Meetings, Including
Preparations and Follow Up
$7,160
Four Additional City Council Meetings $23,200
Subtotal $69,885
TOTAL Funding Appropriated and Encumbered $69,900
9.j
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 419
CITY COUNCIL
STAFF REPORT
MEETING DATE: January 26, 2026
ITEM TITLE: Adopt Ordinance 1632 Amending San Carlos Municipal Code, Title 18 – Zoning Ordinance to Codify the Downtown Specific Plan; and Adopt Ordinance 1633 Adopting the Downtown Specific Plan.
RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommend that the City Council, by second reading, adopt:
1) Ordinance 1632 amending Title 18 of the San Carlos Municipal Code, Article II - Base and Overlay Districts, by adding a new Chapter 18.14.1 to codify the San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan; and
2) Ordinance 1633 adopting the San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan.
FISCAL IMPLICATIONS:
There are no fiscal implications, and no additional funding is needed.
BACKGROUND:
On November 24, 2025, the City Council held a public hearing on the Downtown Specific Plan and introduced Ordinances 1632 and 1633. Ordinance 1632 would amend Title 18 of the San Carlos Municipal Code, Article II - Base and Overlay Districts, by adding a new Chapter 18.14.1 to codify the San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan (see Attachment 1). Ordinance 1633 would adopt the Downtown Specific Plan (see Attachment 2).
The purpose of this consent item is to conduct a second reading of Ordinances 1632 and 1633.
If adopted, they would both become effective 30 days thereafter, or on February 25, 2026.
These two actions would fulfill and complete the City Council’s Downtown Strategic Goal established in 2021.
ANALYSIS:
During the November 24, 2025 public hearing, the City Council directed staff to make minor amendments to the San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan. These changes are described below, and edits have been made to the Downtown Specific Plan (Exhibit A to Ordinance 1633).
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 420
1. SamTrans Site located at 1250 San Carlos Avenue
The Council directed staff to not upzone the SamTrans site at 1250 San Carlos Avenue from MU-DC-100 to MU-D-120. Accordingly, there is no longer wording in Ordinance 1632 referring to a Zoning Map amendment; and within the Downtown Specific Plan, the Land Use Map (Figure 3.1, page 57) and Zoning Map (Figure 3.2, page 63) have been amended to reflect Council’s direction and maintain the site’s current land use designation of MixedUse, 75-100 DUs/Ac and zoning designation of MU-DC-100, Mixed Use Downtown Core.
Council further discussed the potential to revisit this site in the future.
2. Ground Floor Commercial Uses in Mixed Use Zones
In response to concerns that concessions and waivers permitted under the California State Density Bonus Law could result in residential uses occupying ground-floor street frontages, the Council directed staff to establish clear policies and regulatory standards that require and incentivize ground-floor commercial uses within Mixed-Use Zoning Districts. The Council affirmed its intent to preserve an active and economically vital street level by prioritizing pedestrian-oriented commercial uses that activate the public realm and provide essential services and businesses to both the growing downtown population and visitors.
Accordingly, the Downtown Specific Plan has been edited to include the following (which was presented to the Council as Attachment 10 of the November 25, 2025, staff report packet):
a. New statement added, Chapter 3, page 58, last paragraph b. New Policy LU-21, and new Action LU-21, Chapter 3, page 65 c. New specific limitation #17 added to the MU-D-120 and MU-SB-120 zoning districts, Chapter 3, page 67, Table 3.2
d. New Figure 3.3, Chapter 3, page 73
e. New specific limitation #17 description, Chapter 3, page 74
3. Shared Parking
The Council directed staff to revise the shared parking requirement for non-residential developments by removing the existing requirement and instead developing and implementing policy-based criteria to guide shared parking for non-residential projects.
This amendment is reflected in PTDM-3 and Action PTDM-3 on page 132, Chapter 6.
4. Unbundled Parking
The Council directed staff to remove parking unbundling requirements for commercial leases while retaining unbundling requirements for market-rate residential units.
Amendments have been made to policy PTDM-6, page 132, and to the parking standard
6.3, B, page 138.
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 421
5. Consideration of Potential Expansion of Outdoor Area The Council directed staff to incorporate options to expand areas devoted to outdoor dining on a case-by-case basis and at the sole discretion of the City.
Accordingly, this direction is now reflected in Chapter 7, page 158, under section “Minimum Clearance—Post Streetscape Construction.”
To ensure equity in potential outdoor dining expansion areas in the 700 block of Laurel Street, the width of the outdoor dining zone has been increased from 9 feet to 10 feet, measured from the building face. Correspondingly, the pedestrian access area (separate from the 20-foot-wide pedestrian promenade) has been reduced from 6 feet to 5 feet. As a result, potential outdoor dining expansion areas are consistent regardless of whether they are located adjacent to a rain garden or a tree strip, yielding up to 15 feet of potential total outdoor dining area. In addition, the text clarifies that requests to expand outdoor dining beyond the allowable area will not be considered until at least one (1) year following completion of streetscape construction, and at the sole discretion of the City.
6. Heating Devices
Council requested clarification that all heating devices (not just portable) may be permitted upon approval from the Fire Marshal.
The text on page 162, under “Operation,” #2 has been amended to reflect the Council’s direction.
7. Colors for Awnings and Umbrellas
The Council directed that umbrellas adhere to the City’s established color palette, while allowing limited use of alternate colors subject to City discretion. The Council further clarified that the selection of awning colors and patterns shall remain at the discretion of individual business operators, provided that awnings and umbrellas are coordinated and complementary in appearance.
These changes have been made, see page 160, #3 and #4; and page 166, #5 and #6.
8. Planning and Transportation Commission Recommendations The Council reviewed and supported the Planning and Transportation Commission's recommendations (which were presented to the Council as Attachment 9 of the November 25, 2025, staff report packet).
9. State Law Qualifier
The Council agreed to insert a qualifying statement concerning state housing law. This has been added as the last paragraph under 3.7, page 75 of the Downtown Specific Plan.
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 422
10. Corrections
Minor corrections and typos noted in Attachment 11 of the November 24, 2025, staff report packet and have been made. This includes correcting the typo on Maximum Building Height for MU-N-40 from 75 ft. to 50 ft. (see page 81 of the Downtown Specific Plan).
Downtown Advisory Committee.
To assist with the development of the Downtown Specific Plan, the City Council appointed the Downtown Advisory Committee (DTAC) on May 25, 2022, comprised of representatives reflecting a range of interests within the study area. The DTAC was charged with reviewing technical information, providing feedback on key policy topics, encouraging community participation, and representing the diverse interests of the downtown community throughout the planning process.
Upon City Council adoption of Ordinances 1632 and 1633, the DTAC will have fulfilled its purpose and will be formally dissolved. The City Council will recognize the committee’s contributions and service at a future public meeting.
Environmental Determination.
Pursuant to Section 15164 of the CEQA Guidelines, an addendum to the previously certified 2045 General Plan EIR was prepared for the Downtown Specific Plan. This Addendum was subsequently approved by the City Council on November 24, 2025, under Resolution 2025-133.
Next Steps.
Should the City Council adopt Ordinances 1632 and 1633 at this second reading, the proposed amendments (e.g. the San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan) would become effective on February 25, 2026.
ALTERNATIVES
1. Adopt Ordinances 1632 and 1633 to amend Title 18 of the San Carlos Municipal Code, Article II. Base and Overlay Districts, to codify the San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan, and to adopt the San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan, respectively; or
2. Do not adopt Ordinances 1632 and 1633; or
3. Provide staff with alternative direction.
Respectfully submitted by:
Al Savay, Community Development Director
Approved for submission by:
____________________________
Nil Blackburn, City Manager
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 423
ATTACHMENT(S):
1. Ordinance 1632
Exhibit A – Amendments to Title 18, Zoning Ordinance
2. Ordinance 1633
Exhibit A – Downtown Specific Plan with Appendices A - G
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 424
1 ORDINANCE 1632
AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF SAN CARLOS
AMENDING THE SAN CARLOS MUNICIPAL CODE, TITLE 18 - ZONING ORDINANCE, TO CODIFY THE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN.
______________________________________________________________________________ WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of San Carlos has made the planning for the future of its downtown one of its top strategic objectives since 2021, beginning with the adoption of its 2021 Strategic Plan and was reaffirmed during its City Council Retreat on January 21, 2022, and again on January 27, 2023, January 18, 2024, and February 6, 2025; and
WHEREAS, in August 2023 the City Council of the City of San Carlos approved a professional services agreement with WRT for consulting services to prepare a Downtown Specific Plan, Downtown Streetscape Master Plan, and an Addendum to the 2045 General Plan Reset Environmental Impact Report, in response to the City Council’s Strategic Objective to develop a plan to understand and ensure that the downtown meets the needs of the community and businesses now and into the future; and
WHEREAS, between August 2022 through August 2025, hundreds of participants attended 37 different civic engagement events and opportunities inclusive of surveys, workshops, open houses, and study sessions with the City Council appointed Downtown Advisory Committee, Economic Development Advisory Commission, Parks Recreation and Culture Commission, Youth Advisory Council, Planning and Transportation Commission, and City Council; and
WHEREAS, the San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan project includes these interrelated documents: the San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan; associated amendments to the San Carlos General Plan’s Land Use Map, Land Use Element, and Circulation and Scenic Highways Element; San Carlos Zoning Map and Ordinance Amendments (to implement the San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan), and the Addendum to the 2045 General Plan Environmental Impact Report (EIR); and
WHEREAS, the focus of this resolution relates to amendments to the San Carlos Zoning Map, and San Carlos Municipal Code, Title 18, Zoning Ordinance for the purposes of implementing the Downtown Specific Plan; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Government Code Sections 65853 and 65850 and San Carlos Municipal Code Chapter 18.35.050, when a change in the Zoning Ordinance (Title 18 of the San Carlos Municipal Code) is found necessary, the Planning and Transportation Commission shall hold a public hearing to consider such change and render its decision to the City Council; and WHEREAS, pursuant to pursuant to San Carlos Municipal Code Chapter 18.35.050 and the California Government Code Sections 65090 and 65091 a Public Hearing Notice was published in the local newspaper on November 13, 2025, for the Downtown Specific Plan, associated amendments to the General Plan Land Use Map, Land Use Element and Circulation and Scenic Highways Element, and associated amendments to the San Carlos Zoning Map and Title 18, Zoning Ordinance text amendments, with additional notification via social media posts on San Carlos’ Facebook, NextDoor, Instagram, and X accounts, through six A-frame signs
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 425
2 spread throughout three blocks within the Downtown Specific Plan area, and through email sent to over 1,500 individuals who have signed up to follow the Downtown Specific Plan project; and WHEREAS, on November 13, 2025, City staff mailed the public notice to every property owner address and site address within the Downtown Specific Plan Area and to all property owners and sites within 300 feet of the Downtown Specific Plan Area to inform them of the proposed Downtown Specific Plan and of City Council public hearing of November 24, 2025; and WHEREAS, the Planning and Transportation Commission conducted a duly noticed public hearing on amendments to the San Carlos Zoning Ordinance to hear and consider all comments of all persons interested in or concerned with a proposed amendments of the City of San Carlos Municipal Code, Title 18, Zoning Ordinance, on November 3, 2025 and recommended to the City Council to introduce an Ordinance with Zoning text amendments; and WHEREAS, pursuant to San Carlos Municipal Code Chapter 18.35.080, the City Council shall make findings regarding a Zoning title text amendment include the reasons for finding that the recommendation is consistent with the City of San Carlos’ General Plan, and consistent with Title 18 to promote the growth of the City in an orderly manner and to promote and protect the public health, safety, peace, comfort and general welfare; and WHEREAS, on November 24, 2025, the City Council adopted a resolution approving the Addendum to the 2045 General Plan Reset EIR as adequate and complete in compliance with CEQA and the State CEQA Guidelines, and as adequate and complete for consideration in making a decision on the merits of the proposed Zoning Ordinance amendments.
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT FOUND, DETERMINED AND RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN CARLOS THAT:
1. The above recitals and findings are hereby incorporated by this reference and are hereby approved.
2. Findings (San Carlos Municipal Code Section 18.35.030) a. Zoning Ordinance Text Amendment Findings.
i. This ordinance amendment is consistent with the General Plan, Basis for finding: The San Carlos General Plan, as amended on May 27, 2025, recognized that the Downtown Specific Plan was underway and accounted for its buildout to the year 2045. Accordingly, with the impending adoption of the Downtown Specific Plan, the General Plan Land Use and Circulation and Scenic Highways Elements are proposed for further amendment to reference and refer to the Downtown Specific Plan and Downtown Streetscape Master Plan, including consistency with the vision, goals, policies, and implementation items within these two Plans. With these concurrent amendments, the intent it to attain policy consistency, which is necessary for implementation through the San Carlos Zoning Ordinance.
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 426
3 ii. The ordinance amendment is consistent with the purpose of San Carlos Municipal Code, Title 18, to promote the growth of the City in an orderly manner and to promote and protect the public health, safety, peace, comfort and general welfare.
Basis for findings: The proposed amendments to the Zoning Ordinance are designed to guide the downtown’s transformation and growth in a deliberate and coordinated manner. By aligning land use regulations and development standards with the vision and goals of the Downtown Specific Plan, these amendments help ensure that development and capital improvements occur predictably, efficiently, and in harmony with City priorities.
3. Adoption
a. The City Council introduced the Zoning Ordinance amendments as set forth in Exhibit “A” on November 24, 2025.
* * * *
I, City Clerk Crystal Mui, hereby certify that the foregoing Ordinance was introduced on the 24th day of November, 2025 and passed and adopted as an Ordinance of the City of San Carlos at a regular meeting thereof held on the 26th day of January, 2026 by the following vote:
________________________________
CITY CLERK of the City of San Carlos
APPROVED:
____________________________
MAYOR of the City of San Carlos
Exhibit A: Amendments to Title 18 – Zoning
AYES, COUNCILMEMBERS:
NOES, COUNCILMEMBERS:
ABSENT, COUNCILMEMBERS:
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 427
4 EXHIBIT A
AMENDMENTS TO TITLE 18 - ZONING
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 428
Chapter 18.14.1
DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
Sections:
18.14.1.010 Purpose.
18.14.1.020 Applicability.
18.14.1.030 Procedures.
18.14.1.040 Consistency with Downtown Specific Plan.
18.14.1.050 Downtown Specific Plan contents and chapters.
18.14.1.010 Purpose.
The Downtown Specific Plan establishes a comprehensive framework to guide the longterm development in the Downtown, focusing on land use, urban design, mobility, sustainability, and the public realm. The purpose of this chapter is to provide regulations and reference to the Downtown Specific Plan aimed at supporting connectivity, identity, and vibrancy within the Downtown.
18.14.1.020 Applicability.
The Downtown Specific Plan applies to all areas as delineated in the map below.
Figure 1. Downtown Specific Plan Area
18.14.1.030 Procedures.
A. Administrative Regulations. All applications and permits subject to the Downtown Specific Plan shall be subject to the administrative regulations including discretionary entitlement applications and other permits in Article IV of the Municipal Code.
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 429
B. Planning Authorities. All applications and permits subject to the Downtown Specific Plan shall be subject to approval by the bodies, officials, and administrators set forth in Chapter 18.26.
C. Common Procedures. Approval of all applications and permits subject to the Downtown Specific Plan shall be subject to procedures that are common to the application and processing of all permits and approvals set forth in Chapter 18.27.
18.14.1.040 Consistency with Downtown Specific Plan.
A. Findings. In addition to required findings pursuant to applicable entitlement applications, no application or permit may be approved, no local public works project may be approved, no tentative map or parcel map for which a tentative map was not required may be approved, no zoning ordinance may be adopted or amended within in area covered by the Downtown Specific Plan unless they are consistent with the adopted Downtown Specific Plan.
B. Conflict. All provisions of the Municipal Code that are not expressly modified or superseded by the Downtown Specific Plan shall continue to apply within the Downtown area. In the event of a conflict between provisions of the Downtown Specific Plan and Title 18 of the Municipal Code, the Downtown Specific Plan shall prevail.
C. Amendments. The Downtown Specific Plan may be amended as often as deemed necessary by the City Council.
18.14.1.050 Downtown Specific Plan contents and chapters.
A. The Downtown Specific Plan (available online and at City Hall upon request) is organized into the following sections and chapters:
0. Executive Summary;
1. Introduction
2. Vision, Principles, and Framework for Urban Design and Policy;
3. Land Use and Urban Design;
4. Prosperity and Economic Development;
5. Mobility and Connectivity;
6. Parking and Transportation Demand Management;
7. Public Realm;
8. Public Art;
9. Sustainability and Resiliency;
10. Infrastructure and Utilities;
11. Administration and Implementation.
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 430
ORDINANCE NO. 1633
AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF SAN CARLOS
ADOPTING THE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN.
____________________________________________________________________________ WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of San Carlos has made the planning for the future of its downtown one of its top strategic objectives since 2021, beginning with the adoption of its 2021 Strategic Plan and was reaffirmed during its City Council Retreat on January 21, 2022, and again on January 27, 2023, January 18, 2024, and February 6, 2025; and
WHEREAS, in August 2023 the City Council of the City of San Carlos approved a professional services agreement with WRT for consulting services to prepare a Downtown Specific Plan, Downtown Streetscape Master Plan, and an Addendum to the 2045 General Plan Reset Environmental Impact Report, in response to the City Council’s Strategic Objective to develop a plan to understand and ensure that the downtown meets the needs of the community and businesses now and into the future; and,
WHEREAS, between August 2022 through August 2025, hundreds of participants attended 37 different civic engagement events and opportunities inclusive of surveys, workshops, open houses, and study sessions with the City Council appointed Downtown Advisory Committee, Economic Development Advisory Commission, Parks Recreation and Culture Commission, Youth Advisory Council, Planning and Transportation Commission, and City Council; and
WHEREAS, prior to the 37 different civic engagement events, the City of San Carlos staff conducted robust community outreach to encourage maximum participation. This included social media posts on San Carlos’ Facebook, NextDoor, Instagram, and X accounts. Announcements about the project and workshops were made at public meetings including City Council, Planning and Transportation Commission, Economic Development Advisory Council, Parks Recreation and Culture Commission, and Youth Advisory Council meetings. In addition, the workshops were promoted through the project website (sancarlosdowntownplan.com), direct email to over 1,500 individuals signed up to follow the project, City of San Carlos’ Good Living Newsletters, City Council Newsletters, Adult Community Center Newsletters, Chamber of Commerce Newsletters, and San Carlos’ E-notify (email) communication system. Grassroots efforts included booths City sponsored events such as the San Carlos Farmer’s Market and Art & Wine Faire, and passing out flyers and posting A-Fame signage throughout the Downtown; and WHEREAS, the City of San Carlos has undertaken a process to prepare the Downtown Specific Plan in accordance with State law; and
WHEREAS, the San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan project includes these interrelated documents: the San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan; associated amendments to the San Carlos General Plan’s Land Use Map, Land Use Element, and Circulation and Scenic Highways Element; San Carlos Zoning Map and Ordinance Amendments (to implement the San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan), and the Addendum to the 2045 General Plan Environmental Impact Report (EIR); and
WHEREAS, the focus of this resolution relates to adopting the Downtown Specific Plan; and
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 431
WHEREAS, the City of San Carlos referred Downtown Specific Plan to all California Native American tribes on the contact list provided by the Native American Heritage Commission and to other entities listed; and
WHEREAS, no California Native American tribe requested consultation; and WHEREAS, on October 13, 2025, City staff mailed the public notice to every property owner address and site address within the Downtown Specific Plan Area and to all property owners and sites within 300 feet of the Downtown Specific Plan Area to inform them of the proposed Downtown Specific Plan and of Planning and Transportation Commission public hearing of November 3, 2025; and
WHEREAS, on October 14, 2025, a legal notice was published in the local newspaper with information regarding the proposed Downtown Specific Plan and associated amendments to the General Plan, Zoning Ordinance, and the Addendum to the 2045 General Plan Reset Environmental Impact Report, and of the Planning and Transportation Commission public hearing of November 3, 2025; and
WHEREAS, on October 14, 2025, the Public Draft Downtown Specific Plan was released for review and comment, and
WHEREAS, on November 3, 2025, the Planning and Transportation Commission held a duly noticed public hearing and reviewed, considered, and evaluated the staff report and Draft Downtown Specific Plan for the City of San Carlos, including the attachments to the staff report, public comments and written testimony; and
WHEREAS, the on November 3, 2025, the Planning and Transportation Commission adopted a resolution making findings of adequacy and recommended that the City Council approve the Addendum to the 2045 General Plan Environmental Impact Report as adequate and complete in compliance with CEQA and the State CEQA Guidelines, and as adequate and complete for consideration in making a decision on the merits of the Downtown Specific Plan; and WHEREAS, on November 13, 2025, City staff mailed the public notice to every property owner address and site address within the Downtown Specific Plan Area and to all property owners and sites within 300 feet of the Downtown Specific Plan Area to inform them of the proposed Downtown Specific Plan and of the City Council public hearing of November 24, 2025; and
WHEREAS, on November 13, 2025, a legal notice was published in the local newspaper with information regarding the proposed Downtown Specific Plan and associated amendments to the General Plan, Zoning Ordinance, and the Addendum to the 2045 General Plan Reset Environmental Impact Report, and of the City Council public hearing of November 24, 2025; and WHEREAS, on November 24, 2025, the City Council held a duly noticed public hearing and reviewed, considered, and evaluated the staff report and Draft Downtown Specific Plan for the City of San Carlos, including the attachments to the staff report, public comments and written testimony.
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN CARLOS, AS FOLLOWS:
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 432
1. The foregoing recitals are true and correct and are incorporated by reference into this action.
2. The City Council, having independently heard, considered, and weighed all the evidence in the record present on behalf of interested parties and being fully informed of the San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan project, finds that City of San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan’s goals, policies, and actions represent a shared vision for San Carlos’ downtown and are based on foundational principles embodying equity and resilience, placemaking and identity, downtown vibrancy, and mobility and connectivity and have been prepared in conformance with California Government Code Section 65450.
3. Based on the foregoing, the City Council introduced this Ordinance to adopt the San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan at a regular meeting held on the 24th day of November, 2025.
* * * * *
I, City Clerk Crystal Mui, hereby certify that the foregoing Ordinance was introduced on the 24th day of November 2025, and passed and adopted as an Ordinance of the City of San Carlos at a regular meeting thereof held on the 26th day of January 2026, by the following vote:
________________________________
CITY CLERK of the City of San Carlos
APPROVED:
___________________________
MAYOR of the City of San Carlos
Exhibit A – San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan, with Appendices A-G AYES, COUNCILMEMBERS:
NOES, COUNCILMEMBERS:
ABSENT, COUNCILMEMBERS:
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 433
EXHIBIT A
City of San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 434
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 435
SAN CARLOS DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
CITY COUNCIL
Sara McDowell, Mayor
Pranita Venkatesh, Vice Mayor
John Dugan
Neil Layton
Adam Rak
Ron Collins (Former)
PLANNING AND TRANSPORTATION
COMMISSION
Kristen Clements, Chair
Summer Bundy, Vice Chair
Twisha Anand
Frank Kenniasty
Jorge Tapias
Janet Castaneda (Former)
Ellen Garvey (Former)
Jim Iacaponi (Former)
David Roof (Former)
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
ADVISORY COMMISSION
Kelly Hickey
Anthony Kamm
Rajesh Krishnan
Madhura Kumar
Heather Liu
Sailesh Mehra
Karen Molinari
Laura Kotee (Alternate)
PARKS, RECREATION AND CULTURE
COMMISSION
Robert Bollier
Elaine Kistenmacher
Julie Lubetkin
Alexandria Seeber
Mark Stogner
Alexis McFarlane (Alternate)
John Durkin (Former)
Cecile Lee (Former)
YOUTH ADVISORY COUNCIL
Maya Kacholiya
Aditya Gupta
Eva Greenebaum
Ellora Mehta
Hanna Kent
Nikhil Nunna
Avi Cancilla
Keira Nayberg
Vir Rao
Karan Sangani
Johan Sijp
Doris Lin
Connor Huh (Alternate)
Dylan Karmin (Former)
Sufiya Kaul (Former)
Cecily Mock (Former)
Saba Rahimi (Former)
Zuri Kadiwar (Former)
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 436
DOWNTOWN ADVISORY COMMITTEE
Madison Blanton
Allie Board
Robert Bollier
Amy Buckmaster
Allison Chang
Tom Davids
Jean Dehner
Zuri Kadiwar
Anthony Kamm
Dylan Karmin
Donna Lera
Monette Meredith
Joaquin Pedrin
James Bertram (Alternate)
Cecile Lee (Alternate)
Elizabeth Min (Alternate)
Elisa Espinoza (Former)
Samina Ginwalla (Former)
Mark Maxwell (Former)
Maya Nayberg (Former)
CITY STAFF
Jeff Maltbie, City Manager
Al Savay, Community and Economic
Development Director
Lisa Porras, Planning Manager, Project Lead
Rendell Bustos, Senior Planner
Linnet Kwok, Senior Administrative Clerk
Hanieh Houshmandi, Senior Traffic Engineer
CONSULTANTS
WRT
Prime Consultant, Urban Design
CSW/ST2
Civil Engineering
W-TRANS
Traffic, Parking, Mobility
SYSTEMATICA
Transportation Planning and Engineering
BAE
Urban Economics
GREENSFELDER
Strategic Planning and Market Analytics
RINCON
Environmental Planning
GOOD CITY CO.
Strategic Advisor
This Specific Plan represents the result of three
years of collaboration and civic engagement.
Through workshops, surveys, public meetings,
and study sessions, community members
voiced a clear and heartfelt vision for the future
of Downtown. The outpouring of ideas and
feedback illustrates the community’s belief in
Downtown as San Carlos’ central gathering place
and focal point for civic life.
In loving memory of Jean Dehner.
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 437
CONTENTS
Executive Summary | 06
Document Organization | 08
How To Use the Document | 10
01 Introduction | 12
1.1 Purpose and Objective of the Specific Plan 14
1.2 Specific Plan Authority & Scope 14
1.3 Relationship to General Plan 15
1.4 Relationship to Citywide Zoning 16
1.5 Preparation Process 16
1.6 California Environmental Quality Act
(CEQA) Compliance 17
1.7 Relationship to Other Plans 17
1.8 Location and Demographics 21
1.9 Plan Area Context 24
1.10 Community Engagement 30
02 Vision, Principles, and Framework for
Urban Design and Policy | 40
2.1 Vision Statement 42
2.2 Guiding Principles 44
2.3 Urban Design Framework 44
2.4 Goals and Policies Framework 52
03 Land Use and Urban Design | 54
3.1 Overview 56
3.2 Land Use 56
3.3 Future Development Potential 59
3.4 Zoning Districts within the Specific Plan Area 61
3.5 Development Policies and Actions 64
3.6 Land Use Regulations 66
3.7 Private Property Development Standards 75
04 Prosperity and Economic
Development | 106
4.1 Overview 108
4.2 Policies and Actions 108
05 Mobility and Connectivity | 112
5.1 Overview 114
5.2 Balancing the Network 114
5.3 Policies and Actions 116
5.4 Mobility and Connectivity Standards 122
5.5 State Law Compliance 126
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 438
06 Parking and Transportation Demand
Management | 128
6.1 Overview 130
6.2 Development Policies and Actions 130
6.3 Parking and TDM Standards 138
07 Public Realm | 140
7.1 Overview 142
7.2 Development Policies and Actions 146
7.3 Public Realm Development Standards 150
08 Public Art | 178
8.1 Overview 180
8.2 Public Art Strategy 181
8.3 Development Policies and Actions 182
8.4 Public Art Standards 184
09 Sustainability and Resiliency | 186
9.1 Overview 188
9.2 Development Policies and Actions 188
9.3 Development Standards for Capital Improvements 189
10 Infrastructure and Utilities | 192
10.1 Overview 194
10.2 Development Policies and Actions 194
10.3 Development Standards for Public Realm Utilities 198 11 Administration and Implementation | 200
11.1 Plan Approval and Administration 202
11.2 Development Review 203
11.3 Streetscape Phasing 203
11.4 Financing Strategy 206
11.5 What Needs to Be Funded 208
11.6 Funding Sources and Financing Tools 208
11.7 Anticipated Fiscal Impacts 219
11.8 Financing Strategy Implementation Actions 220
Appendices
A San Carlos Downtown Streetscape Master Plan
B Downtown Parking Management Plan
C Downtown Prosperity Plan
D Traffic Operations Study.
E Infrastructure Analysis and Existing Conditions Assessment F Fiscal Impact Analysis
G Community Engagement
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 439
6 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
San Carlos has exciting new opportunities to rethink its public spaces. This project transforms the Downtown into a lively, welcoming environment with vibrant urban plazas and tree-lined streets—meeting the community’s growing desire for outdoor gathering, walkability, and meaningful connection.
PLANNING CONTEXT AND PROJECT
INITIATION
In 2021, the San Carlos City Council introduced the idea of creating a new plan for Downtown San Carlos. It had been 12 years since a vision statement and accompanying policies for the Downtown were established in the 2009 General Plan. In addition, the 2020 pandemic gave rise to new expectations for Downtown, including its management and operations. Around the same time, other efforts were at play, including creation of a brand-new Bicycle and Pedestrian Master Plan and a new Climate Mitigation and Adaptation Plan. Together, with the temporary closure of the 700 block of Laurel Street to pedestrian-only access, new ideas and a robust discussion about Laurel Street began to emerge. Thus, it became the ideal time to address the future of Laurel Street and its surroundings. For these reasons, the San Carlos City Council established the following goal in its 2021 Strategic Plan:
“The City of San Carlos will work with residents, property owners, business owners, committees, commissions, the Chamber of Commerce, and all other interested members of the community to develop a plan to understand and ensure that the Downtown meets the needs of the community and businesses now and into the future.”
Subsequently, the Downtown Specific Plan project began in spring 2022.
Just over a year later, in the summer of 2023, preparation of a Downtown Streetscape Master Plan was added to the scope of work to address the calls from City leadership to fast-forward transformation of the Downtown streets.
UNDERSTANDING COMMUNITY
ASPIRATIONS IN A TIME OF CHANGE
Through an inclusive planning process, the City engaged residents, business owners, and stakeholders to uncover a shared vision for the future of Downtown. Community members voiced a strong desire for a more walkable, vibrant, and people-centered public realm—one that supports local businesses, fosters social connection, and reflects the unique character of San Carlos. These insights provided the foundation for the Downtown Specific Plan and Streetscape Master Plan, ensuring that the community’s values and aspirations are at the heart of Downtown’s transformation.
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 440
Executive Summary 7
ANTICIPATING GROWTH AND
EMBRACING INNOVATION
Downtown is poised to evolve in the face of technological and societal change, including the rise of autonomous vehicles, new mobility options, and shifting preferences in how people live, work, and gather. In addition, San Carlos’ Housing Element reflects a strategic focus on concentrating residential growth in walkable, transit-accessible areas such as the Downtown. The Downtown Specific Plan provides a flexible framework that supports growth, mobility, innovation, and adaptability over time, ensuring that Downtown remains resilient and relevant in the decades ahead.
LAYING THE GROUNDWORK FOR THE
FUTURE
In response to both community input and broader trends, the Downtown Specific Plan introduces a series of bold yet practical policy shifts—ranging from reimagined street uses and public spaces to refinements to Downtown’s zoning and design standards. These policy foundations will guide City decision-making and investment over the next 20 years, enabling San Carlos to thoughtfully manage change while staying true to the spirit of its community.
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 441
8 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
DOCUMENT ORGANIZATION
The San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan (DTSP, referred to as Plan) is organized to serve a broad audience, including prospective developers, City staff, elected officials, and community members. The structure of the Plan is designed to guide both long-term visioning and near-term decision-making, with each chapter building upon the previous to provide a comprehensive and user-friendly framework for Downtown development and improvements.
Chapter 1: Introduction and Plan Context
This chapter presents the purpose and objectives of the Specific Plan, its authority and scope, its relationship to other regulatory documents, as well as its location (referred to as the Plan Area), demographics, and the civic engagement process.
Chapter 2: Vision, Principles, and Framework for Urban
Design and Policy
This chapter presents the vision, guiding principles, and a framework for urban design and policy for private development and public space improvements within the Plan Area.
Chapter 3: Land Use and Urban Design
This chapter establishes a framework for the land uses and the physical form of Downtown San Carlos. This includes a land use map, land use designations, as well as a zoning map and zoning designations and corresponding land use regulations and development standards.
Chapter 4: Prosperity and Economic Development
This chapter outlines strategies to support a thriving Downtown economy.
It focuses on strengthening local businesses, attracting new investment, fostering a diverse mix of commercial uses, and enhancing San Carlos’ position as a regional destination. Policies aim to create a supportive environment for innovation, entrepreneurship, and inclusive economic growth.
Chapter 5: Mobility and Connectivity
This chapter presents a multi-modal transportation approach that prioritizes safety, connectivity, and accessibility for all modes of travel. The main emphasis is on improvements to walking, bicycling, and transit infrastructure to achieve a balanced and multi-modal street network.
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 442
Document Organization 9
Chapter 6: Parking and Transportation Demand
Management (TDM)
This chapter addresses Downtown parking management while promoting more sustainable travel behavior. It introduces strategies to optimize existing parking resources, reduce parking demand through TDM programs, and make possible a mode shift where there is more equity for transit users, pedestrians, and bicyclists—all while maintaining access for residents, visitors, and businesses. Policies and standards are established to address parking management, on-street parking and loading, off-street parking and loading, and bicycle parking.
Chapter 7: Public Realm
This chapter outlines a strategy that prioritizes a strong, well-designed public realm to create a socially vibrant and economically thriving Downtown with multi-functional streets, generous sidewalks, inviting plazas, and accessible green spaces. Together, these elements support community interaction, enhance walkability, and contribute to the overall appeal and success of Downtown San Carlos.
Chapter 8: Public Art
This chapter outlines a vision for integrating public art into the fabric of Downtown. It encourages collaboration with artists, local organizations, and the community to create engaging, site-specific works that reflect San Carlos’s identity, activate public spaces, and contribute to a vibrant cultural landscape.
Chapter 9: Sustainability and Resiliency
This chapter establishes goals and policies to advance environmental sustainability and climate resilience. It promotes green infrastructure, energy efficiency, water conservation, and climate adaptation strategies that reduce environmental impacts while preparing the Downtown for future challenges.
Chapter 10: Infrastructure and Utilities
This chapter provides a high-level summary of infrastructure improvements serving the Plan Area, including wet utilities and solid waste disposal.
Chapter 11: Administration and Implementation
This chapter describes the regulatory framework that will be utilized to implement the San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan and recommends development phasing, financing, and implementation responsibilities.
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 443
10 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
IF YOU ARE A COMMUNITY MEMBER
If you’re a member of our community seeking deeper insight into this Plan and its objectives, consider starting with Chapter 1. This section provides valuable context about Downtown San Carlos. Moving forward, Chapter 2 delves into the vision and guiding principles for the next 20 years.
Additionally, Chapter 2 outlines the framework aligning with the vision, and informing the policies, actions, and development standards which are discussed in the following chapters.
HOW TO USE THE DOCUMENT
IF YOU ARE A PROPERTY OWNER OR
DEVELOPER
For property owners or developers interested in building within the Plan Area, it would be essential to acquaint themselves with the planning framework detailed in Chapter 2. Development applications and project designs shall be consistent with the development standards outlined in Chapter 3. Additionally, ensure compliance with standards and requirements for circulation and parking (Chapter 5 and 6), infrastructure improvements (Chapter 10), and streetscape and public realm design (Appendix A: San Carlos Downtown Streetscape Master Plan).
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 444
How to Use the Document 11
IF YOU ARE A BUSINESS OWNER/
OPERATOR
For existing or prospective business owners/operators interested in establishing a business in Downtown San Carlos, it would be beneficial to learn about the vision and guiding principles set forth in Chapter 2. In addition, Chapter 4 provides policies and actions pertaining to economic development and prosperity. A menu of land use options and regulations are provided in Chapter 3. Additionally, streetscape and public realm design for future Downtown streetscape construction are provided in Appendix A:
San Carlos Downtown Streetscape Master Plan and standards for outdoor dining or retail are provided in Chapter 7.
IF YOU WORK FOR THE CITY/ARE A CITY
OFFICIAL
If you work for the City of San Carlos or are a City official, you will be responsible for guiding future development in the Plan Area to be consistent with the regulatory framework as well as supporting the vision, goals, and policies outlined in this document. Chapter 11 provides specific tasks and responsibilities for implementing the Plan.
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 445
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 446
01 INTRODUCTION
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 447
14 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
1.1 PURPOSE AND
OBJECTIVE OF THE
SPECIFIC PLAN
The San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan sets forth regulations for the future development, revitalization, and enhancement of Downtown San Carlos. It is intended to guide the long-term physical and economic evolution of the city’s Downtown core. Its primary objective is to provide a cohesive vision and framework for land use and urban design, prosperity and economic development, mobility and transportation, parking and Transportation Demand Management (TDM), public realm, public art, sustainability and resiliency, and infrastructure that reflects the community’s aspirations and responds to changing needs.
The Plan establishes clear goals, policies, and strategies to support a vibrant, pedestrian-friendly, inclusive, and economically-resilient Downtown. It aims to shape a lively Downtown core that reflects the unique character of San Carlos while supporting residential, commercial, and mixed-use opportunities that cater to the evolving needs of the community. It serves as a tool to shape new development, public realm improvements, and policy decisions in a way that enhances quality of life, preserves local character, and supports environmental sustainability. Designed to be both visionary and actionable, the Specific Plan aims to align public and private investment with a unified vision for Downtown San Carlos.
1.2 SPECIFIC PLAN
AUTHORITY & SCOPE
California Government Code Section 65450 allows the City of San Carlos to adopt a specific plan to establish detailed goals, policies, and implementation items for the Downtown. The Downtown Specific Plan shall, consistent with Government Code Section 65451, contain land use and zoning maps, delineate essential facilities such as multi-modal transportation and circulation networks, infrastructure – including water, drainage, sewer – and other essential facilities to support future growth and change in the Downtown over the next 20 years. In addition, standards for new development and implementation actions and financing strategies to support future planning programs and capital improvements are required by state law.
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 448
Introduction 15
1.3 RELATIONSHIP TO
GENERAL PLAN
A comprehensive update to the San Carlos General Plan was adopted by the City Council in 2009 and amended most recently in May 2025 to reset the General Plan buildout projections to the year 2045. The San Carlos General Plan provides a framework to guide future land use and development decisions in the city. The policies, goals and objectives of the San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan are required to be consistent with the overall vision of the General Plan, which is still true today as it was in 2008:
“San Carlos is a safe, beautiful, vibrant and livable community with tree-lined streets, open space, public art, high-quality architecture and state-of-the-art infrastructure. We enjoy a balance of residential, schools, retail, commercial and industrial uses and services that enhance our quality of life, support the fiscal health of the City and sustain a robust local economy. Downtown San Carlos is the heart of the community – a place to experience and savor the joys of daily life while enjoying a mix of stores and services.
Housing in San Carlos meets the needs of a diverse community. People who work in San Carlos can afford to live here. San Carlans are also able to work for employers located within the community. The City pursues creative solutions to economic development objectives and encourages innovative environmentally sustainable industries and businesses to locate and remain in San Carlos.
San Carlos is committed to sustainability. Sustainability promotes the use of resources in the present in a manner that does not compromise the choices and quality of life of future generations.
Mobility is part of the San Carlos way of life. It is precious to us, and we value our collective ability to freely and efficiently move about the city and region.
The airport remains a unique part of our transportation system. Sidewalks, paths and bikeways connect residential neighborhoods to all commercial areas, schools, parks and open space. Destinations and places in San Carlos are accessible using all forms of transportation.
Quality educational opportunities, at all levels, are available to the entire community. Our outstanding educational system, providing both formal and informal learning opportunities, enhances our quality of life.
Public service, charitable giving, volunteerism and citizen participation are integrated into public, non-profit and educational services offered.
Community care services are inclusive for seniors and citizens with mental and physical disabilities.
San Carlans enjoy a wide variety of private and public community venues, including parks, trails, community centers, arts, museums, cultural centers and clubs, faith-based places of worship and congregation, recreational facilities, sports and other civic and cultural events. We enjoy access to affordable and high-quality health services. The City’s government contributes to our distinctive community identity and sense of civic pride.” - City Council endorsed Vision Statement, February 11, 2008
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 449
16 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
1.4 RELATIONSHIP TO
CITYWIDE ZONING
The standards for development contained in the Downtown Specific Plan (Plan) draw from the City of San Carlos’ Municipal Code, Title 18, Zoning.
No changes to land use or zoning designations were made, except for one site at APN 050-072-380, consisting of approximately 1.1 s and located at 1250 San Carlos Avenue. The land use and zoning change for this site allows greater development intensity, replacing the designation from Mixed-Use, Downtown Core, 100 (MU-DC-100) to Mixed-Use, Downtown, 120 (MUD-120). All other changes to zoning regulations are refinements in nature, addressing the entitlement process, responding to State law, or minor adjustments to design and architectural features.
1.5 PREPARATION
PROCESS
INITIATION
In 2021, the San Carlos City Council set a strategic goal directing City staff to collaborate with the community and key stakeholders to develop a Specific Plan for the Downtown area. By spring 2022, a consultant team had been retained, a Citizens Advisory Committee was appointed by the Council, and the first public outreach meeting was held.
Over the next three years, City staff and consultants engaged residents, business owners, and other stakeholders in meaningful discussions about the future of Downtown San Carlos—exploring how it could better serve the community, local businesses, the workforce, and visitors. Topics ranged from urban design and land use to economic development and market trends.
The planning process also included the evaluation and refinement of several street redesign scenarios, with a focus on improving safety and supporting community programming.
On April 28, 2025, the City Council adopted the Downtown Streetscape Master Plan, which the Downtown Specific Plan references and supports through corresponding policies.
REVIEW AND APPROVAL
On November 24, 2025, the Planning and Transportation Commission recommended that the City Council adopt the Downtown Specific Plan (Resolution No. 2025-14).
Subsequently, on November 24, 2025, the City Council formally adopted the Downtown Specific Plan (Ordinance No. 1633).
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 450
Introduction 17
1.6 CALIFORNIA
ENVIRONMENTAL
QUALITY ACT (CEQA)
COMPLIANCE
An Addendum to the 2045 General Plan Reset Final Environmental Impact Report (EIR) (State Clearinghouse # 2024060037) was prepared by the City of San Carlos. The General Plan Reset EIR was certified and the mitigation measures within it were adopted by the City of San Carlos on Tuesday, May 27, 2025.
1.7 RELATIONSHIP TO
OTHER PLANS
As part of the analysis of the regulatory context, the following were reviewed to inform development of the Plan:
San Carlos Objective Development Standards (ODS): The ODS establish clear, measurable criteria for building form, site design, and architectural quality. Developed to streamline project review and ensure design consistency, these standards support high-quality, context-sensitive development while aligning with state housing laws. The ODS informed the Plan by elevating the design character for new office, mixed-use and multi-family developments.
San Carlos General Plan: The San Carlos General Plan acts as a comprehensive guide for the city’s long-term development and growth.
It outlines a broad framework for land use, housing, transportation, and environmental policies, shaping the community’s future. This General Plan is instrumental, as it lays the foundation in shaping the community’s vision for its Downtown.
San Carlos Housing Element 2023-2031: The 6th Cycle, 2023-2031, Housing Element is a key component that outlines strategies and policies to meet current and future housing needs of the community. It plays a crucial role in shaping the Plan in relation to housing development, affordability, and diversity.
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 451
18 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
Climate Mitigation and Adaptation Plan (CMAP): San Carlos’ CMAP provides a roadmap for reducing greenhouse gas emissions while preparing the community for climate-related risks such as extreme heat, flooding, and sea level rise. For the Plan, the CMAP is especially important as it shapes strategies for sustainable growth in the city’s core—integrating energy efficiency, resilient infrastructure, and expanded low-carbon mobility choices. By aligning Downtown planning with CMAP goals, San Carlos can ensure new development not only enhances the vitality of the city center but also advances long-term resilience and climate action commitments.
East side Innovation District Vision Plan: The East Side Innovation District Vision Plan aims to transform this area into a multi-modal neighborhood, integrating a mix of commercial uses including existing businesses and new science and technology enterprises. The plan emphasizes connectivity, community amenities, and a resilient and inclusive future. This plan is important in guiding key connections to the Downtown area to create synergy between San Carlos’ east side and the Downtown.
San Carlos Bicycle and Pedestrian Master Plan: This plan, adopted in 2020, lays out a comprehensive strategy for enhancing bicycle and pedestrian infrastructure in San Carlos. It aims to improve safety, connectivity, and accessibility for all non-motorized modes of transport, promoting a healthier and more sustainable urban environment. The plan details critical strategies for the Downtown area that affect the integration of bicycle facilities into key Downtown streets.
San Carlos Zoning Map and Ordinance: San Carlos has a detailed zoning map that guides development and future land uses in the city. San Carlos’ Zoning Ordinance is key for future city development, defining essential standards such as land use, density, building heights, step-backs and setbacks, and shaping the direction of the Plan in line with the city’s vision for future buildout. The zoning districts within the Downtown include MU-D-120, MU-DC-100, MU-N-50, MU-N-40, MU-SB-100, MU-SB-120, PK (Park), and Planned Developments 1, 14, 15, 19, 24, and 26.
Northeast Area Specific Plan: The Northeast Area Specific Plan envisions the transformation of underutilized industrial and commercial lands north of Downtown into a vibrant, mixed-use neighborhood with approximately 2,000 new homes, employment opportunities, and community amenities. A key connector from the northeast area to Downtown is the F Street underpass, which provides a critical connection to El Camino Real and strengthens links between the Northeast Area and the Downtown. By creating a walkable, transit-supportive district, the plan not only accommodates significant housing growth but also expands the community of residents, workers, and visitors who will rely on and contribute to the vitality of Downtown San Carlos.
Relevant policies from these plans and regulations that informed the Downtown Specific Plan are summarized below.
SAN CARLOS OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS (ODS)
Land Use and Character: The ODS supports a vibrant, mixed-use Downtown through clear standards for density, height, transitions, and active ground floor uses. Minimum and maximum densities in mixed-use districts (e.g., MU-DC-100: 75–100 units/net ) reinforce the intent for
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 452
Introduction 19
compact, walkable development. Building placement and form standards (e.g., build-to lines, height transitions adjacent to RS zones) as well as standards for landscaping and open space ensure sensitivity to existing residential neighborhoods while accommodating growth.
Mobility and Connectivity: The ODS enhances pedestrian and multimodal connections through pedestrian-first standards, including widened walkways, curb cut restrictions on Laurel Street, and clear connections to transit and adjacent areas. Parking standards prioritize rear or underground placement, with minimum setbacks of forty (40) feet from the street, supporting a continuous and safe pedestrian realm.
Urban Design and Placemaking: The ODS establishes a high-quality public realm and architectural character through upper story stepback to preserve human-scale design. Similarly, massing breaks, base/middle/ top articulation, and roof variety requirements contribute to visual interest and architectural integrity.
Mixed-Use Development: ODS promotes integration of uses including minimum and maximum commercial FARs and active frontage standards to ensure economic activity and accessibility. Standards for residentialonly development clarify how projects shall still align with objectives of the mixed-use districts.
Ground Floor Activation: Vital for a vibrant Downtown, the ODS supports active frontage along public streets, with transparent glazing, and distinctive entries. Prohibited curb cuts on Laurel Street ensure uninterrupted pedestrian pathways and minimize vehicle-pedestrian conflicts.
Public Realm Design: Design elements create welcoming and functional shared spaces with corner entries, pedestrian-scale facades, and publicfacing amenities (e.g., seating, plazas, awnings) supporting interaction and placemaking.
2045 SAN CARLOS GENERAL PLAN
Land Use and Character (Policies LU-2.1 to LU-2.7): These policies aim to preserve the unique character of Downtown San Carlos, maintaining its scale, walkable environment, and economic vitality by encouraging a mix of uses, including active ground-floor retail and upper-floor residential.
Policies LU-2.2 and LU-2.3 emphasize maintaining the area’s unique character, especially along Laurel Street.
Parking and Transportation (Policies LU-2.16 to LU-2.20): The General Plan encourages strategies to enhance accessibility including parking management, improving bicycle and pedestrian access, and creating pedestrian linkages between parking areas and streets.
Urban Design and Connectivity (Policies LU-7.1, LU-7.3): There is a focus on integrating high-quality architectural design and enhancing the physical connections between neighborhoods and the Downtown, including walkable streets and public spaces.
Public Gathering Spaces (Policies LU-2.13, LU-2.15): These policies prioritize maintaining Downtown and Burton Park as central community gathering spaces and encourage the development of additional parks and public areas nearby.
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 453
20 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
Mixed-Use and Vibrancy (Policy LU-2.6): This policy supports active uses such as retail, restaurants, etc. along Laurel Street, with residential on upper stories to maintain vibrancy at the ground level.
SAN CARLOS BICYCLE AND PEDESTRIAN MASTER PLAN (ADOPTED
2020)
Pedestrian Safety and Accessibility: The plan emphasizes improvements for pedestrian safety, including enhancing visibility at crosswalks and intersections, installing pedestrian-scale lighting, and addressing areas with incomplete sidewalk networks. These measures are particularly important for Downtown streets like Laurel Street and San Carlos Avenue.
Bikeway Network Expansion: The plan proposes the expansion of lowstress bikeways throughout San Carlos, including Downtown. This includes adding Class IV separated bikeways and buffered lanes to improve safety and comfort for cyclists. Key corridors recommended for improvement include El Camino Real, Brittan, Arroyo to Commercial and San Carlos Avenue.
Wayfinding Program: Recommendations include implementing a comprehensive wayfinding program for bicyclists and a pedestrianfriendly Downtown, directing visitors to key destinations such as parks, transit stations, and commercial areas.
SAN CARLOS HOUSING ELEMENT
High-Quality, Higher-Density Housing (Goal HOU-2): The Housing Element promotes well-designed, higher-density multi-family housing near transit, especially in Downtown and along San Carlos Avenue and El Camino Real. It supports mixed-use developments and high-quality design standards to enhance the area’s character.
Complete Streets and Connectivity (Policy HOU-2.2): Emphasis is placed on pedestrian and bicycle-friendly environments, consistent with the Bicycle and Pedestrian Master Plan, to ensure Downtown remains accessible and connected. The policy encourages developments that support the City’s Complete Streets Policy.
San Carlos 2030 General Plan
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 454
Introduction 21
Affordable Housing Incentives (Actions HOU-2.2, HOU-3.2): The Housing Element suggests incentivizing affordable housing Downtown through density bonuses, relaxed development standards, and flexibility for small lot developments. These strategies align with goals to increase affordability and support diverse housing options.
Transportation and Parking (Action HOU-4.2): The Housing Element addresses parking management, and recognizes the removal of parking minimums near transit and Downtown, to encourage more housing options and support a pedestrian-oriented urban core.
City of San Carlos Bicycle and Pedestrian Master Plan
1.8 LOCATION AND
DEMOGRAPHICS
A. REGIONAL CONTEXT
Downtown San Carlos holds a significant position in the regional economic ecosystem, encompassing key drivers such as life science campuses, technology campuses, premier education and research clusters, and neighboring Downtowns on the peninsula. Its strategic location between US 101 and Interstate 280 provides direct north-south connectivity across the Bay Area. The Caltrain system enhances its accessibility, offering convenient rail service throughout the peninsula. Additionally, the San Mateo and Dumbarton bridges facilitate east-west travel, linking San Carlos to the East Bay.
B. LOCAL (CITY) CONTEXT
The city of San Carlos sits between Belmont to the north and Redwood City to the south, framed by the foothills and open space of Edgewood County Park to the west and the San Francisco Baylands to the east. Downtown San Carlos lies at the heart of the community along El Camino Real and
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 455
22 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
Figure 1.1 - Regional Significance of San Carlos
the Caltrain corridor, providing the community’s primary civic, commercial, and cultural hub. The city’s location, midway between San Francisco and San José and adjacent to San Carlos Airport, positions it as both a regional gateway and a livable environment, balancing access to jobs, transit, and recreation.
C. THE PLAN AREA
Downtown San Carlos, within the regional economic ecosystem, holds pivotal importance locally, offering a charming main street atmosphere for the San Carlos community and neighboring visitors alike. The Plan Area is comprised of approximately 67.5 s. This study area runs along the El Camino Real and Laurel Street corridors and is framed by Holly Street at the north end and Greenwood Avenue on the south end, with El Camino Real to the east and Walnut Street to the west. These boundaries capture the heart of the city’s Downtown, retail, and transit-oriented center. Laurel Street serves as the bustling spine and epicenter of activity, while the nearby US-101 interchanges at Holly Street and Brittan Avenue, along with the Caltrain Station at El Camino Real and San Carlos Avenue, ensure seamless accessibility and connectivity to and from Downtown.
El Camino Real, flanking the eastern perimeter of Downtown, presents significant potential for enhancement, poised to serve as a prominent gateway to Downtown and create distinct entry points along this vital regional corridor. The close proximity and connection to the Civic Center further enrich Downtown’s appeal, providing an opportunity to expand its identity by integrating social and civic activities.
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 456
Introduction 23
Figure 1.2 - Local (City-level) Context.
N
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 457
24 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
Figure 1.3 D - Demographic Composition of San Carlos
1.9 PLAN AREA CONTEXT
A. BRIEF HISTORY
The first known human inhabitants of the San Carlos area were the Ohlone, also historically referred to as the Costanoans. Within this region, historians identify two subgroups: the Salson, who lived north of Belmont Creek, and the Lhamshin, whose territory encompassed much of what is now San Carlos. The Ohlone were a deeply connected community, relying on local rivers, creeks, and coastal resources for food, and maintaining rich cultural and spiritual traditions.
Spanish colonization of the San Francisco Bay Area, beginning in 1769, White
63.2%
18.2%
6.86%
22.5%
Asian Two or More Races Foreign-born
10 50
30 70
20 60
40 80
This Specific Plan aims to enhance and celebrate the strong cultural identity of Downtown San Carlos. Leveraging its strategic physical location, the Plan envisions a vibrant Downtown that serves as a model for dining, shopping, and social experiences. By fostering a thriving, dynamic community, Downtown San Carlos can set a new standard for Downtown development that other communities in the Bay Area and across the nation can emulate.
D. DEMOGRAPHICS
As per the 2023 Housing Element, San Carlos is home to a diverse and affluent population of approximately 30,754 residents. The median age of 41 reflects a balanced mix of working professionals, retirees and families, creating a dynamic yet mature atmosphere. The city’s economic strength is evident in its median household income of $204,570 as of 2022.
The racial composition of the city is predominantly White (63.2%), followed by Asian (18.2%), and individuals identifying as Two or More Races (6.86%).
This diversity is further enriched by a foreign-born population of 22.5%, contributing to the multicultural fabric of the city.
Housing in San Carlos is characterized by high property values, with the median home value around $1.9 million in 2020. This reflects the high desirability of San Carlos as a place to live and work, reinforced by access to local recreational amenities.
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 458
Introduction 25
Figure 1.4 - Downtown Specific Plan Area. Source: City of San Carlos. profoundly disrupted the lives of the Ohlone. Many were forcibly relocated to Spanish missions, including Mission San Francisco de Asís, where they were subjected to labor, religious conversion, and European diseases.
These pressures led to dramatic declines in population and the erosion of traditional Ohlone social and cultural structures.
Colonization accelerated in 1776 with the formal establishment of Mission San Francisco de Asís. By the 1790s, the mission and other nearby settlements were supported by small farms extending as far south as San Mateo. To encourage settlement, the Spanish government granted large tracts of land to retired soldiers and influential men. One notable example is Don José Darío Argüello, commandante of the Presidio of San Francisco and later governor of Alta California, who received a 35,000-acre land grant that included what would later become Atherton, Belmont, Menlo Park, Redwood City, San Carlos, and part of San Mateo. These land grants further displaced the Ohlone from their ancestral territories and contributed to the lasting marginalization of the community.
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 459
26 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
Early attempts to develop San Carlos began in the late 1800s. These early efforts were generally not successful until 1917, when the Mercantile Trust Company hired Frederick Seguier Drake, a prominent real estate and business promoter to oversee the development of the city. Drake expanded infrastructure, established a chamber of commerce, encouraged the development of housing, and gave the city the motto “The City of Good Living.”
Downtown San Carlos has been the historic and cultural heart of the city since its early days as a planned subdivision in the late 1800s, when the San Carlos Land Company and later the San Carlos Park Syndicate laid out the original street grid prior to the construction of El Camino Real. Historic maps show the early subdivision pattern centered on the railroad, which quickly gave rise to a small-town business district and gathering place for commerce and community life.
Over time, Laurel Street and its surrounding blocks developed into a thriving commercial corridor, defined by small locally-owned shops, restaurants, and professional services that created the city’s enduring “small-town” identity. Today, Downtown continues that tradition while also serving as an employment hub. Some of the city’s largest employers (such as PG&E, Home Depot, Natera, and Check Point Software) have offices here, adding a daytime workforce and economic vitality to the Downtown.
Just two blocks away from the Downtown core, City Hall and the Civic Center anchor public life, while SamTrans has long been headquartered at 1250 San Carlos Avenue, serving as a major institutional presence. In 2026, SamTrans will relocate to a new site in Millbrae, creating opportunities for the city to reimagine this centrally-located property in the years ahead.
Downtown has also remained a cultural hub for community celebrations and public life. At the time this Plan was adopted in 2025, San Carlos was celebrating its Centennial, marking 100 years since incorporation and reaffirming Downtown’s role as the symbolic and social center of the community.
B. PLAN AREA IN ACRES
The Plan Area consists of approximately 67.5 acres, which includes all land within the plan boundary as defined in the City’s Geographic Information System (GIS)—this total encompasses public rights-of-way such as streets, sidewalks, and other infrastructure. Of this, approximately 51.7 acres represent the actual parcel age, referring to the combined area of all privately and publicly owned parcels located within the Plan Area boundary.
C. EXISTING RESIDENCES AND MAJOR
LAND USES
The Plan Area currently includes approximately 557 residential units, contributing to the district’s mixed-use character and providing a built-in population to support other uses including 262,067 square feet of office space, 356,340 square feet of general commercial space, 154,891 square feet of restaurant uses, and 13,993 square feet of hotel space.
D. EXISTING BUSINESSES
Downtown San Carlos hosts a diverse mix of approximately 275 businesses, spanning food and beverage, specialty retail, personal services, and general commercial uses. While the COVID-19 pandemic resulted in the closure of 60 businesses and placed pressure on others, many businesses, especially casual dining restaurants and specialty retailers, have since shown strong signs of recovery or have moved into spaces vacated during the pandemic.
However, not all sectors have rebounded equally, and some non-food &
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 460
Introduction 27
Figure 1.5 - Views of Laurel Street, Top(L) – archival photo from 1954, top (R)- post 700 block closure from 2024,
bottom – rendering of proposed design from the San Carlos Downtown Streetscape Master Plan.
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 461
28 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
beverage businesses continue to face challenges related to foot traffic, access, and visibility. As the district evolves, maintaining a balanced and resilient retail ecosystem will be essential to sustaining Downtown’s longterm economic vitality and community character.
E. EXISTING PARKING SPACES
The existing parking supply in the San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan Area is a mix of on-street, public off-street, and private off-street spaces, accommodating residents, employees, visitors, and transit riders. According to the 2013 Downtown Parking Study, at the time of the parking survey, the northern portion of Downtown contained 2,217 parking spaces of which 672 are on-street, 376 are public off-street, and 1,169 are private off-street. However, the COVID-19 pandemic prompted the repurposing of 110 on-street spaces (91 of which were on Laurel Street) for outdoor dining parklets, and a section of Laurel Street was closed to vehicular traffic, making an additional 62 spaces inaccessible. Most on-street spaces are time-restricted, predominantly with two-hour limits, while unrestricted spaces are found just outside the Plan Area. Today, public off-street parking includes the Wheeler Parking Garage (256), SamTrans Parking Garage (259), and Caltrain Station lot (248), collectively offering approximately 760 spaces. A Downtown Employee Parking Permit Program designates 126 spaces on the second floor of the Wheeler Parking Garage and 76 spaces on top of the SamTrans Parking Garage for workers, though many remain underutilized. Private lots, which account for nearly 40% of the total supply, typically serve adjacent businesses and are often underused.
Despite localized high demand—particularly on Laurel Street and in the Clark Plaza—overall parking occupancy was manageable pre-pandemic, suggesting that while certain hotspots face pressure, Downtown parking capacity as a whole remains adequate.
Figure 1.6 - Downtown San Carlos Streetscape (Top & Bottom)
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 462
Introduction 29
Figure 1.7 - Laurel Street 600 Block Sidewalk
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 463
30 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
1.10 COMMUNITY
ENGAGEMENT
The Downtown Specific Plan, launched by the City of San Carlos in early 2022, has been an inclusive and collaborative effort to shape a vibrant and livable Downtown. Informed by a series of workshops and online surveys, the City worked closely with the community, and the City Council appointed an 18-member Downtown Advisory Committee (DTAC) to develop a shared vision and guiding principles and provide input into the street and public space designs for the Downtown Streetscape Master Plan and the Downtown Specific Plan policies. The DTAC members represented business operators, property owners, older adults, community members with special needs, the City’s Economic Development Advisory Commission, Parks, Recreation and Culture Commission, Youth Advisory Council, the San Mateo County Chamber of Commerce, and the community at-large. The Downtown Streetscape Master Plan and Downtown Specific Plan processes, occurring between June 2022 and November 2025, were grounded in ongoing community engagement that gathered diverse perspectives from residents, business owners, youth, and other stakeholders. This iterative process ensured the proposed streetscape improvements and planning strategies and policies truly reflect the aspirations and needs of the San Carlos community.
Early community feedback emphasized the need for a more pedestrianfriendly environment, leading to proposals for wider sidewalks, more urban greenery, and flexible public spaces to accommodate a diverse mix of events and activities. Through multiple rounds of engagement from surveys, workshops, and study sessions, the themes of comfort, safety, and public space activation, improved Downtown connectivity, and balanced economic opportunity consistently emerged. Stakeholders helped refine ideas around integrating public amenities with support for local businesses, while concerns about parking and traffic flow were addressed through detailed analysis. As the project progressed, community feedback directly influenced adjustments to design, programming, and infrastructure, resulting in a thoughtful and inclusive roadmap for San Carlos’s Downtown transformation.
Photos 1-3: Ideation Workshop: Community Feedback on
the Opportunities, Constraints and the Concept Alternatives (Source: WRT)
1 9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 464
Introduction 31
DTAC Meeting - Welcome and Orientation
June 2022
The first Downtown Advisory Committee (DTAC)
meeting served as a welcome and orientation for
members. The City and project team introduced the
planning process, outlined the goals of the Downtown
Specific Plan, and provided an overview of the
committee’s role in guiding the vision for the future of Downtown San Carlos.
DTAC Meeting
July 2022
DTAC members picked up their binders, received
instructions on accessing future materials, and set
up their official City email accounts. The meeting
concluded with an outdoor ice cream social and
icebreaker, where members shared what they value
about Downtown and their hopes for its future.
Stakeholder Focus Groups Interviews
August 2022
The City hosted focus groups with key stakeholders
to understand challenges and needs. Topics included
infrastructure (RethinkWaste, Cal Water, Mid-Peninsula
Water District), mobility (SV Bicycle Coalition,
SamTrans, Caltrans, San Carlos Bikes, Healthy Cities
Tutoring), seniors/children/special needs (Adult
Community Center, Arbor Bay School, Art BIAS), and
Downtown business and events (City Parks, Chamber
of Commerce).
2 3
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 465
32 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
Downtown Community Workshop #2
February 2023
The second workshop drew 70 participants to explore
ideas for the 700 block of Laurel Street, new plazas and parks, and reimagined alleyways. Input was collected
through live polling, Q&A, and discussion.
Coffee and Comments Open House
March 2023
Over 70 community members joined an open house
at the San Carlos Library to review three preliminary
Downtown concepts, including improvements to Laurel
Street, Harrington Park, alleyways, and a potential new plaza.
Community Survey 2
March 2023
A follow-up online survey captured feedback on the
same concepts discussed in February’s workshop
and March’s open house, with results informing design
ideas for Laurel Street, Harrington Park, alleyways,
and a new plaza.
Downtown Specific Plan – Status Update
and Progress Report
April 17 and April 24, 2023
City staff presented progress on the Downtown’s
20-year vision to the Planning & Transportation
Community Survey 1
August 2022
An interactive mapping survey gathered 470
comments on mobility, streetscape, gathering
spaces, allowable uses, and other topics.
Downtown Community Workshop #1
August 2022
About 150 community members joined the first
virtual workshop to learn about the Downtown
Specific Plan, review existing conditions, and share
input through live polling and breakout discussions.
DTAC Meeting
September 2022
Staff gave a presentation on existing conditions
and market analysis overview. DTAC conducted an
Interactive exercise and staff gave a recap of the
Downtown Community Workshop
DTAC Meeting
January 2023
Presentation by consultant team on the draft
concepts for the 700 Block Laurel Street, followed
by DTAC discussion.
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 466
Introduction 33
Commission and City Council. Foundational concepts
included Laurel Street closure, alley improvements,
Harrington Park design, and a new plaza.
Downtown Business Stakeholder Meeting
May 2023
Following the Council’s decision to permanently close
the 700 block of Laurel Street, City staff met with 23
representatives from Downtown businesses at Stamp
Bar & Grill to discuss opportunities and next steps.
DTAC Meeting
June 2023
Building on City Council’s input from April 24, City staff shared project update, community feedback and
work in progress, followed by DTAC comments and
discussion.
Streetscape Master Plan Kick-Off Meeting
September 2023
Building on City Council’s April 24, 2023, direction
to permanently close the 700 block of Laurel Street,
the Streetscape Master Plan process began with
a kick-off meeting to establish a foundation for the
Plan. This meeting introduced the project team and
stakeholders to the plan’s scope, objectives, and early design considerations.
Photo: Project Team Conducting PRCC Meeting (Source: WRT)
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 467
34 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
design elements. Feedback informed the development
of design concepts for key streets within the Plan Area.
EDAC & PRCC Meetings
January–February 2024
The Economic Development Advisory Commission
(EDAC) explored the potential business benefits of
proposed improvements, while the Parks, Recreation,
and Culture Commission (PRCC) addressed integration
with park areas, cultural features, and logistics for large events like the Farmers’ Market and Art & Wine Faire.
Interdepartmental Meeting
February 2024
This session ensured continued coordination across
departments as detailed design strategies for street
cross-sections, alleys, and public spaces progressed.
Youth Advisory Council (YAC) Meeting
March 2024
Engaging with the YAC brought forward youth
perspectives on street activation, active transportation, safety, and recreational programming.
Interdepartmental Meeting
November 2023
These sessions gathered input from multiple City
departments to ensure alignment and coordination
across City services.
DTAC Meeting
November 2023
The Downtown Advisory Committee (DTAC) reviewed
the revised vision, guiding principles, and initial design alternatives. Discussions focused on mobility strategies, public space design, and streetscape improvements to
reinforce Downtown San Carlos as the community’s
living room.
Virtual & In-Person Ideation Workshop
December 2023
Hosted both online and in-person, this workshop invited community members to share ideas for enhancing
the Downtown streetscape. Participants emphasized
greenery, flexible gathering spaces, safe and accessible movement, and programming that supports both daily
life and special events.
Online Survey
December 2023
A citywide survey captured broader community input
on streetscape priorities, pedestrian accessibility, and
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 468
Introduction 35
DTAC Meeting
March 2024
This meeting further refined feedback on public space
programming, street designs, and mobility strategies.
Focus Group Meetings
February - May 2024
Targeted sessions with Art Bias, SamTrans, the Silicon
Valley Bicycle Coalition, and the Fire Department
addressed technical issues related to transit operations, bicycle infrastructure, and emergency access.
Planning and Transportation Commission
(PTC) Meeting
May 2024
The PTC reviewed DTAC-endorsed street designs,
focusing on alignment with long-term planning and
transportation policy.
City Council Meeting
June 2024
The City Council reviewed the plan’s progress, shared
feedback on street and public space design, and
recommended refinements based on community and
Council input.
Photo: Youth Council during hands-on workshop session at YAC Meeting (Source: WRT)
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 469
36 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
Interdepartmental Meeting - Goals and
Policies
March 2025
City departments convened to align on the goals and
policy framework for the Downtown San Carlos Specific
Plan, ensuring consistency with citywide priorities and operational feasibility.
DTAC Meeting - Goals and Policies
March 2025
The DTAC reviewed and provided feedback on draft
goals and policies, emphasizing livability, walkability, and support for local businesses.
Planning and Transportation Commission
(PTC) and Council Meetings
April 2025
The Planning and Transportation Commission reviewed
and City Council adopted the final Streetscape Master
Plan on April 28, 2025.
DTAC Meeting – Parking
April 2025
The committee focused on the on-street parking, wayfinding and parking management strategies, discussing the balance between flexible use of parking spaces,
shared parking models, and business access needs.
Online Survey
August 2024
A second citywide survey gathered input on materials,
planting, paving, and street furnishings to refine the
streetscape character and experience.
Downtown Business Stakeholder Meeting
August 2024
This meeting addressed concerns from local
businesses, including outdoor dining, access, and
parking, ensuring the plan supports vibrant economic
activity.
All Commissions Meeting
September 2024
A joint session with DTAC, EDAC, PRCC, YAC, and
Downtown Subcommittee members ensured the
Plan reflected broad, cross-departmental input and
community priorities.
City Council Meeting
September 2024
The City Council formally endorsed the final street
designs through Resolution No. 2024-111, marking a
key milestone in the plan’s development.
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 470
Introduction 37
DTAC Meeting - Specific Plan Policies and
Standards
June 3, 2025
The committee reviewed draft goals, policies, actions,
and standards for the Downtown Specific Plan and
provided feedback critical to implementing the vision of making Downtown San Carlos as a vibrant, pedestrianfriendly, safe, charming, futuristic, and accessible destination.
Interdepartmental Meeting - Specific Plan
June 6, 2025
City departments met to review the goals, policies,
standards, and actions and provide feedback to
strengthen the recommendations in the Specific Plan.
PTC Study Session
June 16, 2025
The Planning & Transportation Commission received
a staff presentation and provided direction on the draft Downtown Specific Plan.
Photo: Ideation Workshop (Source: WRT)
Photo: Pilot Demonstration of Sidewalk Widths (Source: WRT)
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 471
38 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
City Council Hearings
November 24, 2025 and January 26, 2026
The City Council adopted Ordinance No. 1633 adopting
the Downtown Specific Plan.
City Council Study Session
June 23, 2025
The City Council discussed the Downtown Specific
Plan, offering feedback and guidance on proposed
policies and design standards.
Downtown Business Stakeholder Meeting
August 7, 2025
Staff went door-to-door inviting restaurant operators
and retailers to a meeting at Stamp Bar & Grill. Fourteen representatives from the business community shared
feedback on proposed outdoor dining and retail display
requirements for the Downtown Specific Plan.
City Council Study Session
August 25, 2025
The City Council discussed the Downtown Specific
Plan, offering feedback and guidance on proposed
policies and design standards.
Planning and Transportation Commission
Hearing
November 03, 2025
The Planning and Transportation Commission
adopted Resolution No. 2025-14 recommending
the City Council adopt the Downtown Specific Plan.
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 472
Introduction 39
Photo: DTAC Meeting (Source: City of San Carlos)
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 473
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 474
02 VISION, PRINCIPLES,
AND FRAMEWORK FOR
URBAN DESIGN AND
POLICY
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 475
42 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
2.1 VISION STATEMENT
The San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan establishes a strong vision for San Carlos’ Downtown providing the essential ingredients to fulfill its role as San Carlos’ “living room”. As the Vision Statement proclaims, “Downtown is the heart of San Carlos that provides a vibrant, pedestrian-friendly, safe, charming, futuristic, and accessible destination for the community and strongly expresses its unique culture and heritage. It is a place for celebration and gathering that offers diverse and authentic experiences through a draw of food, retail, services, art and music in a visually attractive environment for the growing community. Downtown is an inclusive place with easy access for all, opportunities for housing and businesses of all types, and inviting spaces for all users. Downtown San Carlos is a sustainable district, with landscape that supports ecological and community health & well-being.” The Vision Statement was developed based on input from the DTAC, stakeholders, community members, and City decision makers through an extensive civic engagement process.
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 476
Introduction 43
A HOLISTIC APPROACH TO A SUCCESSFUL
DOWNTOWN
Downtown San Carlos is more than just a geographical location. It is the City’s commercial and cultural hub, characterized by a high concentration of businesses, jobs, cultural institutions, and social infrastructure. As the “beating heart” of San Carlos, the Downtown serves as both a neighborhood and a destination—a place where community identity, economic vitality, and shared experiences converge.
To honor the Downtown, the Specific Plan establishes a clear Urban Design Framework composed of four critical layers or Guiding Principles: Mobility & Connectivity, Character & Identity, and Downtown Vibrancy with an overarching focus on Equity & Resilience. This approach brings all the tools of making a successful Downtown to bear considering social, economic and experiential factors, and developing strategies that integrate these components seamlessly.
The framework recognizes that while individual needs matter, they must be translated into the needs of the entire community—both today and for future generations through 2045. The Plan is forward-looking, acknowledging that San Carlos is growing and that more people will be living near Downtown over the next 20 years. These future residents and workers will require safe streets, wider sidewalks, accessible bicycle lanes, reliable transit connections, and a full range of services to support daily life.
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 477
44 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
2.2 GUIDING PRINCIPLES
Based on the Downtown vision statement, Guiding Principles for Placemaking & Identity, Mobility & Connectivity, Downtown Vibrancy, and Equity & Resilience help to frame the Downtown Specific Plan and Streetscape Master Plan goals, policies, actions and standards.
2.3 URBAN DESIGN FRAMEWORK
In order to achieve the intent behind the Guiding Principles, an urban design framework was developed with four layers – one for each of the Guiding Principles.
EQUITY AND RESILIENCE
The Plan Area is envisioned as an equitable and resilient place; one that offers social, economic, housing, and recreational opportunities at varying levels of affordability for all users while preparing for the realities of a changing climate. A balanced mix of shopping, dining, personal services, community amenities, jobs, housing, and public spaces will ensure that Downtown continues to serve the diverse needs of the community, welcoming everyone.
Equitable access to Downtown will be reinforced through a full range of mobility choices, making it easy to arrive by foot, bicycle, transit, or car.
Streetscape and public realm design will incorporate green infrastructure and urban greening strategies that address urban heat and flood risk while also enhancing comfort, shade, and visual character.
High standards for sustainable design will guide new development, encouraging buildings to use energy and water efficiently while reducing carbon emissions. Greening strategies and open spaces will be prioritized not only for their ecological function and water conservation benefits, but also for their role in connecting people to the natural environment and enhancing community well-being.
Together, these strategies will support the City’s broader climate goals:
minimizing auto trips to and from Downtown, reducing greenhouse gas emissions, and expanding access to affordable electric vehicle charging— while reinforcing Downtown as a vibrant, inclusive, and sustainable heart of San Carlos.
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 478
Introduction 45
FIGURE 2.1 - Vision and Guiding Principles
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 479
46 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
PLACEMAKING AND IDENTITY FRAMEWORK
The Placemaking and Identity framework identifies a Downtown core centering around the Pedestrian Priority Zone – the connection from the San Carlos Caltrain Station, up the 1100 and 1200 blocks of San Carlos Ave to Laurel Street and down the 600, 700 and 800 blocks with the center of the new Centennial Plaza midway on the closed 700 block of Laurel Street.
Three other Downtown-area sub-districts are defined as the Civic Center, Mid-Laurel and SoLa (short for South Laurel). All of these districts offer opportunities for streetscape placemaking that can lend each a distinct identity. The 500 block of Laurel Street retains its existing configuration, with streetscape enhancements focused on improving the pedestrian experience through the addition of trees and wider, more walkable sidewalks.
El Camino Real also has the potential to reinforce placemaking strategies for the Downtown by providing pedestrian-scaled frontage along the Downtown edge as well as protected bicycle lanes, and safer crossings, and marking important entry points into the Downtown core.
FIGURE 2.2 - Placemaking and Identity Framework
Legend
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 480
Introduction 47
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 481
48 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
DOWNTOWN VIBRANCY FRAMEWORK
The Downtown Vibrancy framework establishes priorities for activation with the Downtown core being the highest level of activation through programmable space as well as interaction with ground floor commercial uses. “Community Activator” spaces offer additional opportunity for events, pop-up businesses and other flexible programming.
Figure 2.3 - Downtown Vibrancy Framework
Legend
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 482
Introduction 49
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 483
50 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
Figure 2.4 - Mobility and Connectivity Framework
MOBILITY & CONNECTIVITY FRAMEWORK
The Mobility & Connectivity framework shows a fully developed network of Downtown streets. Each has its place in a circulation hierarchy balancing all the various modes of mobility (pedestrian, bicycle, transit, vehicle, etc.).
Pedestrian circulation is prioritized along the 1100 and 1200 blocks of San Carlos Avenue and the 600, 700, and 800 blocks of Laurel Street; vehicular and bicycle access is accommodated on San Carlos Avenue and surrounding streets. For cars, the network prioritizes efficient access to parking facilities, circumventing the Downtown core to the greatest extent possible.
To accomplish all this (and as shown in Figure 2.4), each street and street type is rebalanced with its appropriate emphasis. This includes the Downtown pedestrian priority routes, priority bicycle routes, and strategies to allow San Carlos Avenue and El Camino Real to become more pedestrian- and bicycle-friendly, and overall, to allow vehicles to flow more efficiently around the Downtown core and to parking areas.
Legend
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 484
Introduction 51
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 485
52 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
2.4 GOALS AND POLICIES FRAMEWORK
The goals and policy framework will guide the evolution of Downtown San Carlos into a more vibrant, inclusive, and resilient district over the coming decades. Rooted in community values and informed by technical analysis, these policies are organized into key thematic areas that reflect the multifaceted nature of Downtown San Carlos.
Together, they provide a comprehensive blueprint for shaping land use, urban design, mobility, economic development, public space, sustainability, and infrastructure. Each policy area builds upon the vision established through the planning process and offers direction for decision-making, implementation, and investment.
This framework ensures that future growth and change contribute to a cohesive, livable, and economically-robust Downtown that meets the needs of both current and future San Carlos residents, workers, and visitors.
The following chapters discuss in detail the policy areas listed below:
◆ Land Use and Urban Design
◆ Prosperity and Economic Development
◆ Mobility and Connectivity
◆ Parking and Transportation Demand Management (TDM)
◆ Public Realm
◆ Public Art
◆ Sustainability and Resiliency
◆ Infrastructure and Utilities
◆ Administration and Implementation
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 486
Introduction 53
Photo: Laurel Street 700 Block, Street Mural (Source: City of San Carlos)
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 487
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 488
03 LAND USE AND
URBAN DESIGN
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 489
56 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
3.1 OVERVIEW
This chapter provides direction on land use and the character of development within the Plan Area by establishing policies, actions, and standards that support the vision for a more inclusive Downtown, one that offers housing, jobs, placemaking, and community amenities. The Downtown Specific Plan seeks to cultivate a distinct identity shaped by its built form and unique experiences. It aims to foster a vibrant, safe, and attractive environment for residents and visitors alike, while supporting local businesses and promoting economic vitality. The Land Use and Urban Design chapter is closely integrated with the Public Realm, Mobility and Transportation, Parking and Transportation Demand Management, and Prosperity and Economic Development chapters, which function together as a cohesive system.
Goal:
San Carlos Downtown is a vital social place for the community, with a strong, distinct character and identity, rooted in its culture, history, and context. This identity is defined by thoughtful land use, the physical form of the built environment, and the overall experience of the Downtown area.
3.2 LAND USE
The San Carlos General Plan establishes a strong foundation for the Downtown area by designating medium- to high-density land uses within the Downtown Specific Plan Area. Building upon this foundation, the Downtown Specific Plan provides refined direction for implementing the General Plan’s land use vision. Chapter 2 of the Downtown Specific Plan introduced an Urban Design Framework for Equity and Resilience, Placemaking and Identity, Downtown Vibrancy, and Mobility and Connectivity, which integrates placemaking strategies and economic development with land use planning.
Land uses within the Specific Plan boundary remain consistent with the General Plan Land Use Map. The Downtown Specific Plan Area is comprised by a good portion of Plan Area 2, and a small portion of Plan Area 3; these Plan Areas are delineated in Figure 31: Planning Areas of the General Plan, Land Use Element. Notably, the Downtown Specific Plan Area is included in San Carlos’ Priority Development Area (PDA), which promotes bringing “transit, jobs and housing together in Downtowns, along main streets and around rail stations.” The San Carlos Caltrain Station is located within Plan Area 2, in close proximity to Downtown San Carlos,and is recognized as part of a Transit-Oriented Development (TOD) corridor, emphasizing higherdensity housing, job growth, and enhanced multi-modal transportation options.
The Downtown core is generally defined as the 1100 and 1200 blocks of San Carlos Avenue and the 600, 700, and 800 blocks of Laurel Street. The Downtown core is primarily commercial, featuring a mix of restaurants,
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 490
Chapter 3: Land Use and Urban Design 57
Figure 3.1- Land Use Map from General Plan 2045, for the Downtown Specific Plan Area.
N
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 491
58 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
personal services, and small retail shops. The Specific Plan seeks to preserve and enhance the Downtown core’s role as a vibrant hub for commerce and social interaction by encouraging high-activation ground floor uses and dynamic programming. These active uses include retail, restaurants, and other pedestrian-oriented businesses that contribute to a lively, walkable environment and that serve daily needs. While nearly all the parcels in the Plan Area (except Harrington Park) have a mixed-use zoning designation, El Camino Real and San Carlos Avenue accommodate the highest density residential development. The Plan Area’s close proximity to Caltrain makes it an ideal location for a rich mix of uses in a compact, transit-accessible setting.
The Specific Plan also reimagines El Camino Real, particularly the blocks within the Downtown core, as the “front door” to Downtown. This vision supports high-activation uses and business incubation, supported by mixed-use designations with high-density residential that fosters a walkable, pedestrian-friendly atmosphere and transforms El Camino Real from an auto-centric corridor to a multi-modal grand boulevard. South of Arroyo Avenue, neighborhood retail mixed-use zoning designations encourage small-format retail and continued main street activation. South of Arroyo Avenue and west of Laurel Street consist of low-density residential neighborhoods.
Preserving ground-floor commercial space is essential to maintaining vibrant, walkable, and economically resilient neighborhoods. These spaces support local businesses, provide everyday goods and services, and create active street environments that enhance public safety and community identity. Ground-floor commercial uses generate foot traffic, foster social interaction, and contribute to the overall vitality of mixed-use districts. Protecting these spaces ensures long-term opportunities for small businesses, sustains local employment, and preserves the character and functionality of commercial corridors that residents and visitors rely on. Maintaining accessible, flexible, and appropriately scaled ground-floor commercial space is critical to economic sustainability and the resiliency of downtown.
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 492
Chapter 3: Land Use and Urban Design 59
accommodate significant net new development approximately:
◆ 168,672 sq. ft. of new office space; and
◆ 92,721 sq. ft. of general commercial; and
◆ 60,445 sq. ft. of restaurant uses; and
◆ 103,951 sq. ft. of hotel space; and
◆ 1,565 new residential units.
The build-out analysis anticipates approximately 1,565 new residential units over the planning horizon (i.e. to 2045), aligning with two Housing Element cycles—the 6th cycle (2023–2031) and 7th cycle (2032–2040)—plus an additional five years of projected development through 2045.
A total of 557 existing residential units were accounted for at the writing of this Plan. It is assumed that 82 of the existing residential units will be replaced with new development. As a result, only 475 existing units are counted toward the total build-out figure (557 total existing units minus 82 redeveloped units).
The total existing office square footage excludes 152,656 sq. ft. occupied by the SamTrans building, based on the assumption that these parcels will be redeveloped into a mixed-use project, potentially incorporating a smaller office component integrated with residential uses.
3.3 FUTURE
DEVELOPMENT POTENTIAL
The future development potential within the Plan Area to the year 2045 was developed by evaluating each parcel against a defined set of criteria, including:
Ownership Patterns: Parcels with shared ownership, particularly adjacent ones, were considered more likely to redevelop, with City-owned parcels and alleys excluded from this assumption.
Utilization Levels: Parcels utilizing less than twenty five percent (25%) of their total area or allowable Floor Area Ratio (FAR) were identified as underutilized and therefore more likely to be redeveloped.
Housing Element Designation: Parcels identified as housing opportunity sites in the 2023–2031 Housing Element were prioritized for redevelopment potential.
Planned or Approved Projects: Sites with existing development approvals or projects already underway were excluded from further redevelopment consideration.
Historic Significance: Parcels with notable historic value were considered less likely to redevelop, consistent with General Plan policies that support adaptive reuse and preservation of historic character.
This analysis formed the basis of the build-out projections, summarized in Table 3.1. Over the 2025–2045 planning horizon, the area is projected to
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 493
60 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
TABLE 3.1
SUMMARY OF BUILD-OUT PROJECTIONS DURING THE PLAN HORIZON (2025-2045)
LAND USE
TOTAL
EXISTING
AREA
(sq. ft.)
TOTAL NO. OF
EXISTING RES. UNITS
(CUMULATIVE OF
PARCELS NOT LIKELY
TO REDEVELOP)
NET NEW AREA
IN 20 YEARS
(sq. ft.)
TOTAL AREA
IN 20 YEARS
(sq. ft.)
NOTES &
ASSUMPTIONS
2045
PROJECTIONS
Office 262,067 N/A 163,702 425,769
Total existing office square
footage excludes 152,656
sq. Ft/ of SamTrans building,
assuming impending
redevelopment of those
parcels into a mixed-use
development, which could
include a small office
integrated with residential.
Existing res. Units number
includes built units, under
construction units, and
approved units.
The build-out analysis projects
about the same number of
residential units (757) over
two cycles of Housing Element
Update - 6th cycle (2023-31)
+ 7th cycle (2032-2040) +
development over additional 5
years (through 2045)
The build-out analysis assumes
that 82 existing units will be
redeveloped with new ones.
Therefore no. of existing units
included in the overall total
units is 557-82=475.
212,885 sq. ft.
General Commercial 356,340 N/A 92,721 449,061 224,531 sq. ft.
Restaurant 154,891 N/A 60,445 215,336 107,668 sq. ft.
Hotel 13,993 N/A 103,951 117,944 58,972 sq. ft.
Residential
(# of units) 557 475 1,565 2,040 2,040 (# of Units)
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 494
Chapter 3: Land Use and Urban Design 61
3.4 ZONING DISTRICTS
WITHIN THE SPECIFIC
PLAN AREA
The Plan Area includes the seven Zoning Districts derived and consistent with Chapter 18.05.010 Purpose of Mixed-Use Districts, Title 18 Zoning, San Carlos Municipal Code.
MU-DC-100 Mixed-Use Downtown Core:
This district is intended to maintain the pedestrian-oriented environment in the heart of San Carlos’s Downtown, with a focus on ground-level active storefronts and pedestrian- and transit-oriented development that encourages pedestrian activity and supports multi-modal transportation.
Physical form is regulated to reflect the urban character of the Downtown core. Allowable uses include retail, commercial, and office uses, as well as residential development of up to one hundred (100) units per net .
MU-D-120 Mixed-Use Downtown:
This district is intended to maintain the pedestrian-oriented environment around the Downtown core and connect surrounding districts. Physical form is regulated to provide shopfront buildings that frame the street and support pedestrian- and transit-oriented development that encourages pedestrian activity and supports multi-modal transportation. Allowable uses include retail, commercial, and office uses, as well as residential development of up to one hundred twenty (120) units per net .
MU-SB-100 Mixed-Use South Boulevard:
This district is intended to facilitate the transformation of the southeastern portion of Laurel Street into a mixed-use corridor. The physical form varies to transition from MU-N-40 west of Laurel Street to MU-SB-120 on El Camino Real. This district allows a mix of residential development of up to one hundred (100) units per net and retail and commercial uses.
MU-SB-120 Mixed-Use South Boulevard:
This district is intended to facilitate the transformation of the southern portion of El Camino Real into a multi-modal, mixed-use corridor. The physical form varies to reflect the urban character of the El Camino Real corridor. This district allows a mix of residential development of up to one hundred twenty (120) units per net and retail and commercial uses, as well as hotels and other commercial uses oriented towards a regional market.
MU-N-40 Neighborhood Mixed-Use:
This district is intended to provide an appropriate transition from mixeduse areas into residential neighborhoods. This district allows a mix of residential and commercial development appropriately scaled to ensure a residential physical form to relate to adjacent single-family residential neighborhoods. Allowable uses include retail, commercial, and office uses, as well as residential development of up to forty (40) units per net .
MU-N-50 Neighborhood Mixed-Use:
This district is intended to provide an appropriate transition from mixeduse areas into residential neighborhoods. This district allows a mix of residential and commercial development appropriately scaled to ensure
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 495
62 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
a residential physical form to relate to adjacent single-family residential neighborhoods. Allowable uses include retail, commercial, and office uses, as well as residential development of up to fifty (50) units per net .
Planned Development (PD):
A PD District enables coordinated development across one or more properties with standards tailored to site conditions. It offers flexibility in regulations (e.g., setbacks, building height, FAR, and open space), supports General and Specific Plan policies, promotes efficient public services, encourages creative and amenity-rich design, and ensures public health and safety. PD Districts are also used for adopting and administering specific plans under the Government Code.
Park (PK):
This classification is intended to maintain areas for active and passive public parks, including outdoor and indoor recreation such as playing fields, playgrounds, community centers, and other appropriate recreational uses.
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 496
Chapter 3: Land Use and Urban Design 63
Figure 3.2 - Zoning Map for the Downtown Specific Plan Area.
N
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 497
64 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
3.5 DEVELOPMENT
POLICIES AND ACTIONS
LU-1: Establish the Plan Area as a pedestrian-oriented, vibrant mixed-use district and a community and cultural hub.
LU-2: Develop a unified identity for the Plan Area that also honors its historic significance.
LU-3: Create a distinct identity for each sub-area within the Plan Area:
The Downtown Core, Mid-Laurel, and South Laurel (SoLa), by prioritizing appropriate land uses, development character and intensity, and public realm design.
LU-4: Maximize development potential within the Plan Area, encouraging a mix of uses that create vitality and vibrancy by offering diverse employment opportunities, support various businesses, provide community amenities and social gathering spaces, and encourage new residential development that can add to the customer base and support activation throughout the day and night.
LU-5: Coordinate with SamTrans to align the redevelopment of its headquarters parcel with a mix of land uses including housing, services, public space, and other community-serving amenities.
LU-6: Encourage a mix of uses that promote convenience, economic vitality, fiscal stability, safety and a high quality of life.
Action LU-6A: To ensure the Downtown remains vibrant with a mix of businesses and offerings for the San Carlos community, conduct additional research and evaluation of the City’s Formula Business Ordinance and consider removing constraints.
Action LU-6B: To ensure Downtown vibrancy, develop a program to monitor the mix of Downtown businesses on a regular basis, identify needs, and make adjustments to land use regulations as necessary.
Action LU-6C: Review the definition of Formula Businesses and Personal Services and amend as necessary.
LU-7: Promote a population in the Plan Area to better support Downtown businesses.
LU-8: The Downtown core (1100 and 1200 blocks of San Carlos Avenue and the 600, 700, and 800 blocks of Laurel Street) shall seek to provide a mix of uses, including dining, retail, and everyday services and needs, to become a Downtown that supports the local residents, workforce and businesses.
LU-9: Enhance the identity and function of Laurel Street as the “heart of San Carlos”, prioritizing a unique experience on the 600, 700, and 800 blocks of Laurel Street and 1100 and 1200 blocks of San Carlos Avenue and transforming these areas into the “living room” of the community.
LU-10: Support land use and distinct design strategies for the 1100–1200 blocks of San Carlos Avenue that establish this segment of the Downtown core as a multi-modal gateway and welcoming entrance to Downtown.
LU-11: Promote and support a mix of uses that draw visitors and the local community into the Downtown as a place to do business, shop, dine, gather, and have easy access to everyday needs on the 600, 700, and 800 blocks of Laurel Street and the 1100 and 1200 blocks of San Carlos Avenue.
LU-12: Enhance the experience along El Camino Real through infill development with active ground-floor uses and high-quality architecture
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 498
Chapter 3: Land Use and Urban Design 65
and street greening, thereby establishing it as the front door to Downtown and as an active transportation-friendly gateway at key intersections such as San Carlos Avenue and El Camino Real, Arroyo Avenue and El Camino Real, and Brittan Avenue and El Camino Real.
LU-13: Ensure zoning regulations are adaptive by making adjustments as necessary in response to new challenges, opportunities, policy directives, and state law, while preserving long-term consistency with the Downtown vision.
Action LU-13: Pursuant to Senate Bill 79, effective July 1, 2026 and signed by the Governor on (Oct 10, 2025) San Carlos will initiate amendments to its zoning ordinance to make development standards consistent with the provisions of the bill.
LU-14: Prioritize ground-floor activation (through food and beverage, retail and other activating uses) along the 600, 700, and 800 blocks of Laurel Street and the 1100 and 1200 blocks of San Carlos Avenue and at key intersections of El Camino Real with Arroyo Avenue and Brittan Avenue.
LU-15: Ensure that all mixed-use buildings with retail and service commercial uses on the ground floor follow consistent design principles such as scale, transparency, and frontage rhythm to support a unified and engaging public realm experience, without requiring identical visual designs.
LU-16: Encourage high-performing retail spaces on the ground floor that support successful retail activity and the economic stability of the Downtown area.
LU-17: Ground-floor public spaces along the 600, 700, and 800 blocks of Laurel Street and 1100 and 1200 blocks of San Carlos Avenue are encouraged to incorporate outdoor dining and retail displays, including but not limited to bistro seating, awnings, and umbrellas to create visible, inviting, human-scaled and comfortable spaces that activate the Downtown core.
LU-18: Establish development standards that improve the visual quality of development, creating a unified, distinctive, and attractive character along Downtown streets within the Plan Area.
LU-19: Promote and encourage secondary business entrances along the alleyways; secondary entrances should be clean, maintained, organized, landscaped, well-lit, and with enclosed trash receptacles to create a welcoming presence acknowledging the need for safe pedestrian circulation, wayfinding and ease of access.
LU-20: Taller buildings introduce complex fire life safety requirements including higher fire-flows, smoke control, emergency elevator access, fire command centers, and standpipe systems per California Fire Code §907–912. All developments 4+ stories must be reviewed for enhanced life safety systems.
LU-21: Encourage vibrant, pedestrian-oriented streets by incentivizing ground-floor retail, commercial services, and other active uses in designated areas. This policy is intended to support economic vitality, enhance the public realm, and create walkable mixed-use districts.
Action LU-21: Consider the creation of regulatory incentives, such as a Ground Floor Activation Overlay Zone (GFAOZ) to incentivize ground-floor retail, commercial services, and other active uses in designated areas, especially along El Camino Real.
The overlay is intended to support economic vitality, enhance the public realm, and create walkable mixed-use districts.
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 499
66 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
3.6 LAND USE
REGULATIONS
Table 3.2 prescribes the land use regulations for the mixed-use and park districts within the Downtown Specific Plan Area. The regulations for each district are established by letter designations as follows:
“P” designates permitted uses.
“M” designates use classifications that are permitted after review and approval of a minor use permit by the Zoning Administrator. “C” designates use classifications that are permitted after review and approval of a conditional use permit by the Planning and Transportation Commission.
“(#)” Numbers in parentheses refer to specific limitations listed at the end of the table.
“-” Designates uses that are not permitted.
Use classifications listed in the table below are defined in Chapter 18.40, Use Classifications of the San Carlos Municipal Code. In cases where a specific land use or activity is not defined, the Director shall assign the land use or activity to a classification that is substantially similar in character. Use classifications and subclassifications not listed in the table or not found to be substantially similar to the uses below are prohibited.
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 500
Chapter 3: Land Use and Urban Design 67
Table 3.2
LAND USE REGULATIONS FOR THE DISTRICTS WITHIN THE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN AREA. ADDITIONAL REGULATIONS REFER TO SAN CARLOS MUNICIPAL CODE SECTIONS CONTAINED IN TITLE 18, ZONING.
USE CLASSIFICATIONSMUDC-100 MU-D-120 MU-SB-100 MU-SB-120 MU-N-40 MU-N-50 PK ADDITIONAL REGULATIONS Residential Uses
Residential Housing Types See subclassifications below
Multi-Unit Residential P(1) P(17) P P(17) P P -
Accessory Dwelling Unit P P P P P P - Only if it includes a proposed or existing dwelling
Junior Accessory Dwelling
Unit
- - - - - - -
Elderly and Long-Term
Care
- - - - - - -
Family Child Care See subclassifications below
Small P P P P P P -
Large P P P P P P - See SCMC Section 18.23.090,
Day care centers and large family
child care homes
Residential Care Facilities See subclassifications below General - M(1) - - - - - See SCMC Section 18.23.200,
Residential care facilities
Limited P P P P P P -
Senior - M(1) - - - - - See SCMC Section 18.23.200,
Residential care facilities
Single Room Occupancy C(1) C(1) C(1) C C C - See SCMC Section 18.23.220, Single room occupancy hotels
Transitional Housing P P P P P P - See SCMC Section 18.23.250, Transitional and supportive
housing
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 501
68 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
Table 3.2
LAND USE REGULATIONS FOR THE DISTRICTS WITHIN THE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN AREA. ADDITIONAL REGULATIONS REFER TO SAN CARLOS MUNICIPAL CODE SECTIONS CONTAINED IN TITLE 18, ZONING.
USE CLASSIFICATIONSMUDC-100 MU-D-120 MU-SB-100 MU-SB-120 MU-N-40 MU-N-50 PK ADDITIONAL REGULATIONS Supportive Housing P P P P P P - See SCMC Section 18.23.250, Transitional and supportive
housing
Public and Semi-Public Uses
Colleges and Trade
Schools, Public or Private
- - P P - - -
Community Assembly, Less
Than 3,500 Square Feet
P P P P M M C See SCMC Section 18.23.080,
Community assembly facilities
Community Assembly,
3,500 Square Feet or
More
- C M M - - C
Community Garden P P P P P P P
Cultural Institutions C P M M M M c
Day Care Centers - P P P P P - See SCMC Section 18.23.090, Day care
Emergency Shelter - - P P - - - See SCMC Section 18.23.110, Emergency shelters
Government Offices C P P P P P -
Hospitals and Clinics - P P P - - -
Instructional Services P (16) P P P P P - See SCMC Section 18.23.260, Formula business uses
Park and Recreation
Facilities, Public
P P P P P P P
Public Safety Facilities - C C C C C -
Schools, Public or Private - - C C C C -
Social Service Facilities - - C C C C -
Cemeteries
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 502
Chapter 3: Land Use and Urban Design 69
Table 3.2
LAND USE REGULATIONS FOR THE DISTRICTS WITHIN THE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN AREA. ADDITIONAL REGULATIONS REFER TO SAN CARLOS MUNICIPAL CODE SECTIONS CONTAINED IN TITLE 18, ZONING.
USE CLASSIFICATIONSMUDC-100 MU-D-120 MU-SB-100 MU-SB-120 MU-N-40 MU-N-50 PK ADDITIONAL REGULATIONS Commercial Uses
Animal Care, Sales and
Services
See subclassifications below
Grooming and Pet Stores C P P P P(2) P(2) - See SCMC Section 18.23.260, Formula business uses
Veterinary Services - C(2) C(2) C(2) C(2) C(2) -
Artists’ Studios M P P P P(2) P(2) -
Automobile/Vehicle Sales
and Services
See subclassifications below
Automobile Rentals - - C(4) C(4) - - - See SCMC Section 18.23.050, Automobile/vehicle sales and
services, Automobile/Vehicle Sales
and Leasing
- P(3, 4) P(3,4) P(3, 4) - - -
Automobile/Vehicle
Washing
- - C(3) C(3) - - -
Service Station - - C(3) C(3) - - -
Banks and Financial
Institutions
P(5) P P P M(6) M(6) - See SCMC Section 18.23.260,
Formula business uses
Business Services - P(6) P(6) P(6) P(6) P(6) -
Commercial Entertainment and Recreation See subclassifications below Cinema/Theaters C(13) C(13) C(13) C(13) - - - See SCMC Section 18.23.260, Formula business uses
Small-Scale - C(13) C(13) C(13) - - -
Large-Scale - C(13) - - - - -
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 503
70 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
Table 3.2
LAND USE REGULATIONS FOR THE DISTRICTS WITHIN THE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN AREA. ADDITIONAL REGULATIONS REFER TO SAN CARLOS MUNICIPAL CODE SECTIONS CONTAINED IN TITLE 18, ZONING.
USE CLASSIFICATIONSMUDC-100 MU-D-120 MU-SB-100 MU-SB-120 MU-N-40 MU-N-50 PK ADDITIONAL REGULATIONS Eating and Drinking
Establishments
See subclassifications below
Bars/Night Clubs/
Lounges
C(13) C(13) C(13) C(13) - - - See Chapter 7, Outdoor Dining Standards, and SCMC Section
18.23.260, Formula business uses
Full Service P(13) P(13) P(13) P(13) C(7, 13) C(7, 13) - Convenience P(14) P(14) P(14) P(14) C(7) C(7) - See SCMC Section 18.23.260, Formula business uses
Food Preparation P P P P P P - See SCMC Section 18.23.260, Formula business uses
Funeral Parlors and
Mortuaries
- C C C - - -
Lodging See subclassifications below
Bed and Breakfast P P P P P P - See SCMC Sections 18.23.070, Bed and breakfast lodging, and
18.23.260, Formula business uses
Hotels and Motels P(8, 13) P(13) P(13) P(13) M(13) M(13) - See SCMC Section 18.23.260, Formula business uses
Nurseries and Garden
Centers
P(6, 15) P(7, 16) P(6, 15) P(6, 15) P(6, 15) P(6, 15) - See SCMC Section 18.23.260, Formula business uses
Offices See subclassifications below
Business and Professional P(9) P P P P P - See SCMC Section 18.23.260, Formula business uses
Medical and Dental P(9) P P P P(6) P(6) - See SCMC Section 18.23.260, Formula business uses
Walk-In Clientele P P P P P P - See SCMC Section 18.23.260, Formula business uses
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 504
Chapter 3: Land Use and Urban Design 71
Table 3.2
LAND USE REGULATIONS FOR THE DISTRICTS WITHIN THE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN AREA. ADDITIONAL REGULATIONS REFER TO SAN CARLOS MUNICIPAL CODE SECTIONS CONTAINED IN TITLE 18, ZONING.
USE CLASSIFICATIONSMUDC-100 MU-D-120 MU-SB-100 MU-SB-120 MU-N-40 MU-N-50 PK ADDITIONAL REGULATIONS Personal Services
General Personal Services P(10) P P P P P - See SCMC Sections 18.23.170, Personal services, and 18.23.260,
Formula business uses
Tattoo or Body
Modification Parlor
- - M M - - -
Retail Sales See subclassifications below
Cannabis Dispensary - - - - - - -
Convenience Markets P(14) P(14) P P P(14) P - See SCMC Section 18.23.260, Formula business uses
Food and Beverage Sales P(14) P(14) P P P(12) P(12) - See SCMC Section 18.23.260, Formula business uses
General Retail P P P P P P - See SCMC Section 18.23.260, Formula business uses
Price Point Retail - - M M - - -
Second-Hand Store - - P P P P -
Retail Establishments
Selling Ammunition or
Firearms
- - - - - - -
Industrial Uses
Recycling Facility, Reverse
Vending Machine
- - P P P - - See SCMC Section 18.23.190,
Recycling facilities
Transportation, Communication, and Utilities Uses
Communication Facilities See subclassifications below
Antenna and Transmission
Towers
See Chapter 18.24, Wireless Telecommunications Facilities
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 505
72 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
Table 3.2
LAND USE REGULATIONS FOR THE DISTRICTS WITHIN THE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN AREA. ADDITIONAL REGULATIONS REFER TO SAN CARLOS MUNICIPAL CODE SECTIONS CONTAINED IN TITLE 18, ZONING.
USE CLASSIFICATIONSMUDC-100 MU-D-120 MU-SB-100 MU-SB-120 MU-N-40 MU-N-50 PK ADDITIONAL REGULATIONS Facilities within Buildings - P P P P P -
Transportation Passenger
Terminals
- - - - - - -
Utilities, Minor P P P P P P P
Other Applicable Types
Accessory Uses and
Structures
See SCMC Section 18.23.030, Accessory uses, and SCMC Section 18.15.020, Accessory buildings and structures
See Chapter 18.24, Wireless
Telecommunications Facilities
Home Occupations P P P P P P - See SCMC Section 18.23.120, Home occupations
Drive-In and DriveThrough FacilitiesProhibited in MU districts; see SCMC Section 18.23.100, Drive-in and drive-through facilities Prohibited in MU districts; see Section 18.23.100, Drive-in and
drive-through facilities
Nonconforming Use See SCMC Section 18.19, Nonconforming Uses, Structures, and Lots Temporary Use See SCMC Section 18.31, Temporary Use Permits
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 506
Chapter 3: Land Use and Urban Design 73
Figure 3.3- Blocks, intersections, corners, and gateway nodes designated for ground floor commercial, retail, office, restaurant, and service use Required (includes Primary and Secondary Gateway Nodes) Ready (Ground-floor spaces shall be constructed and designed to allow future conversion to commercial uses)
Allowed (commercial ground floor uses are allowed, but not required)
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 507
74 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
SPECIFIC LIMITATIONS:
1) Not allowed on the ground floor along Laurel Street and San Carlos Avenue frontages.
2) Provided that such use shall be completely enclosed in a building of soundproof construction.
3) For properties without frontage along El Camino Real, only retail sales consistent with the definition of “general retail” and five thousand (5,000) square feet or less.
4) Must be within a fully enclosed structure.
5) Limited to establishments with a gross floor area of two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet or less. Limited to the ground floor of a building located on an interior lot a minimum of five hundred (500) feet from any other financial institution.
6) Limited to establishments with a gross floor area of five thousand (5,000) square feet or less.
7) Permitted after review and approval of a minor use permit by the Zoning Administrator if less than twelve (12) chairs.
8) Limited to upper stories unless at least fifty percent (50%) of ground floor street frontage is occupied by food service use.
9) Limited to upper stories.
10) Permitted if existing. Additions to existing facilities and establishment of new facilities are subject to San Carlos Municipal Code Section
18.23.170, Personal services.
11) Limited to neighborhood groceries with less than one thousand five hundred (1,500) square feet of sales area when located along East San Carlos Avenue.
12) The sale of alcoholic beverages is prohibited.
13) Not permitted on sites where the shopfront of such non-residential use faces onto R zoning districts.
14) Minor use permit required for sites adjacent to R districts. 15) Uses that require a commercial cannabis business permit are not permitted.
16) Instructional Services shall be required to submit a Pick-Up and DropOff Plan, subject to review and approval by the Planning Director. The Planning Director may refer items directly to the Zoning Administrator when in his/her/their opinion the public interest would be better served by having the Zoning Administrator conduct review and approval of Instructional Services.
17) Residential uses on the ground floor are restricted within the blocks, intersections, corners, and gateway nodes designated for ground floor commercial, retail, office, restaurant, and service use, as shown in Figure 3.3.. A corner shall consist of the first 30 feet extending from the intersection of two rights-of-way. See also 3.7. F. Ground Floor Activation.
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 508
Chapter 3: Land Use and Urban Design 75
3.7 PRIVATE PROPERTY
DEVELOPMENT
STANDARDS
Development standards help achieve the land use and urban design framework. This section includes development standards that are applicable to all parcels within the Specific Plan Area. The Downtown Specific Plan Area shall also comply with the development standards in the City’s Zoning Ordinance (Title 18 of the Municipal Code) unless otherwise specified herein. If there is any conflict between Title 18 of the Municipal Code and the Downtown Specific Plan, then the Downtown Specific Plan shall prevail.
Nothing in this chapter is intended to contradict or supersede state housing law. If any standard herein is determined to be preempted or otherwise in conflict with state law, the applicable state law shall prevail.
A. LOT, DENSITY, AND FLOOR AREA
RATIO (FAR) STANDARDS
Additional regulations are denoted in a right-hand column. Individual letters refer to subsections that directly follow the table. The numbers in each illustration in this section refer to corresponding regulations in the “#” column in the associated Table 3.3.
INCREASED FAR FOR MIXED-USE BUILDINGS
The maximum allowable FAR may be increased by up to ten percent (10%) for buildings that contain a mix of residential and non-residential uses through the provision of one (1) or more of the following elements beyond what is otherwise required, subject to conditional use permit approval:
1) Provision of off-site improvements. This may include off-site amenities and/or infrastructure (other than standard requirements and improvements) such as right-of-way or streetscape improvements or funding for parks, public safety facilities, libraries, senior centers, community meeting rooms, childcare, recreation, or other community benefits. The Director may require a fiscal and economic impact report, or equivalent, as part of the conditional use permit application.
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 509
76 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
Table 3.3
LOT, DENSITY, AND FLOOR AREA RATIO(FAR) STANDARDS FOR MU DISTRICTS WITHIN THE SPECIFIC PLAN AREA
DISTRICT MU-DC-100 MU-D-120 MU-SB-100 MU-SB-120 MU-N-40 MU-N-50 PK ADDITIONAL
REGULATIONS
Maximum Density (units/net ) 100 120 100 120 40 50 NA
Minimum Density (units/net ) 75 90 75 90 30 38 NA
Minimum Lot Size (sq. ft.) 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 NA Minimum Lot Width (ft.) 50 50 50 50 50 50 NA
Maximum Floor Area Ratio (FAR)
Maximum Floor Area (FAR) for
Commercial-Only Development
2.5(A) 3.0(A) 3.0(A) 3.0(A) 3.00(A) 2.5(A) NA
Minimum and Maximum Commercial
Floor Area in Mixed-Use Development:
When commercial floor area is provided
within a mixed-use development, the
commercial space shall be subject to the
minimum and maximum commercial FAR
as specified.
0.1 minimum - 0.7 maximum
Residential Only Development NA (no maximum FAR) NA
Residential Floor Area in Mixed-Use
Development
NA (no maximum FAR) NA
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 510
Chapter 3: Land Use and Urban Design 77
B. BUILDING PLACEMENT STANDARDS
Where MU district is adjacent to RS district, the following standards shall apply:
1) Rear Transitions, MU districts
For the MU zoning district, the maximum height at the rear setback line shall be twenty-eight (28) feet maximum to match the RS district height maximum. Above twenty-eight (28) feet, a stepback of at least six (6) feet shall be provided from the story below. If the building is five (5) stories or more, the upper stories shall step back from the fourth story by at least another six (6) feet.
2) Side Setbacks, MU districts
The maximum height at the side setback line adjacent to a RS district shall be twenty-eight (28) feet maximum to match the RS district height maximum. Above twenty-eight (28) feet, a step back of at least six (6) feet shall be provided from the story below. If the building is five (5) stories or more, the upper stories shall step back from the fourth story by at least another six (6) feet.
3) Landscape Buffers
A minimum ten (10) foot wide landscape buffer area shall be provided along all rear boundaries adjacent to an RS district (Type 2 - Refer to SCMC Section
18.18.050 Landscaping Tables 18.18.050-B (1) and Table 18.18.050-B (2) for buffer types). Trees and shrubs shall be planted continuously in the landscape buffer along the site’s property line to create privacy screening Figure 3.4 - Rear Transitional Standards — MU Districts.
Figure 3.5 - Side Transitional Standards — MU Districts.
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 511
78 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
Table 3.4
BUILDING PLACEMENT STANDARDS FOR MU DISTRICTS WITHIN THE SPECIFIC PLAN AREA DISTRICT MU-DC-100 MU-D-120 MU-SB-100 MU-SB-120 MU-N-40 MU-N-50 PK ADDITIONAL REGULATIONS #
Street Frontage Setbacks, Commercial and Mixed-Use Development (ft.) Laurel Street
(600, 700, and
800 blocks only)
Property line; except that the ground floor shall be set back a minimum of 4.5 ft. 0 ft. (C) 1 Laurel Street Property line or 15 ft. from curb (the greater) for all MU districts 0 ft. (C) El Camino Real Property line or 20 ft. from curb (the greater) for all MU districts along El Camino Real No encroachment including steps or ramps shall be permitted within the 20 ft. setback zone. 0 ft. (C) 1
San Carlos
Avenue
Property line or 15
ft. from curb (the
greater)
NA NA NA NA NA 0 ft. (C) 1
Brittan Avenue
and Arroyo
Avenue
5 ft. min
15 ft. max*
5 ft. min
15 ft. max*
5 ft. min
15 ft. max*
5 ft. min
15 ft. max*
5 ft. min
15 ft. max*
5 ft. min
15 ft. max*
0 ft.
Elm Street 0 min, 10 ft. max NA NA NA NA NA 0 ft. 1
All Other Streets 5 ft. min
15 ft. max*
5 ft. min
15 ft. max*
5 ft. min
15 ft. max*
5 ft. min
15 ft. max*
5 ft. min
15 ft. max*
5 ft. min
15 ft. max*
0 ft. 1
Interior Side (ft.) 0 ft. min; 10 ft. min adjacent to RS district for all MU districts 0 ft. (B) 2 Rear (ft.) 0 ft. min; 20 ft. min adjacent to RS district for all MU districts 0 ft. (B) 3 Corner BuildArea20 ft.; Ground floor building facades shall be in accordance with the required setbacks within 20 ft. of every corner. Ground floor publicly accessible plazas may be at the street corner instead, provided buildings are built to the edge of the publicly accessible plaza. 4 9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 512
Chapter 3: Land Use and Urban Design 79
between properties. Selected species shall be of a fast-growing, evergreen variety and capable of attaining a minimum height of twenty-five (25) feet at maturity. Trees shall be planted at a minimum interval of twenty to thirty (20-30) feet on center (with a five (5) foot gap between canopies) depending on the species and mature canopy width or growth habitat. Continuous shrubbery planting is required between the trees and shall be a minimum six (6) feet in height when planted. Species selection and placement shall be approved by the City Arborist. A minimum of fifteen (15) gallon planting stock shall be utilized, unless otherwise approved by the City Arborist. a) Type 2 Buffers: Shall be ten (10) feet wide. For every one hundred (100) feet in rear property line length a minimum of five (5) trees and six (6) shrubs shall be planted.
b) For other landscaping buffer requirements, refer to Section 18.18.050 Areas to be landscaped.
c) All new proposed tree species shall adhere to the City’s most recent preferred tree list or as specified by the City Arborist.
Where conflict between this section and landscaping requirements of SCMC Section 18.18.050 occurs, the provisions of this Chapter shall apply.
C. BUILD-TO LINE
Buildings shall be constructed at the required setback for at least eighty percent (80%) of their linear street frontage. The remaining twenty percent (20%) of linear street frontage shall be further set back by at least two (2) feet, including building massing breaks, recessed entrances, service or Figure 3.6 - Building Placement Key - MU Districts
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 513
80 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
utility areas, and/or vehicle access areas. The area between the building and property line shall be paved in the MU-DC-100 zoning district, so that it functions as a wider public sidewalk. Any area between the building face and the property line/back of public sidewalk shall be paved with the same material as the sidewalk.
1. Street Frontage Improvements
Landscaping and/or planters along ground-floor residential unit frontages, where permitted (see Table 3.2, Land Use Regulations) and along facades without windows and openings may be established to reduce the visual impact of blank walls, provided the landscaping and/or planters do not reduce the sidewalk pedestrian clearance width below the pedestrian zone requirement. Features including entry courtyards, plazas, building entries, outdoor eating, and display areas located between the property line and the building count towards the eighty percent (80%) build-to line requirement provided the buildings are built to the edge of these features.
D. HEIGHT LIMITATIONS AND
EXCEPTIONS
1) Vertical Projections. A parapet wall, cornice or sloping roof may project up to five (5) feet above the height limit (see SCMC Section 18.15.060 for vertical projection allowances).
2) Towers. If the project site is greater than fifteen thousand (15,000) square feet, a tower or other projecting architectural elements may extend up to ten (10) feet above the top of the roof; provided, that the square Figure 3.7 - Building Heights Key - MU Districts. footage of the element(s) does not total more than ten percent (10%) of the building footprint. The area above the uppermost permitted floor of the element(s) shall not be habitable.
a) The composition of the tower element shall be balanced, where the width of the tower has a proportional relationship to the height of the tower.
b) The tower element shall be proportional to rest of the building. c) The roof shall be sloped and include architectural detailing, such as a cornice or eave.
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 514
Chapter 3: Land Use and Urban Design 81
Table 3.5
BUILDING HEIGHT STANDARDS FOR MU DISTRICTS WITHIN THE SPECIFIC PLAN AREA DISTRICT MU-DC-100 MU-D-120 MU-SB-100 MU-SB-120 MU-N-40 MU-N-50 PK ADDITIONAL REGULATIONS #
Building Height
Maximum (ft.)
50 75 60 75 50 50 30 (D); See SCMC
Section 18.15.060,
Height and height
exceptions
1 Building
Maximum
Adjacent to RS
District
28 ft. along the rear and side setback lines (see 2., Rear and Side Transitions MU Districts) Above 28 ft., the building shall step back by at least 6 ft. If the building is five (5) or more stories, the fifth story and above shall step back from the fourth story by at least another 6 ft. -
Building Minimum
(ft.)
n/a 25; Applicable
only along
Laurel Street
and El Camino
Real frontages
NA - 2
Maximum Stories 4 6 5 6 4 4 4
Ground Floor
Uses (ft.)
14 min and 16
max
14 min and 16
max
12 min 12 min 12 min - 3
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 515
82 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
E. UPPER STORY STEPBACKS
Upper story stepbacks help mitigate building height by providing visual and spatial relief more consistent with the context of San Carlos. As illustrated in Figure 3.8, the stepbacks shall be allowed to be used as balconies or shared outdoor space. All required upper story stepbacks shall occur for at least seventy percent (70%) of the facade length.
◆ Laurel Street. The third and fourth stories of all street-facing facades along the 600, 700, and 800 blocks of Laurel Street shall be set back a minimum of ten (10) feet from the second story below.
◆ Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Stories. The fourth, fifth, and sixth stories of all street-facing facades shall be stepped back a minimum of six (6) feet from the third story below.
◆ On the 1100 and 1200 blocks of San Carlos Avenue, all four (4) stories may align; no upper story stepback is required.
◆ El Camino Real. All six (6) stories may align; no upper story stepback is required.
F. GROUND FLOOR ACTIVATION
◆ Ground floor uses in a mixed-use building shall occupy at least sixty-five percent (65%) of the public street frontage including any side street frontage (Refer Figure 3.9). Commercial ground floor uses shall have a depth of at least twelve feet (12 ft.) without walls or partitions, providing unobstructed views into the commercial space. Distinct awning, canopy, or entry treatments shall be provided for commercial uses to distinguish from residential uses. Different treatments shall include, but are not limited to, doorway materials and recesses, signage, and paving in front of commercial entries.
◆ New development in mixed-use zoning districts shall comply with the window and transparency requirements of Chapter 3: 3.6 Windows and Ground Floor Transparency and shall incorporate at least one (1) of the Public/Semi Public and Commercial uses, as set forth in Table 3.2, Land Use Regulations, within the ground floor along public street frontages.
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 516
Chapter 3: Land Use and Urban Design 83
Min 65% building frontage
FIGURE 3.8 - Upper Story Setbacks - MU Districts. FIGURE 3.9 - Ground Floor Active Uses - MU Districts MU-N-40
LAUREL STREET
900,1000 AND 1100 BLOCKS
MU-DC-100
1100 AND1200 BLOCKS
SAN CARLOS AVENUE
MU-SB-120
EL CAMINO REAL
MU-N-50
LAUREL STREET
900 BLOCK
MU-DC-100
LAUREL STREET
600,700 AND 800 BLOCKS
10’0”
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 517
84 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
G. BUILDING PROJECTIONS AND
MAXIMUM LENGTH OF BLANK WALL
For MU-DC-100, On 600, 700 and 800 blocks of Laurel Street, the building projections such as bay windows, etc. shall be four and a half (4.5) feet from the building facade. Building projections shall maintain a minimum fourteen (14) feet clearance above sidewalk grade. This four and a half (4.5) feet may vary based on the current facade line and property line. Awnings, overhangs, and canopies shall maintain a minimum eight (8) feet clearance above the sidewalk.
No building projection, awning, overhang, or canopy shall be ground supported, e.g. with posts or other structural elements within the public right-of-way.
For the depth of the projections, the following regulations shall apply:
◆ on 600 and 800 blocks of Laurel and 1100 and 1200 blocks of San Carlos Avenue, the maximum projection shall be eight (8) feet; ◆ on 700 Block of Laurel the maximum projection shall be nine (9) feet; ◆ on El Camino Real, the projection shall be a maximum of five (5) feet.
Blank walls along the building’s street-facing facades shall not exceed ten (10) feet in length along the ground floor and twenty-five (25) feet in length along the upper stories. If a blank wall area includes vertical interior spaces such as elevator towers or trash chutes, a change in building material, color, or texture, or a change in facade plane depth shall be provided if those vertical interior spaces would otherwise cause the blank wall to exceed the length limits.
Figure 3.10 - Projections And Blank Walls - MU Districts
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 518
Chapter 3: Land Use and Urban Design 85
Table 3.6
BUILDING FORM STANDARDS FOR MU DISTRICTS WITHIN THE SPECIFIC PLAN AREA DISTRICT MU-DC-100 MU-D-120 MU-SB-100 MU-SB-120 MU-N-40 MU-N-50 ADDITIONAL REGULATIONS #
Maximum Length of
Blank Wall (ft.)
Ground floor: 10
Upper stories: 25
Ground floor: 10
Upper stories: 25
Ground floor: 10
Upper stories: 25
Ground floor: 10
Upper stories: 25
Ground floor: 10
Upper stories: 25
Ground floor: 10
Upper stories: 25
(G) 1
Maximum Building
Projections (ft.)
On 600, 700 and
800 blocks of
Laurel Street:
4.5 feet* from the
building facade,
14 feet above
sidewalk grade.
* 4.5 feet may
vary based on the
current facade
line and property
line.
Building projections such as bay windows etc. shall be within the property line, 14 feet above sidewalk grade.
(G) 2
Awnings and
Overhangs
Projections (ft.)
Not required, but if awnings or overhangs are provided, the following regulations shall apply:
Minimum 8 feet above sidewalk grade and the maximum projection shall be measured from the building face:
• on 600 and 800 blocks of Laurel Street and 1100 and 1200 blocks of San Carlos Avenue, the maximum projection shall be 8 feet.
• on 700 Block of Laurel the projection shall be a maximum of 10 feet. • on El Camino Real, the projection shall be a maximum of 5 feet. (G) 3
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 519
86 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
Table 3.7
PARKING AND LOADING LOCATION STANDARDS FOR MU DISTRICTS WITHIN THE SPECIFIC PLAN AREA DISTRICT MU-DC-100 MU-D-120 MU-SB-100 MU-SB-120 MU-N-40 MU-N-50 ADDITIONAL REGULATIONS #
Setback from Street
Property Line
40 ft.; buildings shall be placed as close to the street as possible, with parking underground, behind a building, or on the rear of the site.
(H) 1
Setback from
Buildings
8 ft: 5 ft walkway plus 3 ft landscaping; applicable only to above-ground parking 2 Access Location Along the 1100 and 1200 blocks of San Carlos, and the 600, 700, and 800 blocks of Laurel Street, access to parking and loading shall be restricted to the alley. For all other locations, access shall be from the alley where provided, or a side street if infeasible. 3 Curb Cuts Prohibited on the
1100 and 1200
blocks of San
Carlos Avenue
and the 600,
700, and 800
blocks of Laurel
Street
Curb cuts shall be minimized and shall be placed in areas least likely to impede pedestrian circulation.
Loading/Service
Area
Side or rear of lot must be screened from public ROW. 4 Parking Podium Maximum height of a parking podium visible from the street is 5 feet above finished grade. 5
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 520
Chapter 3: Land Use and Urban Design 87
Figure 3.11 - Parking and Loading Areas in MU Districts H. PARKING AND LOADING LOCATION
Parking shall be located forty (40) feet from the street-facing property line, subject to the following requirements.
1) Underground and Partially Submerged Parking. Parking completely or partially underground may match the setbacks of the main structure.
The maximum height of a parking podium visible from a street is five (5) feet from finished grade.
2) Surface Parking. Above-ground surface parking is allowed within forty (40) feet from a street-facing property line only when the following occur:
a) Buildings are built to setback standards and as close to the public sidewalk as feasible; and the parking area is at least eight (8) feet from the public right-of-way, screened from adjacent properties with a minimum four (4) foot tall wall, hedges or landscaping, or a trellis; or a maximum of three and half (3.5) feet along public-rights-of-way with a minimum of a six (6) foot tall wall, hedges or landscaping, or trellis along side and rear property lines. Fences shall meet the requirements pursuant to SCMC 18.15.040.
b) The site is constrained such that underground, partially submerged, or surface parking located more than forty (40) feet from the street frontage is not feasible due to site-specific circumstances.
I. ON-SITE PEDESTRIAN WALKWAY
DESIGN
On-site pedestrian walkways shall have a minimum clear unobstructed width of five (5) feet, shall be hard-surfaced, and paved with concrete, stone, tile, brick, or comparable material.
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 521
88 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
Where a required pedestrian walkway or sidewalk crosses driveways, parking areas, or loading areas, it shall be clearly identifiable through the use of a raised crosswalk, a different paving material, or similar method to prevent conflict between pedestrians and vehicles. Where a required walkway is parallel and adjacent to an auto travel lane, it must be raised or separated from the auto travel lane by a raised curb at least four (4) inches high, bollards, or another physical barrier or detectable warning strip.
1. Pedestrian Access
On-site pedestrian circulation and access must be provided according to the following standards:
◆ Internal Connections. A system of pedestrian walkways shall connect all buildings on a site to each other, to on-site automobile and bicycle parking areas, and to any on-site open space areas or pedestrian amenities.
◆ To Circulation Network. Connections between on-site walkways and the public sidewalk and other existing or planned pedestrian routes, such as safe routes to school, shall be provided. An on-site walkway shall connect the primary building entry or entries to a public sidewalk on each street frontage.
◆ To Neighbors. Direct and convenient access shall be provided from commercial and mixed-use projects to adjoining residential and commercial areas where feasible while still providing for safety and security.
J. COMMERCIAL LOADING AND/OR
SERVICE AREAS
Commercial loading or service spaces for private use shall not be located along the primary street frontage and shall be located at the rear of the structure. Loading and/or service areas may occur along the street when the subject property fronts only one street and where there is no onsite vehicle circulation and/or access point.
K. LANDSCAPING AND RESIDENTIAL
OPEN SPACE
Landscaping and residential open space shall be provided as required as set forth by Landscaping and Open Space Standards in Table 3.8.
Residential open space shall be usable space and may be common, private, or a combination thereof. Common open space areas consist of courtyards, plazas, terraces, lawns, patios, swimming pools, barbecue areas, playgrounds, or other usable outdoor areas. Private open areas consist of balconies, decks, patios, porches, or fenced yards. Private open areas, when provided, shall provide a minimum six (6) foot by six (6) foot clear area and be directly accessed from a residential unit. Landscaping consists of planting areas, stormwater management features, treed areas, gardens, and other vegetation areas not otherwise considered common or private open space.
a) Usability: A surface shall be provided that allows convenient use for outdoor living and/or recreation. Such a surface may be any practicable
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 522
Chapter 3: Land Use and Urban Design 89
Table 3.8
LANDSCAPING AND OPEN SPACES STANDARDS FOR MU DISTRICTS WITHIN THE SPECIFIC PLAN AREA DISTRICT MU-DC-100 MU-D-120 MU-SB-100 MU-SB-120 MU-N-40 MU-N-50 ADDITIONAL REGULATIONS Minimum Common
and/or Private Open
Space (% of site)
10% min.; applicable only to mixed-use and non-residential development on lots greater than 15,000 square feet; and applicable to developments that are 100% residential regardless of lot size Landscaped portions of common open space may also be counted toward the minimum 10% of site landscaping requirement.
Minimum Usable
Area for Common
Open Space (sq. ft.)
200 square feet minimum, with a minimum width of 10 feet Minimum Usable
Area for Private
Open Space (sq. ft.)
36 square feet minimum, with minimum 6 foot depth
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 523
90 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
combination of lawn, garden, flagstone, wood planking, concrete, or other serviceable, dust-free surfacing. The maximum slope shall not exceed ten percent (10%).
b) Accessibility: The private open space shall be accessible to only one (1) living unit by a doorway to a habitable room or hallway The common open space shall be accessible to the living units on the lot. It shall be served by any stairway or other access way qualifying as an egress facility from a habitable room.
L. STREET, ALLEY AND PLAZA
PRESERVATION
Existing public right-of-way(s) shall be preserved. Public right-of-way shall not be eliminated or abandoned.
M. STREET FRONTAGE IMPROVEMENTS
New developments shall provide street frontage improvements in accordance with the following:
1) Between the Property Line and the Parking Zone, or Travel Lane, or Bus Lane, or Bicycle Lane.
a) Sidewalks: Sidewalks shall be provided if none already exist or if the existing sidewalks are in poor condition as determined by the Public Works Director. Sidewalks shall be designed consistent with the standards established in the Downtown Streetscape Master Plan as following (all dimensions are building face to curb, and inclusive of dining zones where applicable and tree planting zones):
◆ El Camino Real: 20 feet (West Side)
◆ San Carlos Avenue: 20 feet
◆ Laurel Street (600 and 800 Block): 20 feet
◆ Cherry and Olvie Street: 14 feet
◆ Arroyo Avenue: 19 feet (North Side), 11 feet (South Side) ◆ Brittan Avenue: 6 feet
The sidewalks standards may be further refined in accordance with the City Council–approved street design during the implementation phase, as detailed in each street’s Plans, Specifications, and Estimates (PS&E). If minimum sidewalk dimensions cannot be accommodated in the public right-of-way, a sidewalk easement shall be required. b) Street Furniture: Trash receptacles, benches, bike racks, and other street furniture shall be consistent with the standards established in the Downtown Streetscape Master Plan. These elements may be further refined in accordance with the City Council–approved street design during the implementation phase, as detailed in each street’s Plans, Specifications, and Estimates (PS&E). These elements shall be located outside of the required pedestrian zone.
c) Street Lights: Pedestrian-scaled street lights, including attachments from which banners may be hung, shall be located as set forth in the Downtown Streetscape Master Plan, or as set forth in accordance with the City Council–approved street design during the implementation
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 524
Chapter 3: Land Use and Urban Design 91
phase, as detailed in each street’s Plans, Specifications, and Estimates (PS&E).
d) Street Trees: Street trees and grates shall be required as set forth in the Downtown Streetscape Master Plan, or in accordance with the City Council–approved street design during the implementation phase, as detailed in each street’s Plans, Specifications, and Estimates (PS&E). When trees cannot be accommodated due to site constraints a minor deviation may be requested subject to the discretion of the City Arborist and Director.
2) Use of Frontage Area Adjacent to the Property Line.
Except where occupied by a building, entryways, or areas required for vehicle access, the portion of the site extending ten (10) feet inward from the front property line shall be designed to accommodate active outdoor uses along at least sixty-five percent (65%) of the site’s street frontage.
Unless otherwise specified below, acceptable uses in this area include, but are not limited to:
a) Outdoor dining or retail display areas,
b) Paved public space that functions as an extension of the public sidewalk (required in the MU-DC-100 Zoning District),
c) Stormwater management planters,
d) Landscaping,
e) Public art installations, and/or
f) Pedestrian amenities such as benches or other outdoor seating N. BUILDING ENTRANCES
1) Orientation
All ground-floor commercial and residential uses located along a public right-of-way shall orient their primary entrances toward the right-of-way to promote an active and pedestrian-friendly streetscape. 2) Main Building Entrances
If a building has a main entrance to a commercial space or shared residential lobby, the main entrance shall incorporate either a canopy, recess, or combination thereof. A covered area a minimum of four (4) feet deep shall be provided. Refer to canopy projection standards. Entry canopies, stoops, patios, and balconies shall be constructed of all-weather, durable materials.
If an entrance requires an accessible ramp, the ramp shall be integrated into the building and landscape design to minimize the visual impact of the ramp. Clear access to the ramp shall be maintained.
3) Ground Floor Dwelling Units
Exterior entrances to ground floor units shall be connected to the public sidewalk by a paved walkway with a minimum width of five (5) feet. An at-grade patio, a raised stoop, or a raised porch may serve as a ground floor unit entrance. Raised stoops or porches shall not exceed five (5) feet above grade. Patios, stoops, and porches shall provide a minimum six (6) foot by six (6) foot clear area. Ground floor patios shall be surrounded by a low wall, fence, railing, and/or landscaping no higher than forty two (42) inches to distinguish private outdoor space from the public sidewalk
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 525
92 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
Main Building Entrance - Partially Recessed
Canopies and awnings project
3’-0” max into public ROW
Canopies and
awnings 8’-0” min
clear within public
ROW
4’-0” min
covered area
Sidewalk
Property Line
Figure 3.12- Main Building Entrances - MU Districts
Main Building Entrance - Recessed
4’-0” min
covered area
Awnings project 3’-0”
max into public ROW
Sidewalk
Awnings 8’-0”
min clear
within public
ROW
Property Line
Main Building Entrance - Canopied
Canopies and
awnings 8’-0”
min clear
within public
ROW
4’-0” min
covered area
Sidewalk
Property Line
Canopies and awnings project
3’-0” max into public ROW
1) Main Building Entrance: Recessed
2) Main Building Entrance: Partially Recessed
3) Main Building Entrance: Canopied
1 2
3 9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 526
Chapter 3: Land Use and Urban Design 93
Residential Unit Entrance - At-Grade Patio
6’-0” min clear depth, 8’-0” max
depth from building facade
6’-0” min clear width
Low wall, fence, railing,
and/or landscaping
(no higher than 3’-6”)
5’-0” min pathway width
7’-0” min from
sidewalk
Property line
7’-0” min from sidewalk
6’-0” min clear width
6’-0” min clear depth
5’-0” max height
above grade
p
5’-0” min pathway width
Property line
Residential Unit Entrance - Porch or Stoop
8’-0” max
depth from
building
facade
5’-0” min pathway width Property line
6’-0” min clear width
6’-0” min clear depth
5’-0” max height
above grade
7’-0” min from sidewalk Figure 3.13 - Residential Unit Entrance Applicable for 100% residential units within MU Districts
1) Residential Unit Entrance: At-Grade Patio
2) Residential Unit Entrance: Recessed Porch or Stoop
3) Residential Unit Entrance: Porch or Stoop
1 2
3 9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 527
94 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
area. Ground floor exterior unit entrances may be recessed or project no more than eight (8) feet from the building facade. Fences shall meet the requirements pursuant to SCMC 18.15.040.
4) Corner Entrances
Corner building entrances shall have a distinct architectural treatment to animate the intersection and facilitate pedestrian flow around the corner.
Different treatments may include canopies, trellises, angled or rounded corners, arches, and/or other architectural elements. All building and dwelling units located in the interior of a site shall have entrances from the sidewalk that are designed as an extension of the public sidewalk and connect to a public sidewalk.
O. MASSING BREAKS
Massing breaks provide visual relief for longer buildings by breaking down the building scale into smaller elements more compatible with San Carlos.
Massing break standards apply to all front, side, and rear building facades.
Exceptions include: buildings on lots seventy-five (75) feet wide or less require only one (1) minor massing break on side facades; internal courtyard facades not visible from public rights-of-way.
1) Buildings between fifty (50) feet and one hundred (100) feet in length shall include at least one (1) minor massing break, defined as a minimum of four (4) feet wide by two (2) feet deep extending the full height of the building above the ground floor and shall include a corresponding break in the roof line. The required minor massing break shall be positioned such that no more than two thirds of the total building length is without a massing break. When a building has an upper story stepback, the minor massing break minimum dimensions shall also apply to the upper stories and shall include a corresponding break in the roof line 2) Buildings greater than one hundred (100) feet and up to two hundred (200) feet in length shall include at least one (1) minor massing break (defined above) and one (1) major massing break, defined as a minimum of ten (10) feet wide by ten (10) feet deep extending the full height of the building above the ground floor and shall include a break in the roof line. The required major and minor massing breaks shall be positioned such that no more than two thirds of the total building length is without a massing break. When a building has an upper story stepback, the minor massing break minimum dimensions apply to the upper stories and shall include a break in the roof line, and the major massing break may continue vertically to align with the walls below the stepback and shall include a break in the roof line.
3) Buildings greater than two hundred (200) feet in length must include at least one (1) minor massing break and two (2) major massing breaks (defined above). The required minor and major massing breaks shall be positioned such that no more than two thirds of the total building length is without a massing break. When a building has an upper story stepback, the minor massing break minimum dimensions shall also apply to the upper stories and shall include a corresponding break in the roof line. The major massing break may continue vertically to align with the walls below the stepback and shall include a corresponding break in the roof line.
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 528
Chapter 3: Land Use and Urban Design 95
Buildings 50’ ≤ x ≤ 100’
Min 4’-0” wide by 2’-0” deep
≤ 2/3 building length Optional on ground floor
≤ 2/3 building length
Buildings 101’ ≤ x ≤ 200’
Min 4’-0” wide by 2’-0” deep
Min 10’-0” wide by 10’-0” deep
≤ 2/3 building length
Optional on ground floor
≤ 2/3 building length
Buildings 200’ ≤ x
Min 4’-0” wide by 2’-0” deep
Optional on ground floor
≤ 2/3 building length
Min 10’-0” wide by 10’-0” deep
Min 10’-0” wide by 10’-0” deep
Figure 3.14 - Massing Breaks - MU Districts
(Reference 18.05.040-D: Massing Breaks - MU Districts)
Buildings 50’ < X < 100’ Buildings 101’ < X < 200’
Buildings 200’ < x
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 529
96 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
P. CORNERS
Corner buildings shall emphasize the street corner through a combination of building massing and facade variation.
1) All corners shall be defined for at least twenty (20) feet along each of the two street-facing facades. The corner portion shall either have a minimum two (2) foot change in building plane from its adjacent facades, or a minimum two (2) foot by two (2) foot recessed reveal where it meets the adjacent facades.
2) Building corners shall be further differentiated from the rest of the streetfacing facades by at least one (1) of the following: a change in roof form with at least a five (5) foot difference in roof height, a change in building material, color, or texture, or a variation in fenestration placement. 3) Alternatively, the corner can either be a common roof terrace above the ground floor or a common plaza at the ground floor.
Figure 3.15 - CORNERS - MU DISTRICTS
Material, Color, or Texture Variety
Primary material, color,
or texture
Corner material, color,
or texture
Fenestration Variety
Primary fenestration
pattern
Corner fenestration
pattern
Material, Color, or Texture Variety
Fenestration Variety
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 530
Chapter 3: Land Use and Urban Design 97
Terrace or Plaza
Upper floor terrace or
ground floor corner plaza
≥ 20’-0” min from corner
Architectural Roof Feature
Min 5’-0” above main roof line
≥ 20’-0” min from corner
Main roof line
Lower Roof
≥ 20’-0” min from corner
Main roof line Min 5’-0” below main roof line
Higher Roof
≥ 20’-0” min from corner
Main roof line Min 5’-0” above main roof line
Higher Roof
Terrace or Palza
Lower Roof
Architectural Roof Feature
9.k
January 26, 2026 Packet Pg. 531
98 San Carlos Downtown Specific Plan
Q. BASE, MIDDLE, AND TOP TREATMENT
All buildings three (3) stories and taller shall be composed of the following:
a distinct base (in some cases this can be treated as the ground story or combined first two stories), a middle (the majority of the building facade area), and a top (parapet cap/coping, cornice, sloped roof, or in some cases this can be treated as the top story or combined top two stories).
Each of these elements shall be distinguished from one another for at least seventy percent (70%) of its facade length by either a change in material, a change in color, and/or a facade plane change of at least two (2) feet. A ground floor or in some cases, a combined ground floor and second floor stepback of at least two (2) feet in addition to the required setback from floors above may be considered a base. Base, middle, and top treatment standards apply to all front, side, and rear building facades. Exceptions include: internal courtyard facades not visible from public rights-of-way. 1) A base for buildings of three (3) to five (5) stories must either be limited to 30 inches in height from grade and project maximum of six (6) inches from the building facade or be treated as the full height of the ground story. For a 3-story building, the base is limited to thirty (30) inches if the top is treated as the full height of the top story. 2) A base for buildings of six (6) stories or more must either be limited to 30 inches in height from grade and project maximum of six (6) inches from the building facade or be treated as the full height of the ground story, or be treated as the height of the ground story and second story combined.